Zest Air Airbus MEL Issue 3 Rev 2

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 911

A319/A320 Issue 3

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST


RECORDING OF REVISIONS

Holder of this manual is responsible for updating and maintaining the document by
properly incorporating any revisions issued duly approved by Civil Aviation Authority of
the Philippines (CAAP). On receipt of revisions, insert revised pages in the manual and
enter insertion date and affixed initials in the appropriate field.

REVISION INSERTED
NO. DATE ON BY
00 14 Feb 2012 Original
01 21 May 2012
02 22 Jun 2012

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: ROR - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
DISTRIBUTION LIST

HOLDER CONTROL NO.

Flight Technical Library................................................................................................. MASTER COPY

Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP) 01

Principal Operations Inspector........................................................................................ 01-1

Principal Maintenance Inspector.................................................................................... 01-2

Manager – Flight Control.............................................................................................. 02

Manager – QA/QC.......................................................................................................... 03

M & E Technical Library................................................................................................ 04

Supervisor – Production Planning and Control............................................................ 05

Aviation Partnership Philippines 06

A+ Manila.......................................................................................................................... 06-1

A+ Cebu........................................................................................................................... 06-2
+
A Davao......................................................................................................................... 06-3

Aircraft 07

RP-C 8897....................................................................................................................... 07-1

RP-C 8988....................................................................................................................... 07-2

RP-C 8989...................................................................................................................... 07-3

RP-C 8990...................................................................................................................... 07-4

RP-C 8991...................................................................................................................... 07-5

RP-C 8992...................................................................................................................... 07-6

RP-C 8993...................................................................................................................... 07-7

RP-C 8994...................................................................................................................... 07-8

RP-C 8995...................................................................................................................... 07-9

RP-C 8996...................................................................................................................... 07-10

Revision Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: DL - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
DISTRIBUTION LIST

Stations - Soft Copy (cd) 08

Busan, Korea Ground Station ........................................................................ 08-1

Incheon, Korea Ground Station ...................................................................... 08-2

Pudong, China Ground Station ....................................................................... 08-3

Beijing, China Ground Station ........................................................................ 08-4

Chengdu, China Ground Station .................................................................... 08-5

Jinjiang, China Ground Station ....................................................................... 08-6

Guangzhou, China Ground Station.................................................................. 08-7

Wuhan, China Ground Station ........................................................................ 08-8

Chongqing, China Ground Station.................................................................. 08-9

Taipei, Taiwan Ground Station....................................................................... 08-10

Cheongju, Korea Ground Station ................................................................... 08-11

Daegu, Korea Ground Station ........................................................................ 08-12

Muan, Korea Ground Station.......................................................................... 08-13

VP – Maintenance ........................................................................................ 09

EZD Maintenance Control Center ............................................................... 10

Revision Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: DL - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL

G1 ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

FOREWORD

This Minimum Equipment List (MEL) is a manual with the effectivity stated on G6 Section – Aircraft
Identification.

COMMENTS – QUESTIONS – SUGGESTIONS

All manual holders and users are encouraged to forward their questions and suggestions regarding
the Minimum Equipment List. Any questions with respect to use of this manual or information
contained herein shall be directed to:

1)FOR TECHNICAL CONTENT

ZEST AIRWAYS, INC.


Technical Services Division
Asian Aeronautics Hangar, General Aviation Area
Domestic Road, Pasay City
Philippines
Telephone No.: (632) 854-4193
Telefax No.: (632) 854-9948

2)FOR PROCEDURAL CONTENT, PRINTING AND DISTRIBUTION

ZEST AIRWAYS, INC


Flight Operations Department
FOBS Building, General Aviation Area
Domestic Road, Pasay City
Philippines
Telephone No.: (632) 851-1425, (632) 854-0993

CONTENT

The contents are divided into four parts

General - It contains the general information of the manual

ECAM Alert/MEL Entries - When a caution/warning has been displayed on ECAM E/WD, this
section helps to identify the corresponding MEL entry point.

Minimum Equipment List items - Contains accepted list of equipment which may be inoperative
for aircraft dispatch and/or clearly specified NO GO items if necessary. (See Preamble for more
details).
When a MEL item calls for a flight crew action, a corresponding OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE is
described after the MEL item. When a MEL item calls for maintenance procedure, a procedure can
be found in an extended form in AMM (Aircraft Maintenance Manual) by referring to the
Deactivation/Reactivation Index at the beginning. This lists the MEL item numbers and cross refers
to the appropriate AMM maintenance procedures.

Configuration Deviation List - Contains list of secondary airframe which may be missing.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL

MANUAL PAGINATION AND PRESENTATION

3
1 4

5 6

7
8 9 10 11 12

13

14 16

15 17

1 Zest Air Logo


2 Aircraft Type
3 Section Title
4 Copy Control Number
5 Item Numbering
6 Item
7 Aircraft Applicability
8 Dispatch Condition
9 Repair Interval
10 Number Installed
11 Number Required
12 Placard
13 Remarks
14 Issued Date
15 Revision Number
16 Reference Document
Control Page Number
LEP List of Effective Pages ROR Record of Revisions
DL Distribution List
17 G General
ME MEL Entry / ECAM Warnings
MI MEL Items
C Configuration Deviation List Item

* = this symbol indicates (If Installed) optional item


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL

G2 PREAMBLE

OBJECTIVES

An airplane is type certificated with all required equipment in operating conditions. If deviations from
this type certificated configuration and equipment required by the operating rules were not
permitted, the aircraft could not be flown in revenue service unless such equipment was operable.
Experience has proven that the operation of every system or components installed on the aircraft is
not necessary, in specific conditions and during limited period, when the remaining instruments and
equipment provide an acceptable level of safety. Therefore, certain conditional deviations from the
original requirement are authorized to permit continued or uninterrupted operation of the aircraft in
revenue flight; they are published in the Minimum Equipment List related to applicable regulations
specific operations or airlines particular definition.
This MEL is the regular basis for allowing Zest Air to utilize the aircraft when some systems or
components are inoperative, in specified conditions and for a limited period of time, under the
condition that an acceptable safety level be maintained by appropriate design redundancies,
procedures and limitations.

PRINCIPLES

For the sake of brevity, the MEL does not include obviously required items as wings, control
surfaces, engines, landing gear, etc… or items which do not affect the airworthiness of the aircraft
such as galley equipment, entertainment systems, passenger convenience items, etc.
Thus, all items which are related to the airworthiness of the aircraft and not included in the list are
automatically required to be operative for each flight. Unless otherwise specified in the exceptions
column, the MEL does not define “where or when” an inoperative item is to be repaired or replaced
but rather indicates those instruments and items of equipment that may be inoperative for certain
flight conditions, with the intent that no revenue flight can takeoff from an airport with inoperative
equipment other than that specified.
The failure of the instruments or items of equipment in excess of those allowed to be inoperative by
the MEL causes the aircraft to be unairworthy. The MEL makes no distinction between what is
required for the flight between origin and destination (including the intermediate stops) and what is
required for a flight beyond the scheduled arrival point.
The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of equipment for a period of time
until rectifications can be accomplished. It is important that rectification be accomplished at the
earliest opportunity. In order to maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability, the MEL
establishes limitations on the duration of and conditions for operation with inoperative equipment.
MEL utilization implies that the aircraft is operated within the framework of a controlled and sound
program of repairs and parts replacement.
Zest Air is responsible for exercising the necessary operational control to assure that no aircraft is
dispatched or flown with one or more MEL item inoperative for an indefinite period and without first
determining that any interface or interrelationship between inoperative systems or components will
not result in a degradation in the level of safety and/or an undue increase in workload.
The exposure to additional failures during operation with failed inoperative systems or components
must also be considered to determine that an acceptable level of safety is being maintained.
This MEL may not deviate from requirements of the Flight Manual limitations section, emergency
procedures, or airworthiness directives, unless the flight manual or airworthiness directive provides
otherwise.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
IMPLEMENTATION PERIOD

When an MMEL revision is issued, an operator will have 90 days from the date of revision to submit the
revised MEL to the authority. (Reference: JAR-MMEL/MEL.060(c))
While the approval of the revised MEL is on process, Zest Air may use the MMEL for dispatch, provided
it is with concurrence with the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines.

G3 USING THE MEL ENTRIES SECTION

This section lists all the ECAM alerts. The ECAM monitors the condition of some systems. In the case of
malfunction of one or more systems, the ECAM provides the flight crew with an associated ECAM alert.
Refer to ECAM and MAINTENANCE STATUS. For each ECAM alert, this section indicates the
associated MEL item (if any) to be applied for the dispatch. When an ECAM alert reports a system
failure, the flight crew and the maintenance personnel should refer to this section as a user-friendly entry
point in the MEL.

ECAM and MAINTENANCE STATUS

ECAM

The A320 Family aircraft is equipped with the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM)
which provides different levels of aircraft systems monitoring messages:

‐ ECAM warning
‐ ECAM advisory
‐ ECAM caution
‐ ECAM memo

ECAM warning and ECAM caution messages are listed in the "MEL Entries" section.
ECAM advisory and ECAM memo messages are not listed in the "MEL Entries" section and are
not MEL relevant.

HANDLING OF MAINTENANCE MESSAGES ON THE STATUS SD page

At the beginning of each ATA chapter of the "MEL Item" section, the related MAINTENANCE
messages which may be displayed on the STATUS SD page are listed in the Sub-Chapter "00"
with the associated dispatch status.

A MAINTENANCE message indicates the presence of a category of failure which can only be
identified by interrogation of the CFDS.

Operator must implement procedures to manage the MAINTENANCE messages and associated
CFDS messages, to handle fault recording and repair within the repair interval C (10 days).
All MAINTENANCE messages have a repair interval C except the following messages: DAR, DMU
and QAR which have a repair interval D.

Dispatch with MAINTENANCE messages displayed on the STATUS SD page is permitted without
condition except for the following messages:

‐ DMC 1/3: Refer to Item 31-00-05 DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE Message (Applicable to all)
‐ DMC 2/3: Refer to Item 31-00-06 DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE Message (Applicable to all)
‐ AIR BLEED: Refer to Item 36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message (Applicable to all except RP-C8991)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
AIRCRAFT STATUS COLUMN

An ECAM alert may cover one or several failure modes of the monitored system. For each failure
mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column may indicate the following status:

NIL : When there is only one failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column indicates NIL.
When there are several failure modes, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column might give a
short description of each failure mode and/or a simple way to identify each failure
mode. If the MEL does not give this information, the column displays NIL.
Actual alert : This indicates that the monitored system is inoperative. The failure mode
is the failure of the monitored system.
False alert : This indicates that the monitoring system is inoperative. The failure mode is the
failure of the monitoring system. The monitored system remains fully operative.

Zest Air is responsible for identifying the failure mode.

CONDITION OF DISPATCH COLUMN

For each failure mode, the CONDITION OF DISPATCH column gives the applicable MEL item(s) for
dispatch. But the flight crew is responsible for checking that the condition of the aircraft
systems/components complies with the MEL requirements. If not, the dispatch of the aircraft is
not permitted.

The CONDITION OF DISPATCH column may also give the following alternate possibilities:

NO DISPATCH : It is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft when the ECAM displays this alert.
Not related to MEL: The ECAM alert does not report a system failure but a reversible abnormal
condition such as the state of a system or an aircraft configuration or an
external condition. This condition is not a system failure and is not related to
MEL. The MEL shall not be used.
This is not a NO-GO situation. The corrective action to revert to normal
condition is immediate, obvious or well known by flight crew and/or
maintenance personnel.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
G4 USING THE MEL ITEMS SECTION

This section lists the equipment, components, systems or functions that are safety-related and that are
temporarily permitted to be inoperative at departure provided that Zest Air complies with the associated MEL
requirements.

Note: One single computer may include several functions. The corresponding MEL item is either:
‐ The computer: The MEL does not consider the loss of a single function. In this case, when one
function is inoperative, Zest Air must consider that the computer is inoperative.

‐ Each function separately. In this case, if several functions are inoperative, Zest Air must apply all
the related MEL items.

ITEM NUMBERING

A code of three pairs of digits or four pairs of digits identifies each MEL item.
The three first digits of this numbering system follow the ATA Spec 2200.
For practical reasons, the second pair of digit also follows the below Airbus organization:

‐ 00 refers to maintenance messages on the STATUS SD page,


‐ 01 refers to items located on the overhead panels,
‐ 05 refers to indications on the PFD,
‐ 06 refers to indications on the ND,
‐ 07 refers to indications on the SD pages,
‐ 08 refers to indications on the EWD,
‐ 09 refers to ECAM alerts,
‐ 10 to 95 follows the ATA Spec 2200.

The last pair of digits is the item rank. The item rank complies with the following Airbus
organization rules:

‐ Item ranks from 01 to 49 are for Airbus MMEL items,


• For items on the overhead panels, item ranks from 01 to 29 refer to lights,
• For items on the overhead panels, item ranks from 31 to 49 refer to pushbutton switches and selectors.
‐ Item ranks from 50 to 99 are for Zest Air's MEL items,

DISPATCH CONDITIONS

The dispatch conditions indicate (for each applicable item) the suitable conditions, limitations (placards,
operational procedures, maintenance procedures) necessary to ensure that an acceptable level of safety is
maintained.
Some MEL items may have several dispatch conditions. Each dispatch condition offers a different option to
dispatch the aircraft. A reference identifies each dispatch condition.

EXAMPLE 27-10-01C
‐ 27-10-01 corresponds to the item number,
‐ The letter "C" identifies the dispatch condition within the item 27-10-01.
Note: If an Operator receives only the dispatch conditions 27-10-01B and 27-10-01D, this
means that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and 27-10-01C do not apply to Zest Air’s
fleet (this does not mean that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and 27-10-01C are
missing from the MEL).

The dispatch condition reference is used:

‐ To identify the open MEL items in the logbook,


‐ To refer to the associated operational procedure (if any),
‐ To refer to the associated maintenance procedure (if any),

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
‐ To provide Zest Air’s engineering and maintenance personnel with a unique reference at fleet level for
each option of dispatch for tracking and reporting purposes. When an MEL item has several dispatch
conditions, Zest Air must select and apply only one dispatch condition at a time. An optional title might help
Zest Air to identify the appropriate dispatch condition. When necessary, Zest Air may successively apply
other dispatch conditions of the same item provided that Zest Air complies with the MEL requirements and
provided that the starting point of the repair interval countdown is not modified.

PROVISO

Each dispatch condition has one or several requirements, called provisos. Provisos are numbered
1), 2), 3)...
Zest Air must comply with all the provisos of the selected dispatch condition.

REPAIR INTERVAL

Each dispatch condition has an associated repair interval. The preamble of this MEL defines the repair
interval categories. A dash symbol replaces the repair interval in the following case:

‐ For items that refer to another manual (Weight and Balance, CDL…). The MEL is not the
appropriate manual for this item.
‐ For NO-GO items.

Inoperative items, deferred in accordance with the MEL, must be rectified at or before the expiration of
the repair interval that is established by the following letter designators given in the "Repair Interval"
column.

Repair Interval A : No standard interval is specified, however, items in this category shall be rectified
in accordance with the dispatch conditions stated in the MEL. Where a time period is specified in
calendar days, it shall start at 00:01 on the calendar day following the day of discovery.

Where a time period is specified in number of flights or flight hours, it shall start at the beginning of the
first flight following the discovery of the failure.

Repair Interval B : Items in this category shall be rectified within three (3) consecutive calendar days,
excluding the day of discovery.

For example, if it were recorded at 13:00 on January 26th, the 3-day interval begins at 00:01 on
January 27th and ends at 23:59 on January 29th.

Repair Interval C : Items in this category shall be rectified within ten (10) consecutive calendar days,
excluding the day of discovery.

For example, if it were recorded at 13:00 on January 26th, the 10-day interval begins at 00:01 on
January 27th and ends at 23:59 on February 5th.

Repair Interval D : Items in this category shall be rectified within one hundred and twenty (120)
consecutive calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL

NBR INSTALLED

Each dispatch condition has a “number installed” that specifies the quantity of equipment, components,
systems or functions installed on the aircraft. This quantity corresponds to the aircraft type certified
configuration and, therefore required for all flight conditions, unless otherwise indicated in the “number
required” in conjunction with the provisos of the dispatch condition.

NBR REQUIRED

Each dispatch condition has a “number required” that specifies the minimum quantity of equipment,
components, systems or functions that must be operative for dispatch in accordance with the provisos
of the dispatch condition.

PLACARD

The dispatch condition may require putting a placard in the cockpit. The control(s), and/or indicator(s)
that the flight crew can access in flight and that are related to inoperative equipment, component,
system or function should be clearly placarded to inform the flight crew of the equipment condition.
In the PDF format, the "YES" in the "Placard" column indicates the request for a placard. In the digital
LPCB format, the "PLACARD" symbol indicates the request for a placard. However, the absence of
placard request in the MEL does not prevent Zest Air from placarding.
Zest Air should determine the placard wording and location unless the MEL dispatch condition requires
a specific wording and location.
Zest Air should determine the personnel (maintenance and/or flight crew) authorized to placard items.

OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

The dispatch condition may require an operational or maintenance procedure to ensure an acceptable
level of safety.
The (o) symbol identifies an operational procedure.
The (m) symbol identifies a maintenance procedure.
The (o)(m) symbol means that the dispatch condition requires both an operational procedure and a
maintenance procedure.
Zest Air is responsible to ensure that all operational and maintenance procedures are appropriately
performed regardless of who performs the procedures.

OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE

The (o) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific operational procedure to
permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.

Purpose of the operational procedure may be:


‐ To require the flight crew or cabin crew to perform action(s),
‐ To provide limitations or performance penalties,
‐ To provide useful information to the crew.

The flight crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight. The operational
procedure must be applied before each flight. However, the dispatch condition might specify a different
periodicity. In this case this operational procedure must be applied before the first MEL dispatch and
must be repeated at the defined periodicity. The operational procedures are split and organized into
specific flight phases. The flight crew has to apply the part of the operational procedure related to the
relevant flight phase.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
Qualified flight crew or qualified cabin crew usually performs the operational procedures. However
other qualified personnel can also perform the operational procedures. But the flight crew must read
the content of the operational procedure before each flight.

This section lists the operational procedures associated with the MEL items. The dispatch conditions
may require an operational procedure to permit the dispatch of the aircraft. The operational procedures
are split and organized into specific flight phases. The flight crew has to apply the part of the
operational procedure related to the relevant flight phase.

The operational procedures may also have the following parts:

General Information : This part includes all information that the pilots must know due to MEL condition.

Flight Preparation/Limitation : This part groups all the limitations due to MEL condition that the pilots
must consider for the route selection and flight preparation.

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE

The (m) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific maintenance procedure to
permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the maintenance procedure may be:
‐ To deactivate a system,
‐ To check a system.
The maintenance procedure is normally a one-time action that must be applied before the first MEL
dispatch. However the dispatch condition may specify a periodicity for repetitive actions. In this case
the maintenance procedure must be applied before the first MEL dispatch and must be repeated at the
defined periodicity.
Qualified maintenance personnel usually perform the maintenance procedures. However other
qualified and authorized personnel can also perform some actions if approved by the CAAP. But only
qualified maintenance personnel can perform procedures that require specialized knowledge or skill, or
that require the use of tools or test equipment.

Note: The MEL Maintenance Procedures are published in the AMM.

NOTES

There are three levels of notes:


‐ Notes at the level of the item: these notes appear below the item title and before the first dispatch
condition of this item. These notes apply to all the dispatch conditions of the item.
‐ Notes at the level of the dispatch condition: these notes appear at the end of the dispatch condition.
These notes apply only to this dispatch condition.
‐ Notes at the level of the proviso: these notes appear within a proviso. These notes apply only to this
proviso.

REFERENCES

The references assist Zest Air in complying with MEL requirements. However, as indicated in the
preamble of this MEL (Refer to Criteria for Dispatch), Zest Air is still responsible for determining the
applicable interrelationships and associated requirements.
References are used in the following cases:
‐ To permit the aircraft dispatch, another item has to be considered inoperative, or
‐ Another source of information has to be reviewed and associated restrictions, and/or procedures
must be applied (e.g. ″Refer to FCOM″, or ″Refer to Weight and Balance Manual″),
or
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
‐ To redirect to the applicable MEL item. In that case, the referred relevant MEL item must be entered
and the associated dispatch conditions must be applied, including the respective (o) and (m)
procedures if any.

CRITERIA FOR DISPATCH

The decision of the Commander of the flight to have inoperative items corrected before the flight will
take precedence over the provisions contained in the MEL. The Commander may request
requirements above the minimum listed, whenever in his judgment such added equipment is essential
to the safety of a particular flight under the special condition prevailing at the time.

The MEL cannot take into account all multiple unserviceabilities. Therefore, before dispatching an
aircraft with multiple MEL items inoperative, it must be assured that any interface or inter-relationship
between inoperative items will not result in a degradation in the level of safety and/or an undue
increase in crew workload. It is particularly in this area of multiple discrepancies and especially
discrepancies in related systems, that good judgment, based on the circumstances of the case,
including climatic and en-route conditions, must be used.

LANDING CAPABILITIES (CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL)

When the landing capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the maximum landing capability.
The required equipment by certification for CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE and CAT 3 DUAL are also listed in
the Flight Manual (Refer to AFM/NORM-22-PA Required Equipment for CAT II and CAT III Approach
and Landing) and the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
The equipment to be operative to get CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, or CAT 3 DUAL capability displayed on
the FMAs are listed in the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).

REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE (RNP)

The MEL does not include the minimum equipment required for RNP operations.
The minimum equipment/functions required to begin RNP operations are listed in the FCOM (Refer
to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51).

REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUM (RVSM)

When the RVSM capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the RVSM limitations.
The minimum equipment/functions required to begin RVSM operations are listed in the Flight Manual
(Refer to AFM/NORM-34 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)) and FCOM (Refer to
FCOM/PRO-SPO-50 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
G5 DEFINITIONS

1) “Inoperative” means that a listed item of equipment is unserviceable or malfunctioning to be


extent that it does not accomplish its intended purpose, or is not consistently functioning within
its designed operating limits or tolerances. Some items have been designed to be fault tolerant
and are monitored by digital computers which transmit fault messages to the CFDS. The
presence of this category of fault messages does not mean that the system is inoperative.

2) “Considered inoperative” means that The listed item of equipment must be treated as inoperative.
For example, MMEL item 36-11-05 Bleed Air Precooler indicates that associated bleed air supply
system is considered inoperative and therefore MMEL item 36-11-01 Bleed Air Supply System
must be applied. Therefore, the “considered inoperative” MMEL item must also be entered and
the associated dispatch conditions must be applied, including the respective (o) and (m)
procedures if any. The shorter rectification interval between the initial inoperative item and
the “considered inoperative” item shall be applied.

3) The Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) It identifies the faulty system for maintenance
purpose and is not required for dispatch of the aircraft.

4) “VMC” (Visual Meteorological Conditions) – Under IFR or VFR the crew must maintain Visual
Meteorological conditions.

5) “Icing Conditions” Refer to AFM/LIM-GEN Icing Conditions Definition.

6) “As required by regulations” means that the listed item must comply with applicable operational
regulations.

7) “Required cabin attendant seat”: A seat in the aeroplane cabin which meets the following
conditions:

‐ Where the certification of the cabin requires this seat to be occupied


by a qualified cabin crew member as specified in the Operations
Manual, and
‐ This seat is a part of the station to which a qualified cabin crew
member is to be assigned for the flight, and
‐ The qualified cabin crew member assigned to the station is a
member of the minimum cabin crew designated for the flight.

8) “ER” refers to operations according to “Extended Range Operations of Two Engine airplanes”
requirements.

9) “Days” – Some items have a time interval given in the remarks column of the MEL. Except if
otherwise specified, “days” must be considered as “calendar days” excluding the calendar day
the malfunction was recorded.

10) "Flight Day" means a 24 hour period (from midnight to midnight), as established by Zest Air,
using the local time where maintenance base is located, during which at least one flight for the
affected aircraft is initiated and regardless of the number of flights thereafter shall be acceptable
as long as the flights are flown within the 24-hour timeframe.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
11) An “Extended Overwater Flight” is an overwater flight which requires life-rafts in accordance with
applicable regulation.

12) ”Inflammable or Combustible material” refers to material, which is capable of catching fire and
burning. Where loading of combustible or inflammable material is prohibited no material may be
loaded except the following : cargo handling equipment (unloaded, empty or with ballast), fly
away kits (excluding e.g. cans of hydraulic fluid, cleaning solvents, batteries, capacitors,
chemical generators, etc.), and in-flight service material (return catering – only closed catering
trolleys/boxes, no newspapers, no alcohol or duty free goods). Note: If serviceable tires are
included, they should only be inflated to a minimum pressure that preserves their serviceability.

13) Flight : For the purpose of an MEL : One “flight” is defined as the period of time that begins the
moment at which an aircraft begins to move by its own means in preparation for takeoff,
continues during takeoff and the applicable flight phases, and ends when the aircraft lands and
comes to a complete stop in its parking area.

14) “Reserved” indicates that these items are listed in the MEL for management purposes.
“Reserved” indicates that the system is not installed on the aircraft to which the page sequence
applied. Therefore the name of the item and its associated dispatch conditions are intentionally
left blank.

15) Calendar day: A 24 hour period from 00:01 to 23:59 based on either UTC or local time, as selected by
the Zest Air.

16) Daylight operations : Period between the beginning of the morning civil twilight and the end of the
evening civil twilight relevant to the local aeronautical airspace; or such other period, as may be
prescribed by the Authority.

17) ... provided that system X is operative: The system X must not be reported to be inoperative in the
logbook.

18) ... provided that system X is checked operative: The system X must be checked and confirmed
operative via either an (o) and/or an (m) procedure.

19) “VMC” (Visual Meteorological Conditions): Under IFR or VFR the crew must maintain Visual
Meteorological Conditions.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL

G6 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATIONS/ APPLICABILITY

AIRCRAFT MODEL SERIAL NUMBER REGISTRATION NUMBER

A320-232 667 RP-C8993

A320-232 743 RP-C8994

A320-232 872 RP-C8995

A320-233 874 RP-C8996

A319-132 1074 RP-C8990

A320-232 2137 RP-C8992

A320-232 2141 RP-C8897

A320-232 2147 RP-C8988

A320-232 3621 RP-C8989

A320-232 4533 RP-C8991

G7 REFERENCE

This manual was developed using the references listed below:

1) RIT Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) Mar 27, 2012

2) A319-132 Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) Dec 5, 2011

3) A320-232 Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) Dec 5, 2011

4) Civil Aviation Regulation of the Philippines

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: G - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

ME-21 Air Conditioning


AIR AFT CRG VENT FAULT
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-A(B
AIR PACK 1(2) FAULT
AIR PACK 1+2 FAULT
AIR PACK 1(2) OFF
AIR PACK 1(2) OVHT
AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT
CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT
CAB PR EXCES RESIDUAL PR
CAB PR LDG ELEV FAULT
CAB PR LO DIFF PR
CAB PR OFV NOT OPEN
CAB PR SAFETY VALVE OPEN
CAB PR SYS 1(2) FAULT
CAB PR SYS 1+2 FAULT
COND AFT CAB DUCT OVHT
COND AFT CARGO DUCT OVHT
COND AFT CRG HEAT FAULT
COND AFT CRG ISOL VALVE
COND CKPT DUCT OVHT
COND FWD CAB DUCT OVHT
COND HOT AIR FAULT
COND L+R CAB FAN FAULT
COND LAV+GALLEY FAN FAULT
COND TRIM AIR SYS FAULT
COND ZONE REGUL FAULT
VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT
VENT BLOWER FAULT
VENT EXTRACT FAULT
VENT SKIN VALVE FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
ECAM Alert: AIR AFT CRG VENT FAULT
Applicable to: RP-C8994
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-28-03 AFT Cargo
Extraction Fan

ECAM Alert: AIR COND CTL 1(2)-A(B)


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-63-04 Air Conditioning
System Controller Channel (COND CTL
1(2)-A(B))

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning
Pack

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin
Pressurization

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1(2) OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1(2) OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 AND RP-C8995
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If pack ram air inlet flap is affected Refer to Item 21-52-02 Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Inlet
Flap
If pack controller, pack anti–ice valve or water exchanger Refer to Item 21-61-02 Pack Controller
temperature sensor are affected Primary Channel
If turbine bypass valve is affected Refer to Item 21-61-01 Pack Turbine
Bypass Valve

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If pack ram air inlet flap is affected Refer to Item 21-52-02 Air Conditioning
Pack Ram Air Inlet Flap
If pack ram air outlet flap is affected Refer to Item 21-52-03 Air Conditioning
Pack Ram Air Outlet Flap
If pack controller, pack anti–ice valve or water exchanger Refer to Item 21-61-02 Pack Controller
temperature sensor are affected Primary Channel
If turbine bypass valve is affected Refer to Item 21-61-01 Pack Turbine
Bypass Valve

ECAM Alert: AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If pack outlet temperature is affected Refer to Item 21-07-01-01 Pack Outlet
Temperature Indication on the BLEED SD page
If pack compressor outlet temperature is affected Refer to Item 21-07-01-03 Pack
Compressor Outlet Temperature Indication on the Bleed
SD page

If pack flow sensor is affected Refer to Item 21-51-03 Pack Flow Sensor
If pack flow control valve is affected Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack
If pack ram air inlet is affected Refer to Item 21-52-02 Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Inlet
Flap

If turbine bypass valve is affected Refer to Item 21-61-01 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve

ECAM Alert: CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: CAB PR EXCES RESIDUAL PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Apply ECAM procedure

ECAM Alert: CAB PR LDG ELEV FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-31-04 Landing Elevation Selection AUTO
Function

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

ECAM Alert: CAB PR LO DIFF PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: CAB PR OFV NOT OPEN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: CAB PR SAFETY VALVE OPEN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20-FLIGHT WITHOUT CABIN
PRESSURIZATION
False alert Refer to Item 21-09-03 CAB PR SAFETY
VALVE OPEN Alert

ECAM Alert: CAB PR SYS 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-31-01 Automatic Cabin Pressure Control
System (CPC, Outflow Valve AUTO Channel)

ECAM Alert: CAB PR SYS 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin
Pressurization

ECAM Alert: COND AFT CAB DUCT OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve

ECAM Alert: COND AFT CARGO DUCT OVHT


Applicable to: RP-C8994
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-43-02 AFT Cargo Compartment Heating

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

ECAM Alert: COND AFT CRG HEAT FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8994
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-43-02 AFT Cargo Compartment Heating

ECAM Alert: COND AFT CRG ISOL VALVE


Applicable to: RP-C8994
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-28-04 AFT Cargo Isolation Valve

ECAM Alert: COND CKPT DUCT OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve

ECAM Alert: COND FWD CAB DUCT OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve

ECAM Alert: COND HOT AIR FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the COND TRIM AIR SYS FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve
displayed on the EWD.
If the COND TRIM AIR SYS FAULT alert is displayed on Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and
the EWD. Cabin Trim Air Valve

ECAM Alert: COND HOT AIR FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure
Regulating Valve

ECAM Alert: COND L+R CAB FAN FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

ECAM Alert: COND LAV+GALLEY FAN FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 21-23-01 Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan

ECAM Alert: COND TRIM AIR SYS FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the trim air valves are closed Not related to MEL
If associated with the AFT CAB TRIM VALVE subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
If associated with the FWD CAB TRIM VALVE subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
If associated with the CKPT TRIM VALVE subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
If associated with the TRIM AIR HI PR subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve

ECAM Alert: COND TRIM AIR SYS FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the trim air valves are closed Not related to MEL
If associated with the AFT CAB TRIM VALVE subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
If associated with the FWD CAB TRIM VALVE subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
If associated with the CKPT TRIM VALVE subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
If associated with the TRIM AIR HI PR subtitle Refer to Item 21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve

ECAM Alert: COND ZONE REGUL FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the CAB ZONE AT FIXED TEMP STATUS info is Refer to Item 21-63-01A Zone Controller Channel
displayed on the STATUS SD page.
If the PACKS AT FIXED TEMP STATUS info is displayed Refer to Item 21-63-01C Zone Controller Channel
on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

ECAM Alert: VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the VENT SKIN VALVE FAULT alert is displayed on Refer to Item 21-26-04 Avionics Skin Air Outlet Valve
the EWD due to the Avionics Skin Air Outlet valve.
If the VENT SKIN VALVE FAULT alert is displayed on Refer to Item 21-26-05 Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve
The EWD due to the Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve
NIL Refer to Item 21-26-03 Avionics Skin
Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
or
Refer to Item 21-26-08 Avionics Air
Conditioning Inlet Valve
or
Refer to Item 21-26-06 Avionics Skin
Exchanger Isolation Valve
or
Refer to Item 21-26-10 Avionics
Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)

ECAM Alert: VENT BLOWER FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to Item 21-26-01 Avionics Blower Fan
False alert Refer to Item 21-09-01 VENT BLOWER FAULT Alert

ECAM Alert: VENT EXTRACT FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to Item 21-26-02 Avionics Extract Fan
False alert Refer to Item 21-09-02 VENT EXTRACT FAULT Alert

ECAM Alert: VENT SKIN VALVE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Outlet valve determined faulty on the CAB PRESS SD Refer to Item 21-26-04 Avionics Skin Air Outlet Valve
page
Inlet valve determined faulty on the CAB PRESS SD page Refer to Item 21-26-05 Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME21 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

ME-22 Auto Flight


AUTO FLT A/THR LIMITED
AUTO FLT A/THR OFF
AUTO FLT AP OFF
AUTO FLT FAC 1 FAULT
AUTO FLT FAC 2 FAULT
AUTO FLT FAC 1+2 FAULT
AUTO FLT FCU 1(2) FAULT
AUTO FLT FCU 1+2 FAULT
AUTO FLT REAC W/S DET FAULT *
AUTO FLT RUD TRIM 1(2) FAULT
AUTO FLT RUD TRIM SYS
AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM 1(2)
AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM SYS
AUTO FLT YAW DAMPER 1(2)
AUTO FLT YAW DAMPER SYS
WINDSHEAR DET FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 0 Control Page: ME22 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT A/THR LIMITED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT A/THR OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
False alert Refer to Item 22-30-03 Autothrust Disengagement
Warning

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT AP OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
False alert Refer to Item 22-10-06 AP Disengagement Warning

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT FAC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT FAC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 22-60-02 FAC 2

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT FAC 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT FCU 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 22-81-03-01 FCU Channel

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 0 Control Page: ME22 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT FCU 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT REAC W/S DET FAULT (If Installed)
Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 22-60-03 Reactive Windshear Detection
Function

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT RUD TRIM 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-22-01 Rudder Trim System

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT RUD TRIM SYS


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM 1(2)


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-23-01 Rudder Travel
Limiter System (Including Rudder and
Pedals Travel Limiter Units)

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM SYS


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT YAW DAMPER 1(2)


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 22-60-04 Yaw Damper System

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 0 Control Page: ME22 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

ECAM Alert: AUTO FLT YAW DAMPER SYS


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: WINDSHEAR DET FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 22-60-03 Reactive
Windshear Detection Function

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 0 Control Page: ME22 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 23 - COMMUNICATIONS

ME-23 Communications
COM ACARS FAULT *
COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT
COM HF 1(2) DATA FAULT *
COM HF 1(2) EMITTING *
COM SATCOM DATA FAULT *
COM SATCOM FAULT *
COM VHF 3 DATA FAULT *
COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME23 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 23 - COMMUNICATIONS

ECAM Alert: COM ACARS FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 46-21-01 Air Traffic Service
Unit (ATSU)

ECAM Alert: COM ACARS FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-20-01 Aircraft Communications
Addressing Reporting System (ACARS) (If Installed)

ECAM Alert: COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: COM HF 1(2) DATA FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System

ECAM Alert: COM HF 1(2) EMITTING (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If hand microphone selector is jammed in the Refer to Item 23-51-03 Hand Microphone
transmitting position
If sidestick PTT sw is jammed in the transmitting position Refer to Item 23-51-06 Sidestick PTT sw
If a transmission Key on one ACP is jammed in the Refer to Item 23-52-05 ACP Transmission Key
transmitting position
False alert Refer to Item 23-09-01 COM HF 1(2)
EMITTING Alert (If Installed)

ECAM Alert: COM SATCOM DATA FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-10-03 SATCOM Voice
Mode (If Installed)
and
Refer to Item 23-20-02 SATCOM Data
Mode (If Installed)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME23 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 23 - COMMUNICATIONS

ECAM Alert: COM SATCOM FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-10-03 SATCOM Voice
Mode (If Installed)
and
Refer to Item 23-20-02 SATCOM Data
Mode (If Installed)

ECAM Alert: COM VHF 3 DATA FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-10-02 VHF System

ECAM Alert: COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If hand microphone selector is jammed in the Refer to Item 23-51-03 Hand Microphone
Transmitting position
If side stick radio selector is jammed in the transmitting Refer to Item 23-51-06 Sidestick Radio selector
position
If a transmission Key on one ACP is jammed in the Refer to Item 23-52-05 ACP Transmission Key
transmitting position
False alert Refer to Item 23-09-02 COM VHF 1(2)(3)
EMITTING Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME23 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

ME-24 Electrical Power


C/B TRIPPED
ELEC AC BUS 1 FAULT
ELEC AC BUS 2 FAULT
ELEC AC ESS BUS ALTN
ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT
ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED
ELEC APU GEN FAULT
ELEC APU GEN OVERLOAD
ELEC BAT 1(2) FAULT
ELEC BAT 1(2) OFF
ELEC BCL 1(2) FAULT
ELEC DC BAT BUS FAULT
ELEC DC BUS 1 FAULT
ELEC DC BUS 2 FAULT
ELEC DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
ELEC DC EMER CONFIG
ELEC DC ESS BUS FAULT
ELEC DC ESS BUS SHED
ELEC EMER CONFIG
ELEC EMER GEN 1 LINE OFF
ELEC ESS BUSSES ON BAT
ELEC ESS TR FAULT
ELEC GEN 1(2) FAULT
ELEC GEN 1(2) OFF
ELEC GEN 1(2) OVERLOAD
ELEC IDG 1(2) DISCONNECTED
ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL LO PR
ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL OVHT
ELEC STATIC INV FAULT
ELEC TR 1(2) FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME24 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

ECAM Alert: C/B TRIPPED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to affected systems
False alert Refer to Item 24-09-02 C/B TRIPPED Alert

ECAM Alert: ELEC AC BUS 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC AC BUS 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC AC ESS BUS ALTN


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8990, RP-C8897 and RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 24-09-01 ELEC AC ESS
BUS SHED Alert

ECAM Alert: ELEC APU GEN FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-23-01 AC Auxiliary
Generation (APU Generator, GCU, Line
Contactor)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME24 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

ECAM Alert: ELEC APU GEN OVERLOAD


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-26-01 Galley Automatic Load Shed
System

ECAM Alert: ELEC BAT 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC BAT 1(2) OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ELEC BCL 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-38-02 Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC BAT BUS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC BUS 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC BUS 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC BUS 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME24 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC EMER CONFIG


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC ESS BUS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC DC ESS BUS SHED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC EMER CONFIG


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC EMER GEN 1 LINE OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ELEC ESS BUSSES ON BAT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC ESS TR FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-34-01 DC Emergency
Generation (ESS TR)

ECAM Alert: ELEC GEN 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-22-01 AC Main
Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME24 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

ECAM Alert: ELEC GEN 1(2) OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ELEC GEN 1(2) OVERLOAD


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-26-01 Galley Automatic
Load Shed System

ECAM Alert: ELEC IDG 1(2) DISCONNECTED


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-22-01 AC Main
Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

ECAM Alert: ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-22-01 AC Main
Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

ECAM Alert: ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-22-01 AC Main
Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

ECAM Alert: ELEC STATIC INV FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ELEC TR 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 24-32-01 DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME24 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

ME-26 Fire Protection


APU FIRE
APU FIRE DET FAULT
APU FIRE LOOP A(B) FAULT
AVIONICS SMOKE
CARGO SMOKE AFT BTL SQUIB FAULT *
CARGO SMOKE FWD BTL SQUIB FAULT *
ENG 1(2) FIRE
ENG 1(2) FIRE DET FAULT
ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP A FAULT
ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP B FAULT
SMOKE AFT CARGO SMOKE
SMOKE AFT CRG BTL FAULT
SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 1 FAULT
SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 2 FAULT
SMOKE AFT CRG DET FAULT
SMOKE FWD CARGO SMOKE
SMOKE FWD CRG BTL FAULT
SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 1 FAULT
SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 2 FAULT
SMOKE FWD CRG DET FAULT
SMOKE LAV+CRG DET FAULT
SMOKE DET FAULT
SMOKE LAVATORY DET FAULT
SMOKE LAVATORY SMOKE

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME26 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: APU FIRE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)

ECAM Alert: APU FIRE DET FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-13-01 APU Fire Detection Loop A
and
Refer to Item 26-13-02 APU Fire Detection Loop B

ECAM Alert: APU FIRE LOOP A(B) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If loop A is failed Refer to Item 26-13-01 APU Fire Detection Loop A
If loop B is failed Refer to Item 26-13-02 APU Fire Detection Loop B

ECAM Alert: AVIONICS SMOKE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 26-15-01 Avionics Smoke Detection System

ECAM Alert: CARGO SMOKE AFT BTL SQUIB FAULT *


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1

ECAM Alert: CARGO SMOKE AFT BTL SQUIB FAULT *


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
or
Refer to Item 26-23-03 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 2

ECAM Alert: CARGO SMOKE FWD BTL SQUIB FAULT *


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME26 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: CARGO SMOKE FWD BTL SQUIB FAULT *


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
or
Refer to Item 26-23-03 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 2

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FIRE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FIRE DET FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP A FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If engine 1 is affected Refer to Item 26-12-01 Engine Fire
Detection Loop A on the Engine 1
If engine 2 is affected Refer to Item 26-12-02 Engine Fire
Detection Loop A on the Engine 2

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP B FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If engine 1 is affected Refer to Item 26-12-03 Engine Fire
Detection Loop B on the Engine 1
If engine 2 is affected Refer to Item 26-12-04 Engine Fire
Detection Loop B on the Engine 2

ECAM Alert: SMOKE AFT CARGO SMOKE


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988, RP-C8897, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME26 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: SMOKE AFT CRG BTL FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the SMOKE FWD CRG BTL FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
displayed on the EWD

If the SMOKE FWD CRG BTL FAULT alert is displayed Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
on the EWD

ECAM Alert: SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 1 FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 1 FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
displayed on the EWD
If the SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 1 FAULT alert is Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
displayed on the EWD

ECAM Alert: SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 2 FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 2 FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 26-23-03 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 2
displayed on the EWD
If the SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 2 FAULT alert is Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
displayed on the EWD

ECAM Alert: SMOKE AFT CRG DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988, RP-C8897, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-16-02 Smoke Detector
in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments

ECAM Alert: SMOKE FWD CARGO SMOKE


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988, RP-C8897, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: SMOKE FWD CRG BTL FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the SMOKE AFT CRG BTL FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
displayed on the EWD
If the SMOKE AFT CRG BTL FAULT alert is displayed Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
on the EWD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME26 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 1 FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 1 FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
displayed on the EWD

If the SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 1 FAULT alert is displayed Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
on the EWD

ECAM Alert: SMOKE FWD CRG BTL 2 FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 2 FAULT alert is not Refer to Item 26-23-03 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 2
displayed on the EWD
If the SMOKE AFT CRG BTL 2 FAULT alert is displayed Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
on the EWD

ECAM Alert: SMOKE FWD CRG DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988, RP-C8897, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-16-01 Smoke Detector
in the FWD Cargo Compartment

.ECAM Alert: SMOKE LAV+CRG DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-17-02 Smoke Detection
Control Unit (SDCU)

ECAM Alert: SMOKE LAV+CRG DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke
Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)

ECAM Alert: SMOKE DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897 and RP-C8988
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-17-02 Smoke Detection
Control Unit (SDCU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME26 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: SMOKE DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke
Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)

ECAM Alert: SMOKE LAVATORY DET FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke
Detection System

ECAM Alert: SMOKE LAVATORY SMOKE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke
Detection System

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME26 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ME-27 Flight Controls

CONFIG L(R) SIDESTICK FAULT


CONFIG PITCH TRIM NOT IN T.O. RANGE
CONFIG RUD TRIM NOT IN T.O. RANGE
CONFIG SLATS(FLAPS) NOT IN T.O. CONFIG
CONFIG SPEED BRK NOT RETRACTED
F/CTL AIL SERVO FAULT
F/CTL ALTN LAW
F/CTL DIRECT LAW
F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT
F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT
F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT
F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT
F/CTL ELEV SERVO FAULT
F/CTL FCDC 1 FAULT
F/CTL FCDC 2 FAULT
F/CTL FCDC 1+2 FAULT
F/CTL FLAP ATTACH SENSOR
F/CTL FLAP LVR NOT ZERO
F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT
F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT
F/CTL FLAP TIP BRK FAULT
F/CTL FLAPS(SLATS) FAULT
F/CTL FLAPS(SLATS) LOCKED
F/CTL GND SPLR FAULT
F/CTL GND SPLR 1+2(3+4) FAULT
F/CTL L(R) AIL FAULT
F/CTL L(R) ELEV FAULT
F/CTL L+R ELEV FAULT
F/CTL L(R) SIDESTICK FAULT
F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT
F/CTL SEC 2 FAULT
F/CTL SEC 3 FAULT
F/CTL SIDESTICK PRIORITY
F/CTL SLAT SYS 1 FAULT
F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT
F/CTL SLAT TIP BRK FAULT
F/CTL SPD BRK DISAGREE
F/CTL SPD BRK FAULT
F/CTL SPD BRK STILL OUT
F/CTL SPD BRK 2(3+4) FAULT
F/CTL SPLR FAULT
F/CTL STABILIZER JAM

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ECAM Alert: CONFIG L(R) SIDESTICK FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: CONFIG PITCH TRIM NOT IN T.O. RANGE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: CONFIG RUD TRIM NOT IN T.O. RANGE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: CONFIG SLATS(FLAPS) NOT IN T.O. CONFIG.


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: CONFIG SPEED BRK NOT RETRACTED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL AIL SERVO FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-14-01 Left Aileron Blue
Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
or
Refer to Item 27-14-02 Left Aileron
Green Servo-Control (Controlled by
ELAC 2)
or
Refer to Item 27-14-03 Right Aileron
Green Servo-Control (Controlled by
ELAC 1)
or
Refer to Item 27-14-04 Right Aileron
Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC
2)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ECAM Alert: F/CTL ALTN LAW


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL DIRECT LAW


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-93-01 ELAC 1

ECAM Alert: F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-93-01 ELAC 1

ECAM Alert: F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL ELEV SERVO FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the servo-control is affected NO DISPATCH
If the servo-control position transducer is affected. Refer to Item 27-34-02 Elevator
Servo-Control Position Transducer

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FCDC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FCDC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-95-02 FCDC 2

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FCDC 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAP ATTACH SENSOR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAP LVR NOT ZERO


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993 and RP-C8990
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH
If the maintenance confirms that the F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 Refer to Item 27-54-01 Flap Hydraulic
FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD due to a flap motor Motor
failure

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-51-01 SFCC Flap Channel

If the maintenance confirms that the F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 Refer to Item 27-54-01 Flap Hydraulic
FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD due to a flap motor Motor
failure.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAP TIP BRK FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-51-03 Flap Wing Tip
Brakes Solenoid

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAPS(SLATS) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL FLAPS(SLATS) LOCKED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL GND SPLR FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the braking system is affected Refer to Item 32-42-06 Tachometer
If the braking system is not affected Refer to Item 27-92-02 Ground Spoiler Control System

ECAM Alert: F/CTL GND SPLR 1+2(3+4) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-92-02 Ground Spoiler
Control System

ECAM Alert: F/CTL L(R) AIL FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL L(R) ELEV FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL L+R ELEV FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH
Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ECAM Alert: F/CTL L(R) SIDESTICK FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-94-01 SEC 1

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SEC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-94-02 SEC 2

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SEC 3 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-94-03 SEC 3

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SIDESTICK PRIORITY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-27 F/CTL SIDESTICK
PRIORITY

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SLAT SYS 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH
If the maintenance confirms the F/CTL SLAT SYS 1 Refer to Item 27-84-01 Slats Hydraulic
FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD due to a slat motor Motor
failure.

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-51-02 SFCC Slat Channel
If the maintenance confirms the F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 Refer to Item 27-84-01 Slats Hydraulic
FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD due to a slat motor Motor
failure.
Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SLAT TIP BRK FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-81-01 Slat Wing Tip
Brakes Solenoid

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SPD BRK DISAGREE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-92-01 Speedbrake Control System

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SPD BRK FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-92-01 Speedbrake Control System

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SPD BRK STILL OUT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SPD BRK 2(3+4) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-92-01 Speedbrake Control System

ECAM Alert: F/CTL SPLR FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 27-64-01 Spoiler 5
or
Refer to Item 27-64-02 Spoiler 1 or 3
or
Refer to Item 27-64-03 Spoiler 2 or 4
or
Refer to Item 27-64-04 Spoilers 1 and 2
or
Refer to Item 27-64-05 Spoilers 3 and 4

ECAM Alert: F/CTL STABILIZER JAM


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME27 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 28 - FUEL

ME-28 Fuel
FUEL APU LP VALVE FAULT
FUEL AUTO FEED FAULT
FUEL CTR TK PUMP 1(2) LO PR
FUEL CTR TK PUMPS LO PR
FUEL CTR TK PUMPS OFF
FUEL ENG 1(2) LP VALVE OPEN
FUEL FQI CH 1(2) FAULT
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP
FUEL L(R) TK PUMP 1(2) LO PR
FUEL L(R) TK PUMP 1+2 LO PR
FUEL L(R) WING TK LO LVL
FUEL L+R WING TK LO LVL
FUEL L(R) XFR VALVE CLOSED
FUEL L(R) XFR VALVE OPEN
FUEL X FEED VALVE FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME28 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 28 - FUEL

ECAM Alert: FUEL APU LP VALVE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-29-01 APU LP Fuel Valve

ECAM Alert: FUEL AUTO FEED FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-20-01 Automatic Fuel Feed System

ECAM Alert: FUEL CTR TK PUMP 1(2) LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-21-02 Center Tank Pump/Transfer Valve

ECAM Alert: FUEL CTR TK PUMPS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-21-02 Center Tank
Pump/Transfer Valve

ECAM Alert: FUEL CTR TK PUMPS OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: FUEL ENG 1(2) LP VALVE OPEN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False Alert Refer to Item 28-07-04-01 Engine LP Fuel Valve
Indication on the FUEL SD page

ECAM Alert: FUEL FQI CH 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-50-01 Fuel Quantity
Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME28 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 28 - FUEL

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 28-09-01 FUEL L(R)
INNER(OUTER)/WING TK HI TEMP Alert

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 28-09-02 FUEL L(R)
INNER(OUTER)/WING TK LO TEMP Alert

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) TK PUMP 1(2) LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-21-01 Wing Tank Pump

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) TK PUMP 1+2 LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) WING TK LO LVL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 28-46-04 Low Level
Detection System in the Inner/Wing Tank

ECAM Alert: FUEL L+R WING TK LO LVL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) XFR VALVE CLOSED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-15-01 LH Wing TransferValve
or
Refer to Item 28-15-02 RH Wing
Transfer Valve

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME28 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 28 - FUEL

ECAM Alert: FUEL L(R) XFR VALVE OPEN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 28-15-01 LH Wing Transfer
Valve
or
Refer to Item 28-15-02 RH Wing
Transfer Valve

ECAM Alert: FUEL X FEED VALVE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME28 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

ME-29 Hydraulic Power


HYD B ELEC PUMP LO PR
HYD B ELEC PUMP OVHT
HYD B RSVR LO AIR PR
HYD B RSVR LO LVL
HYD B RSVR OVHT
HYD B SYS LO PR
HYD B+G SYS LO PR
HYD B+Y SYS LO PR
HYD G ENG 1 PUMP LO PR
HYD G RSVR LO AIR PR
HYD G RSVR LO LVL
HYD G RSVR OVHT
HYD G SYS LO PR
HYD G+Y SYS LO PR
HYD PTU FAULT
HYD RAT FAULT
HYD Y ELEC PUMP LO PR
HYD Y ELEC PUMP OVHT
HYD Y ENG 2 PUMP LO PR
HYD Y RSVR LO AIR PR
HYD Y RSVR LO LVL
HYD Y RSVR OVHT
HYD Y SYS LO PR

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME29 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

ECAM Alert: HYD B ELEC PUMP LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-01 HYD B(Y) ELEC
PUMP LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD B ELEC PUMP OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-02 HYD B(Y) ELEC
PUMP OVHT Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD B RSVR LO AIR PR


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-04 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR LO AIR PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD B RSVR LO AIR PR


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: HYD B RSVR LO LVL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-05 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR LO LVL Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD B RSVR OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-06 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR OVHT Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME29 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

ECAM Alert: HYD B SYS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B
+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD B+G SYS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B
+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD B+Y SYS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B
+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD G ENG 1 PUMP LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-03 HYD G(Y) ENG
1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD G RSVR LO AIR PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-04 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR LO AIR PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD G RSVR LO LVL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-05 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR LO LVL Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME29 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

ECAM Alert: HYD G RSVR OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-06 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR OVHT Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD G SYS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B
+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD G+Y SYS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B
+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD PTU FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-07 HYD PTU FAULT Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD RAT FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-08 HYD RAT FAULT Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD Y ELEC PUMP LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to Item 29-24-01 Yellow System Electric Pump
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-01 HYD B(Y) ELEC
PUMP LO PR Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME29 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

ECAM Alert: HYD Y ELEC PUMP OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert Refer to Item 29-24-01 Yellow System Electric Pump
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-02 HYD B(Y) ELEC
PUMP OVHT Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD Y ENG 2 PUMP LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-03 HYD G(Y) ENG
1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD Y RSVR LO AIR PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-04 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR LO AIR PR Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD Y RSVR LO LVL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-05 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR LO LVL Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD Y RSVR OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-06 HYD G(B)(Y)
RSVR OVHT Alert

ECAM Alert: HYD Y SYS LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B
+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME29 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

ME-30 Ice and Rain Protection


ANTI ICE ALL PITOT
ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA
ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) L(R) STAT
ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) PITOT
ANTI ICE CAPT+F/O PITOT
ANTI ICE CAPT+STBY PITOT
ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) PROBES
ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O) TAT
ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) VALVE CLSD
ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) VALVE OPEN
ANTI ICE F/O+STBY PITOT
ANTI ICE L(R) WINDOW
ANTI ICE L(R) WINDSHIELD
ANTI ICE L+R WINDSHIELD
WING ANTI ICE L(R) HI PR
WING ANTI ICE L(R) VALVE OPEN
WING ANTI ICE OPEN ON GND
WING ANTI ICE SYS FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME30 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE ALL PITOT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-31-04 Angle of Attack
(AOA) Probe Heating

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) L(R) STAT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-31-03 Static Port Heater

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) PITOT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-31-02 Pitot Heater

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT+F/O PITOT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT+STBY PITOT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)(STBY) PROBES


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-31-01 Probe Heat Computer (PHC)

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O) TAT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-31-05 TAT Probe Heating

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME30 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) VALVE CLSD


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-21-01 Engine Anti-Ice Valve

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) VALVE OPEN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-21-01 Engine Anti-Ice Valve

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE F/O+STBY PITOT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE L(R) WINDOW


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the Window Heat Computer is affected Refer to Item 30-42-01 Window Heat Computer
NIL Refer to Item 30-42-02 Fixed Lateral
Window and Sliding Window Heating

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE L(R) WINDSHIELD


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the Window Heat Computer is affected Refer to Item 30-42-01 Window Heat Computer
NIL Refer to Item 30-42-03 Windshield Heating

ECAM Alert: ANTI ICE L+R WINDSHIELD


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: WING ANTI ICE L(R) HI PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-11-01B Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME30 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

ECAM Alert: WING ANTI ICE L(R) VALVE OPEN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-11-01 Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

ECAM Alert: WING ANTI ICE OPEN ON GND


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-11-01 Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

ECAM Alert: WING ANTI ICE SYS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 30-11-01 Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME30 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS

ME-31 Indicating/Recording Systems


EIS DMC 1 FAULT
EIS DMC 2 FAULT
EIS DMC 3 FAULT
FWS FWC 1 FAULT
FWS FWC 2 FAULT
FWS FWC 1+2 FAULT
FWS OEB/FWC DISCREPANCY
FWS SDAC 1 FAULT
FWS SDAC 2 FAULT
FWS SDAC 1+2 FAULT
RECORDER DFDR FAULT
RECORDER SYS FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME31 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS

ECAM Alert: EIS DMC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-62-01 DMC 1

ECAM Alert: EIS DMC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-62-02 DMC 2

ECAM Alert: EIS DMC 3 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-62-03 DMC 3

ECAM Alert: FWS FWC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: FWS FWC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-53-01 Flight Warning Computer (FWC)

ECAM Alert: FWS FWC 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: FWS OEB/FWC DISCREPANCY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: FWS SDAC 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME31 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS

ECAM Alert: FWS SDAC 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-55-01 System Data
Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)

ECAM Alert: FWS SDAC 1+2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: RECORDER DFDR FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-30-03 Digital Flight Data
Recorder (DFDR)

ECAM Alert: RECORDER SYS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 31-30-05 Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME31 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ME-32 Landing Gear


BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT
BRAKES ALTN L(R) RELEASED
BRAKES A/SKID N/WS FAULT
BRAKES A/SKID N/WS OFF
BRAKES AUTO BRK FAULT
BRAKES BRK Y ACCU LO PR
BRAKES SYS 1 FAULT
BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT
BRAKES HOT
BRAKES NORM BRK FAULT
BRAKES NORM+ALT FAULT
BRAKES PARK BRK FAULT
BRAKES PARK BRK LO PR
BRAKES PARK BRK ON
BRAKES RELEASED
BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT
CONFIG PARK BRK ON
L/G DOORS NOT CLOSED
L/G GEAR NOT DOWN
L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED
L/G GEAR NOT UPLOCKED
L/G GEAR UPLOCK FAULT
L/G LGCIU 1 FAULT
L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT
L/G SHOCK ABSORBER FAULT
L/G SYS DISAGREE
WHEEL HYD SEL FAULT
WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT
WHEEL TYRE LO PR *

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ECAM Alert: BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: BRAKES ALTN L(R) RELEASED


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: BRAKES A/SKID N/WS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: BRAKES A/SKID N/WS OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: BRAKES AUTO BRK FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If normal braking is lost (BRAKE RELEASED message NO DISPATCH
is not displayed)

If the autobrake function is affected (BRAKE RELEASED Refer to Item 32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function
message is displayed)
If a tachometer is affected (BRAKE RELEASED Refer to Item 32-42-06 Tachometer
message is displayed)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ECAM Alert: BRAKES AUTO BRK FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function

ECAM Alert: BRAKES BRK Y ACCU LO PR


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 32-44-02 ACCU PRESS Indicator

ECAM Alert: BRAKES SYS 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 32-42-03 Braking/Steering Control Unit
(BSCU) Channel 1 / System 1

ECAM Alert: BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 32-42-04 Braking/Steering Control Unit
(BSCU) Channel 2 / System 2

ECAM Alert: BRAKES HOT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 32-07-01 Brakes Temperature Indication on
the WHEEL SD page

ECAM Alert: BRAKES NORM BRK FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: BRAKES NORM+ALT FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ECAM Alert: BRAKES PARK BRK FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If associated with the BRK PRESS STILL ON subtitle NO DISPATCH
If there is no subtitle Apply ECAM procedure

ECAM Alert: BRAKES PARK BRK LO PR


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Apply ECAM procedure

ECAM Alert: BRAKES PARK BRK ON


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: BRAKES RELEASED


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If green brake supply affected Refer to Item 32-42-02 Green System Brake
If a tachometer is affected Refer to Item 32-42-06 Tachometer

ECAM Alert: BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 32-09-01 WHEEL
BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT Alert

ECAM Alert: CONFIG PARK BRK ON


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: L/G DOORS NOT CLOSED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ECAM Alert: L/G GEAR NOT DOWN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: L/G GEAR NOT UPLOCKED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: L/G GEAR UPLOCK FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 32-31-02 Landing Gear Retracting System

ECAM Alert: L/G LGCIU 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ECAM Alert: L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the LGCIU 2 is inoperative Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit (LGCIU)
If a RH L/G proximity detector associated with the Refer to Item 32-32-02 LGCIU 2 RH L/G
LGCIU 2 is inoperative: apply the relevant item. Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-05 LGCIU 2 RH L/G
Down Lock Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-08 LGCIU 2 RH L/G
Up Lock Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-11 LGCIU 2 RH L/G
Doors Open Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-14 LGCIU 2 RH L/G
Doors Closed Proximity Detector

If a LH L/G proximity detector associated with the LGCIU Refer to Item 32-32-03 LGCIU 2 LH L/G
2 is inoperative: apply the relevant item. Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-06 LGCIU 2 LH L/G
Down Lock Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-09 LGCIU 2 LH L/G
Up Lock Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-12 LGCIU 2 LH L/G
Doors Open Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-15 LGCIU 2 LH L/G
Doors Closed Proximity Detector
If a Nose L/G proximity detector associated with the Refer to Item 32-32-04 LGCIU 2 Nose
LGCIU 2 is inoperative: apply the relevant item. L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-07 LGCIU 2 Nose
L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-10 LGCIU 2 Nose
L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-13 LGCIU 2 Nose
L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
or
Refer to Item 32-32-16 LGCIU 2 Nose
L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 32 – LANDING GEAR

ECAM Alert: L/G SHOCK ABSORBER FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: L/G SYS DISAGREE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: WHEEL HYD SEL FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 32-51-01 Nose Wheel Steering Control
System

ECAM Alert: WHEEL TYRE LO PR *


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 32-09-02 WHEEL TYRE LO PR Alert
*

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME32 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 34 - NAVIGATION
ME-34 Navigation
NAV ADR DISAGREE
NAV ADR 1 FAULT
NAV ADR 2 FAULT
NAV ADR 3 FAULT
NAV ADR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT
NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY
NAV ATC/XPDR 1(2)(1+2) FAULT
NAV ATC/XPDR STBY
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
NAV CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA FAULT
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE *
NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT *
NAV GPWS FAULT
NAV GPWS TERR DET FAULT
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
NAV IAS DISCREPANCY
NAV ILS 1(2)(1+2) FAULT
NAV IR DISAGREE
NAV IR NOT ALIGNED
NAV IR 1 FAULT
NAV IR 2 FAULT
NAV IR 3 FAULT
NAV IR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT
NAV PRED W/S DET FAULT *
NAV RA DEGRADED
NAV RA 1(2) FAULT
NAV TCAS FAULT *
NAV TCAS STANDBY
OVERSPEED

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME34 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 34 - NAVIGATION

ECAM Alert: NAV ADR DISAGREE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: NAV ADR 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-01 ADR 1

ECAM Alert: NAV ADR 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-02 ADR 2

ECAM Alert: NAV ADR 3 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-03 ADR 3

ECAM Alert: NAV ADR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-01 ADR 1
or
Refer to Item 34-10-02 ADR 2
or
Refer to Item 34-10-03 ADR 3

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME34 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 34 - NAVIGATION

ECAM Alert: NAV ATC/XPDR 1(2)(1+2) FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-50-01 ATC

ECAM Alert: NAV ATC/XPDR STBY


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: NAV ATT DISCREPANCY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-04 IR 1
or
Refer to Item 34-10-05 IR 2
or
Refer to Item 34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft
without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)
or
Refer to Item 34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft
with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)

ECAM Alert: NAV CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-11-01 Angle of Attack
(AOA) Sensor

ECAM Alert: NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE (If Installed)


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-50-09 Global
Positioning System (GPS) (If Installed)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME34 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 34 - NAVIGATION

ECAM Alert: NAV GPWS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity
Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System
(TAWS)

ECAM Alert: NAV GPWS TERR DET FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity
Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System
(TAWS)

ECAM Alert: NAV HDG DISCREPANCY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-04 IR 1
or
Refer to Item 34-10-05 IR 2
or
Refer to Item 34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft
without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)
or
Refer to Item 34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft
with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)

ECAM Alert: NAV IAS DISCREPANCY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-01 ADR 1
or
Refer to Item 34-10-02 ADR 2
or
Refer to Item 34-10-03 ADR 3

ECAM Alert: NAV ILS 1(2)(1+2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument
Landing System (ILS)

ECAM Alert: NAV IR DISAGREE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME34 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 34 - NAVIGATION

ECAM Alert: NAV IR NOT ALIGNED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-04 IR 1
or
Refer to Item 34-10-05 IR 2
or
Refer to Item 34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft
without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)
or
Refer to Item 34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft
with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)

ECAM Alert: NAV IR 1 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-04 IR 1

ECAM Alert: NAV IR 2 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-05 IR 2

ECAM Alert: NAV IR 3 FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft
without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)
or
Refer to Item 34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft
with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)

ECAM Alert: NAV IR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: NAV PRED W/S DET FAULT *


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-40-06 Weather
Radar/Predictive Windshear Detection
Function (If Installed)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME34 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 34 - NAVIGATION

ECAM Alert: NAV RA DEGRADED


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
During the previous flight, both RAs disagreed. If the RA Refer to Item 34-40-03 Radio Altimeter System
1(2) is confirmed faulty by troubleshooting, the radio
altimeter 1(2) must be considered inoperative.

ECAM Alert: NAV RA 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-40-03 Radio Altimeter System

ECAM Alert: NAV TCAS FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 34-40-04 Traffic Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS)

ECAM Alert: NAV TCAS STANDBY


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: OVERSPEED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME34 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 36 - PNUEMATIC

ME-36 Pneumatic
AIR APU BLEED FAULT
AIR APU BLEED LEAK
AIR BLEED 1(2) OFF
AIR ENG HP VALVE FAULT
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORM PR
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK
AIR ENG 1(2)(1+2) BLEED LO TEMP
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD
AIR ENG 1(2) LEAK DET FAULT
AIR L(R) WING LEAK
AIR L(R) WING LEAK DET FAULT
AIR X BLEED FAULT
BLEED MONITORING FAULT
BLEED MONIT SYS 1(2) FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME36 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 36 - PNUEMATIC

ECAM Alert: AIR APU BLEED FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-12-02 APU Bleed Valve

ECAM Alert: AIR APU BLEED LEAK


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System

ECAM Alert: AIR BLEED 1(2) OFF


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG HP VALVE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-07 Engine Bleed HP Valve

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORM PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 36-22-01 Pylon Leak Detection System

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG 1(2)(1+2) BLEED LO TEMP


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-04 Engine Bleed Fan Air Valve

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME36 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 36 - PNUEMATIC

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-02 Engine Bleed Valve (PRV)

ECAM Alert: AIR ENG 1(2) LEAK DET FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-22-01 Pylon Leak Detection System

ECAM Alert: AIR L(R) WING LEAK


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AIR L(R) WING LEAK DET FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: AIR X BLEED FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-12-04 Automatic
Control of the X Bleed Valve

ECAM Alert: BLEED MONITORING FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: BLEED MONIT SYS 1(2) FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8991
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 36-11-08 Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME36 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 46 – INFORMATION SYSTEMS

ME-46 Information Systems


DATA LINK ATC FAULT *
DATA LINK ATSU FAULT
DATA LINK COMPANY FAULT

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME46 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 46 – INFORMATION SYSTEMS

ECAM Alert: DATA LINK ATC FAULT (If Installed)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 46-21-01 Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)

ECAM Alert: DATA LINK ATSU FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 46-21-01 Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)

ECAM Alert: DATA LINK COMPANY FAULT


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 46-21-01 Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME46 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

ME-49 Airborne Auxiliary Power

APU AUTO(EMER) SHUT DOWN

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME49 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

ECAM Alert: APU AUTO(EMER) SHUT DOWN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: ME49 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 52 - DOORS

ME-52 Doors
DOOR AFT(BULK)(FWD) CARGO
DOOR L(R) AFT AVIONICS
DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN
DOOR L(R) AFT EMER EXIT
DOOR L(R) EMER EXIT
DOOR L(R) FWD AVIONICS
DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN
DOOR L(R) FWD EMER EXIT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME52 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 52 - DOORS

ECAM Alert: DOOR AFT(BULK)(FWD) CARGO


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-05 Cargo Door
Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) AFT AVIONICS


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-06 Avionics Compartment Access
Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-01 Passenger Door/Emergency Exit
Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) AFT EMER EXIT


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit
Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) EMER EXIT


Applicable to: RP-C8990
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit
Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) FWD AVIONICS


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-06 Avionics Compartment Access
Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME52 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 52 - DOORS

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-01 Passenger Door/Emergency Exit
Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD
page

ECAM Alert: DOOR L(R) FWD EMER EXIT


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 52-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit
Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME52 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE
ME-70 Engine
ENG DUAL FAILURE
ENG THR LEVERS NOT SET
ENG REV SET
ENG THRUST LOCKED
ENG TYPE DISAGREE
ENG VIB SYS FAULT
ENG 1(2) A/C FADEC SUPPLY
ENG 1(2) AIR EXCHANGR FAULT AIR VALVE CLOSED
ENG 1(2) AIR EXCHANGR FAULT AIR VALVE OPEN
ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS HI PRESS
ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS SCAVENGE VALVE FAULT
ENG 1(2) COMPRESSOR VANE
ENG 1(2) EGT(EPR)(FF)(N1)(N2) DISCREPANCY
ENG 1(2) EGT EXCEEDED DURING AIR START
ENG 1(2) EIU FAULT
ENG 1(2) EPR MODE FAULT
ENG 1(2) FADEC A(B) FAULT
ENG 1(2) FADEC ALTERNATOR
ENG 1(2) FADEC FAULT
ENG 1(2) FADEC OVHT
ENG 1(2) FADEC PLUG FAULT
ENG 1(2) FAIL
ENG 1(2) FUEL CTL FAULT
ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG
ENG 1(2) FUEL HEAT SYS
ENG 1(2) FUEL VALVE FAULT
ENG 1(2) HOT FUEL
ENG 1(2) IGN A(B) FAULT
ENG 1(2) IGN A+B FAULT
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT) OVER LIMIT
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG
ENG 1(2) OIL HI TEMP
ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR
ENG 1(2) OIL LO TEMP
ENG 1(2) ONE TLA FAULT
ENG 1(2) OVSPD PROT FAULT
ENG 1(2) REV ISOL FAULT
ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED
ENG 1(2) REV SWITCH FAULT
ENG 1(2) REVERSE UNLOCKED
ENG 1(2) REVERSER FAULT
ENG 1(2) SENSOR FAULT
ENG 1(2) SHUT DOWN
ENG 1(2) STALL
ENG 1(2) START FAULT
ENG 1(2) START VALVE FAULT
ENG 1(2) SYSTEM FAULT
ENG 1(2) THR LEVER ABV IDLE
ENG 1(2) THR LEVER DISAGREE
ENG 1(2) THR LEVER FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG DUAL FAILURE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: ENG THR LEVERS NOT SET


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode

ECAM Alert: ENG REV SET


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: ENG THRUST LOCKED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ENG TYPE DISAGREE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG VIB SYS FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration
Indication on the ENGINE SD page
or
Refer to Item 77-07-02-06 N2 Vibration
Indication on the ENGINE SD page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) A/C FADEC SUPPLY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 73-20-06 EEC ACFT 28V
Power Supply

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) AIR EXCHANGR FAULT


AIR VALVE CLOSED
Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) AIR EXCHANGR FAULT


AIR VALVE OPEN
Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 79-20-01 Air Cooled Oil
Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS


HI PRESS
Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS


SCAVENGE VALVE FAULT
Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 79-09-03 ENG 1(2)
BEARING 4 OIL SYS Alert

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) COMPRESSOR VANE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) EGT(EPR)(FF)(N1)(N2) DISCREPANCY


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) EGT EXCEEDED DURING AIR START


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) EIU FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) EPR MODE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 73-20-04 EPR Control Mode

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FADEC A(B) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FADEC ALTERNATOR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FADEC FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FADEC OVHT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FADEC PLUG FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FAIL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FUEL CTL FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 73-09-01 ENG 1(2) FUEL
FILTER CLOG Alert

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FUEL HEAT SYS


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) FUEL VALVE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) HOT FUEL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) IGN A(B) FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert Refer to Item 74-31-01 Ignition System A
or
Refer to Item 74-31-02 Ignition System B
False alert Refer to Item 74-09-01 ENG 1(2) IGN A(B) FAULT Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) IGN A+B FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 74-09-01 ENG 1(2) IGN A(B) FAULT Alert

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT) OVER LIMIT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) OIL HI TEMP


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
Actual Alert NO DISPATCH
False alert Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) OIL LO TEMP


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Apply ECAM procedure.

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) ONE TLA FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 76-11-01 Thrust lever Position Sensor

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) OVSPD PROT FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) REV ISOL FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 78-30-03 Thrust Reverser Shutoff Valve

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) REV SWITCH FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 78-30-02 Thrust Reverser
Inhibition Relay sw

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) REVERSE UNLOCKED


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) REVERSER FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) SENSOR FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) SHUT DOWN


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES 70 - ENGINE

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) STALL


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not applicable

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) START FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
If the associated THR LEVER NOT AT IDLE subtitle is Apply ECAM procedure.
displayed
Dispatch is permitted if MAN start is successful, all engine Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Manual Engine Start
parameters are normal and at least one auto start attempt
is performed each day. This auto start attempt must show
successful engine light-off (EGT rise).

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) START VALVE FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Refer to Item 80-11-01 Start Valve

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) SYSTEM FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) THR LEVER ABV IDLE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL Not related to MEL

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) THR LEVER DISAGREE


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

ECAM Alert: ENG 1(2) THR LEVER FAULT


Applicable to: ALL
AIRCRAFT STATUS CONDITION OF DISPATCH
NIL NO DISPATCH

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: ME70 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

MI-21 Air Conditioning

MI-21-00 MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page


21-00-01 PACK 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message
21-00-02 ZONE CONT MAINTENANCE Message
21-00-03 AFT CRG HEAT MAINTENANCE Message
21-00-04 TEMP CTL 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message

MI-21-01 Overhead Panels

MI-21-01-01 AIR COND Overhead Panel


21-01-01-01 PACK pb-sw FAULT light
21-01-01-02 PACK pb-sw OFF light
21-01-01-03 HOT AIR pb-sw FAULT light
21-01-01-04 HOT AIR pb-sw OFF light

MI-21-01-02 CABIN PRESS Overhead Panel


21-01-02-01 CABIN PRESS MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light

MI- 21-01-03 CARGO VENT Overhead Panel


21-01-03-02 AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light

MI-21-01-04 VENTILATION Overhead Panel


21-01-04-01 CAB FANS pb-sw OFF light
21-01-04-02 BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light
21-01-04-03 EXTRACT pb-sw FAULT light

MI-21-07 Indications on SD pages

MI-21-07-01 Indications on the BLEED SD page


21-07-01-01 Pack Outlet Temperature Indication on the BLEED SD page
21-07-01-02 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
21-07-01-03 Pack Compressor Outlet Temperature Indication on the BLEED SD page
21-07-01-04 Pack Flow Indication on the BLEED SD page
21-07-01-05 Pack Flow Control Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
21-07-01-06 Emergency Ram Air Inlet Indication on the BLEED SD page

MI-21-07-02 Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page


21-07-02-01 INLET and EXTRACT Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page
21-07-02-02 Pressure Safety Valves Position Indication on the CAB PRESS SD page
21-07-02-03 Pack 1 and 2 Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page

MI-21-07-03 Indications on the COND SD page


21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page

MI-21-07-04 Indications on the CRUISE SD page


21-07-04-01 Indications on the CRUISE SD page

MI-21-09 ECAM Alerts


21-09-01 VENT BLOWER FAULT Alert
21-09-02 VENT EXTRACT FAULT Alert
21-09-03 CAB PR SAFETY VALVE OPEN Alert

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

MI-21-21 Air Distribution and Recirculation


21-21-01 Cabin Fan

MI-21-23 Lavatory and Galley Ventilation


21-23-01 Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan

MI-21-26 Avionics Equipment Ventilation


21-26-01 Avionics Blower Fan
21-26-02 Avionics Extract Fan
21-26-03 Avionics Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
21-26-04 Avionics Skin Air Outlet Valve
21-26-05 Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve
21-26-06 Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve
21-26-07 Avionics Skin Exchanger Outlet Bypass Valve
21-26-08 Avionics Air Conditioning Inlet Valve
21-26-09 Avionics Ventilation Filter
21-26-10 Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)

MI-21-28 Cargo Compartment Ventilation


21-28-03 AFT Cargo Extraction Fan
21-28-04 AFT Cargo Isolation Valve

MI-21-31 Pressure Control and Monitoring


21-31-01 Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System (CPC, Outflow Valve AUTO Channel)
21-31-02 Manual Cabin Pressure Control System (MAN V/S CTL selector, Outflow Valve MAN Channel)
21-31-03 Pressure Safety Valve
21-31-04 Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function
21-31-05 Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function

MI-21-43 Cargo Compartment Heating


21-43-02 AFT Cargo Compartment Heating

MI-21-51 Pack Flow Control


21-51-01 Pack Flow Control Valve
21-51-02 Pack Flow Selection
21-51-03 Pack Flow Sensor

MI-21-52 Air Cooling System


21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack
21-52-02 Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Inlet Flap
21-52-03 Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Outlet Flap

MI-21-55 Emergency Ram Air Inlet


21-55-01 Emergency Ram Air Inlet

MI-21-61 Pack Temperature Control


21-61-01 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve
21-61-02 Pack Controller Primary Channel

MI-21-63 Cockpit and Cabin Temperature Control


21-63-01 Zone Controller Channel
21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve
21-63-04 Air Conditioning System Controller Channel (COND CTL 1(2)-A(B))

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-00 - MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page

21-00-01 PACK 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

21-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

PACK 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

21-00-02 ZONE CONT MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

21-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

ZONE CONT MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

21-00-03 AFT CRG HEAT MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8994

21-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C - - No
AFT CRG HEAT MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

21-00-04 TEMP CTL 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

21-00-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

TEMP CTL 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
21-01-01 - AIR COND Overhead Panel

21-01-01-01 PACK pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

21-01-01-02 PACK pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

21-01-01-03 HOT AIR pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that all zone duct temperature indications are operative on the COND SD page.

21-01-01-04 HOT AIR pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-01 - Overhead Panels


21-01-02 - CABIN PRESS Overhead Panel

21-01-02-01 CABIN PRESS MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

21-01 - Overhead Panels


21-01-03 - CARGO VENT Overhead Panel

21-01-03-02 AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: RP-C8994

21-01-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-01 - Overhead Panels


21-01-04 - VENTILATION Overhead Panel

21-01-04-01 CAB FANS pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

21-01-04-02 BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

21-01-04-03 EXTRACT pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

21-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
21-07-01 - Indications on the BLEED SD page

21-07-01-01 Pack Outlet Temperature Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

21-07-01-02 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
Applicable to: ALL

21-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

21-07-01-03 Pack Compressor Outlet Temperature Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
21-07-01 - Indications on the BLEED SD page

21-07-01-04 Pack Flow Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

21-07-01-05 Pack Flow Control Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
Applicable to: ALL

21-07-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

21-07-01-06 Emergency Ram Air Inlet Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-07 - Indications on SD pages


21-07-02 - Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page

21-07-02-01 INLET and EXTRACT Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.


Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.

21-07-02-02 Pressure Safety Valves Position Indication on the CAB PRESS SD page
Applicable to: ALL

21-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) Pressure safety valves may be indicated open provided that both valves are visually
checked closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-004

21-07-02-03 Pack 1 and 2 Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-07 - Indications on SD pages


21-07-03 - Indications on the COND SD page

21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more indications may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-07 - Indications on SD pages


21-07-04 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page

21-07-04-01 Indications on the CRUISE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

21-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

Cabin and cockpit zone indications may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-09 - ECAM Alerts

21-09-01 VENT BLOWER FAULT Alert


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.


____________________________________________________________________________________

21-09-01A Blower fan operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be displayed provided that:


1) The blower fan is checked operative before each flight, and
2) The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-09-01A VENT BLOWER FAULT Alert

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Disregard the VENT BLOWER FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
Disregard the BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light illuminated on the VENTILATION Overhead panel.
Note: If the ground horn sounds:
EIS/HORN/SPLY (121VU P09) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
The C/B must be closed again after first engine start
If the ground horn sounds after landing when engines are off, it can be silenced again. In
this case, the ADIRS must be set to OFF before leaving the aircraft.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-010

21-09-01B Blower fan inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed provided that the avionics blower fan is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-26-01 Avionics Blower Fan

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-09-02 VENT EXTRACT FAULT Alert


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.


____________________________________________________________________________________

21-09-02A Extract fan operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be displayed provided that:
1) The extract fan is checked operative before each flight, and
2) The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-09-02A VENT EXTRACT FAULT Alert

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Disregard the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-011

21-09-02B Extract fan inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be displayed provided that the avionics extract fan is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-26-02 Avionics Extract Fan

21-09-03 CAB PR SAFETY VALVE OPEN Alert


Applicable to: ALL

21-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be displayed provided that both safety valves are visually checked closed.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-005

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-21 - Air Distribution and Recirculation

21-21-01 Cabin Fan


Applicable to: ALL

21-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-23 - Lavatory and Galley Ventilation

21-23-01 Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan


Applicable to: ALL

21-23-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that all duct temperatures indications for the cabin are
operative on the COND SD page.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 21-23-01B Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and
RP-C8996

GENERAL INFORMATION

Two amber crosses replace the cabin zone temperature indications on the COND SD page.
Refer to Item 21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page
The INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page may display the LAV DET message.
The cabin zone temperature regulation is lost.
The Zone Controller commands fixed FWD and AFT cabin ducts temperature (set to 15 °C or 59 °F).
To recover the cockpit temperature regulation:
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ To control cockpit temperature, use the COCKPIT selector on the AIR COND overhead panel.

(o) OpsProc 21-23-01B Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION

Two amber crosses replace the cabin zone temperature indications on the COND SD page.
Refer to Item 21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page
The INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page may display the LAV DET message.
The cabin zone temperature regulation is lost.
The Air Conditioning System Controller commands FWD and AFT cabin ducts temperature using the
position of the FWD CABIN selector and the AFT CABIN selector on the AIR COND overhead panel.
Slight effect on cabin comfort may occur.
The cockpit temperature regulation is still operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation

21-26-01 Avionics Blower Fan


Applicable to: ALL
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note: During ground operation, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

21-26-01A VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT not displayed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The BLOWER pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is not displayed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-01A Avionics Blower Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning correctly operates with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ BLOWER pb-sw.......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Check that the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT and VENT EXTRACT FAULT alerts are not displayed
on the EWD.
If the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD, the blower fan may be
seized.
In that case:
‐ Contact the maintenance personnel to exchange the blower fan and the extract fan.
Only the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert must then be displayed on the EWD.
‐ When the blower and extract fans are exchanged, Refer to Item 21-26-02 Avionics Extract Fan

21-26-01B Air conditioning inlet valve checked open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The BLOWER pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The air conditioning inlet valve is checked open before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-01B Avionics Blower Fan (Air conditioning inlet valve checked open before each flight)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning correctly operates with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ BLOWER pb-sw...............................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Check that the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD
If the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD, the blower fan may be
seized.
In that case:
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

‐ Contact the maintenance personnel to exchange the blower fan and the extract fan.
Only the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert must then be displayed on the EWD.
‐ When the blower and extract fans are exchanged, Refer to Item 21-26-02 Avionics Extract Fan
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-006

21-26-01C Avionics ventilation system checked


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The BLOWER pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The air conditioning inlet valve is secured in the open position, and
4) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-01C Avionics Blower Fan (Avionics ventilation system checked
before each flight)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that air the conditioning correctly operates with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ BLOWER pb-sw.......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Check that the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing
If the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD, the blower fan may be
seized.
In that case:
‐ Contact the maintenance personnel to exchange the blower fan and the extract fan.
Only the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert must then be displayed on the EWD.
‐ When the blower and extract fans are exchanged, Refer to Item 21-26-02 Avionics Extract
Fan

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-013

21-26-02 Avionics Extract Fan


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: During ground operation, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.


_____________________________________________________________________________________

21-26-02A VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT not displayed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The blower fan is operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is not displayed.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-02A Avionics Extract Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not
displayed)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning correctly operates with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Clear the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert using the CLR pb.
‐ AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN (123VU AE2) C/B..............................................................................Pull
‐ Check that the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD.
Note: If the ground horn sounds:
EIS/HORN/SPLY (121VU P09) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
The C/B must be closed again after first engine start
If the ground horn sounds after landing when engines are off, it can be silenced again. In
this case, the ADIRS must be set to OFF before leaving the aircraft.

21-26-02B Air conditioning inlet valve checked open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The blower fan is operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The air conditioning inlet valve is checked open before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o)OpsProc 21-26-02B Avionics Extract Fan (Air conditioning inlet valve checked open
before each flight)
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning correctly operates with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Clear the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert using the CLR pb.
‐ AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN (123VU AE2) C/B..............................................................................Pull
Note: If the ground horn sounds:
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
EIS/HORN/SPLY (121VU P09) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
The C/B must be closed again after first engine start
If the ground horn sounds after landing when engines are off, it can be silenced again. In
this case, the ADIRS must be set to OFF before leaving the aircraft.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-007

21-26-02C Avionics ventilation system checked


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The blower fan is operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The air conditioning inlet valve is secured in the open position, and
5) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-02C Avionics Extract Fan (Avionics ventilation system checked before each flight)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (°C) ≤ 38 ≤ 45 ≤ 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning correctly operates with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Clear the VENT EXTRACT FAULT alert using the CLR pb.
‐ AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN (123VU AE2) C/B..............................................................................Pull
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
Note: If the ground horn sounds:
EIS/HORN/SPLY (121VU P09) C/B....................................................................... Pull
The C/B must be closed again after first engine start
If the ground horn sounds after landing when engines are off, it can be silenced again. In
this case, the ADIRS must be set to OFF before leaving the aircraft.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-015

21-26-03 Avionics Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve


Applicable to: ALL

21-26-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
1) The avionics skin exchanger inlet bypass valve is manually secured in the closed
position, and
2) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-03A Avionics Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-001

21-26-04 Avionics Skin Air Outlet Valve


Applicable to: ALL

21-26-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The internal flap is manually secured in the open position, and
2) The skin air outlet valve is displayed in a partially open position amber or green on the
CAB PRESS SD page, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The skin exchanger isolation valve is secured in the open position, and
5) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.

Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-04A Avionics Skin Air Outlet Valve

ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
If the VENT SKIN VALVE FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Apply the ECAM procedure.
Note: Avionics smoke may be not perceptible from the cockpit due to the opening of the
internal flap of the valve.
In the case of AVIONICS SMOKE alert:
Apply the ECAM procedure even if the smoke is not perceptible.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26-05 Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.


_____________________________________________________________________________________

21-26-05A Air Condition Inlet Valve open on ground


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The avionics skin air inlet valve is manually secured in the closed position, and
2) The air conditioning inlet valve is open on ground, and
3) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-05A Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve (Air conditioning inlet valve open
on the ground)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning is operating with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Check that the skin air inlet valve is closed on the CAB PRESS SD page.
‐ Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
Note: With only one air conditioning pack operative, operating time on ground is limited to 1 h.
AFTER TAKEOFF
EXTRACT pb-sw...........................................................................................................................AUTO
AFTER LANDING
EXTRACT pb-sw.......................................................................................................................... OVRD

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-004

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26-05B Air Conditioning Inlet Valve Secured Open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The avionics skin air inlet valve is manually secured in the closed position, and
2) The air conditioning inlet valve is secured in the open position, and
3) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-05B Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve (Air conditioning inlet valve
secured in the open position)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning is operating with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Check that the skin air inlet valve is closed on the CAB PRESS SD page.
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
Note: With only one air conditioning pack operative, operating time on ground is limited to 1 h.

AFTER TAKEOFF
EXTRACT pb-sw...........................................................................................................................AUTO

AFTER LANDING
EXTRACT pb-sw.......................................................................................................................... OVRD

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-014

21-26-06 Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided._________________________

21-26-06A Valve inoperative in the open position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative in the open position provided that the avionics ventilation system is
checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-06A Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve

ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-008

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26-06B Valve secured open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The avionics skin exchanger isolation valve is secured in the open position, and
Note: If the valve cannot be secured in the open position, it can be interchanged with
the skin exchanger outlet bypass valve.
2) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-06B Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve

ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-016

21-26-07 Avionics Skin Exchanger Outlet Bypass Valve


Applicable to: ALL

21-26-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.

21-26-08 Avionics Air Conditioning Inlet Valve


Applicable to: ALL

21-26-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The avionics air conditioning inlet valve is manually secured in the open position, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The avionics ventilation is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-08A Avionics Air Conditioning Inlet Valve

ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26-09 Avionics Ventilation Filter


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.


_____________________________________________________________________________________

21-26-09A VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT not displayed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative (clogged) provided that:


1) The blower and extract fans are operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is not displayed.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-09A Avionics Ventilation Filter (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert
not displayed)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning is operating with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ Check that the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD.

21-26-09B Valve checked open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative (clogged) provided that:
1) The blower and extract fans are operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The air conditioning inlet valve is checked open before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-09B Avionics Ventilation Filter (Air conditioning inlet valve checked
open before each flight)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning is operating with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-009

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26-09C Valve secured open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative (clogged) provided that:


1) The blower and extract fans are operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The air conditioning inlet valve is secured in the open position, and
5) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-09C Avionics Ventilation Filter (Avionics ventilation system checked
before each flight)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the air conditioning is operating with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-017

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-26-10 Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)


Applicable to: ALL

21-26-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) The BLOWER pb-sw and the EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD, and
3) The air conditioning inlet valve and the skin air outlet valve are checked in the correct
position before each flight, and
4) The extract fan is checked operative before each flight, and
5) The skin air inlet valve is secured in the closed position.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-26-10A Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ Supply the aircraft electrical network.
‐ Check that the conditioning is operating with both air conditioning packs set to on.
‐ BLOWER pb-sw.......................................................................................................................OVRD
‐ EXTRACT pb-sw......................................................................................................................OVRD
Note: If the ground horn sounds:
EIS/HORN/SPLY (121VU P09) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
The C/B must be closed again after first engine start
If the ground horn sounds after landing when engines are off, it can be silenced again. In
this case, the ADIRS must be set to OFF before leaving the aircraft.
Note: In the case of a low pressure in the avionics compartment ventilation ducts, the weather
radar image may not be displayed on the ND on ground.
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb

IN FLIGHT
In the case of an air conditioning pack failure:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft (3 000 m), and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-005

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-28 - Cargo Compartment Ventilation

21-28-03 AFT Cargo Extraction Fan


Applicable to: RP-C8994

21-28-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-28-03A AFT Cargo Extraction Fan

Applicable to: RP-C8994

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.

21-28-04 AFT Cargo Isolation Valve


Applicable to: RP-C8994

21-28-04A AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both valves are checked closed, and
2) AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-28-04A AFT Cargo Isolation Valve (Valves ckecked closed)

Applicable to: RP-C8994

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ ANN LT selector.......................................................................................................................TEST
‐ Check that the AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light comes on
‐ ANN LT selector............................................................................................................. BRT or DIM
‐ AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw............................................................................................................ OFF
‐ Check that the AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light does not come on.

Note: If the AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw FAULT light comes on:
The AFT cargo isolation valve must be secured in the closed position. Refer to Item
21-28-04B AFT Cargo Isolation Valve

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-28-04B Both valves secured closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that both valves are secured in the closed
position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-28-04B AFT Cargo Isolation Valve (Valves secured closed)

Applicable to: RP-C8994

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
ON GROUND
When the AFT cargo isolation valves are secured in the closed position:
The AFT isolation valves are displayed open green on the COND SD page.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-28-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring

21-31-01 Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System


(CPC, Outflow Valve AUTO Channel)
Applicable to: ALL

21-31-01A Automatic CPC 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) Automatic cabin pressure control system 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The cabin pressure indications on the CAB PRESS SD page are checked operative in
manual mode, and
4) The LDG ELEV selector MAN function is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-31-01A Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System (CPC, Outflow
Valve AUTO Channel)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If CPC 1 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 1 (49VU D09) C/B...................................................................Pull
If CPC 2 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 2 (122VU Y22) C/B................................................................ Pull
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw......................................................................................................................MAN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the cabin differential pressure, the cabin vertical speed,
the cabin altitude, and the outflow valve position are available.
‐ MAN V/S CTL sw..........................................................................................................................DN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check outflow valve movement.
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw....................................................................................................................AUTO

(o) OpsProc 21-31-01A Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System (CPC, Outflow
Valve AUTO Channel)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If CPC 1 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 1 (49VU D09) C/B...................................................................Pull
If CPC 2 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 2 (122VU Y22) C/B................................................................ Pull
‐ RPCU (122VU X23) C/B....................................................................................................................Pull
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw............................................................................................................................MAN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the cabin differential pressure, the cabin vertical speed,
the cabin altitude, and the outflow valve position are available.
‐ MAN V/S CTL sw..........................................................................................................................DN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check outflow valve movement.
‐ RPCU (122VU X23) C/B............................................................................................................Push
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw....................................................................................................................AUTO
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
21-31-01B Automatic CPC 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) Automatic cabin pressure control system 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The cabin pressure indications on the CAB PRESS SD page are checked operative in
manual mode, and
3) The LDG ELEV selector MAN function is operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-31-01B Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System (CPC, Outflow Valve AUTO Channel)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If CPC 1 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 1 (49VU D09) C/B...................................................................Pull
If CPC 2 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 2 (122VU Y22) C/B................................................................ Pull
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw......................................................................................................................MAN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the cabin differential pressure, the cabin vertical speed,
the cabin altitude, and the outflow valve position are available.
‐ MAN V/S CTL sw..........................................................................................................................DN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check outflow valve movement.
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw....................................................................................................................AUTO

(o) OpsProc 21-31-01B Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System (CPC, Outflow Valve AUTO Channel)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If CPC 1 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 1 (49VU D09) C/B...................................................................Pull
If CPC 2 is affected:
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL 2 (122VU Y22) C/B................................................................ Pull
‐ RPCU (122VU X23) C/B....................................................................................................................Pull
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw............................................................................................................................MAN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the cabin differential pressure, the cabin vertical speed,
the cabin altitude, and the outflow valve position are available.
‐ MAN V/S CTL sw..........................................................................................................................DN
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check outflow valve movement.
‐ RPCU (122VU X23) C/B............................................................................................................Push
‐ MODE SEL pb-sw....................................................................................................................AUTO

21-31-01C Both automatic CPCs inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The manual cabin pressure control system is operative, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-31-02 Manual Cabin Pressure Control System


(MAN V/S CTL selector, Outflow Valve MAN Channel)
Applicable to: ALL

21-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The LDG ELEV selector MAN function is operative, and
2) Both automatic cabin pressure control systems are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-002

21-31-03 Pressure Safety Valve


Applicable to: ALL

21-31-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:


1) Both automatic cabin pressure control systems are operative, and
2) The three outflow valve motors are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-001

21-31-04 Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function


Applicable to: ALL

21-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-31-04A Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function

BEFORE TAKEOFF
‐ Set the LDG ELEV selector on the CABIN PRESS panel at the destination airport altitude.
‐ On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the LDG ELEV MAN message is displayed

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-31-05 Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function


Applicable to: ALL

21-31-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The landing elevation selection AUTO function is operative, and
2) Both FMGCs are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-31-05A Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the LDG ELEV AUTO message is displayed to confirm
correct position of the LDG ELEV selector.
Note: The landing field elevation of the destination airport may not be correctly displayed on the
CAB PRESS SD page. It is automatically corrected after first engine start.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-43 - Cargo Compartment Heating

21-43-02 AFT Cargo Compartment Heating


Applicable to: RP-C8994

21-43-02A HOT AIR pb-sw OFF


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) Hot air pressure regulating valve or trim air valve may be inoperative provided that:
1) The HOT AIR pb-sw on the CARGO HEAT overhead panel is set to OFF, and
2) The operative valve is indicated closed on the COND SD page.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-43-02A AFT Cargo Compartment Heating (Heating system set to OFF)

Applicable to: RP-C8994

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw (on the CARGO HEAT overhead panel)..........................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page, check that the operative valve (either the hot air pressure regulating valve
or the trim air valve) is indicated closed.

21-43-02B Valves secured closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) Hot air pressure regulating valve or trim air valve may be inoperative provided that one of
these valves is secured in the closed position.

Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-43-02B AFT Cargo Compartment Heating (Inoperative valve secured
in the closed position)

Applicable to: RP-C8994

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.

(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-51 - Pack Flow Control

21-51-01 Pack Flow Control Valve


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

21-51-01A One inoperative in the closed position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The affected pack flow control valve is secured in the closed position, and
3) The associated air conditioning pack is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-51-00-040-001

21-51-01B Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The manual cabin pressure control system is operative, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

21-51-02 Pack Flow Selection


Applicable to: ALL

21-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-51-03 Pack Flow Sensor


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

21-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-51-03A Pack Flow Sensor

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION
The hot air pressure regulating valve automatically closes.
The Flow Control Valve on the affected side operates in pneumatic backup mode.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the FWD cargo heating is installed:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


AIR COND HOT AIR pb-sw............................................................................................................ OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-52 - Air Cooling System

21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

21-52-01A No FL Limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert is not displayed, and
3) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The speedbrakes are operative, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is checked closed on the BLEED SD page.
Note: This proviso does not apply if the pack flow control valve has been secured in
the closed position as per item 21–51–01.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01A Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI

IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD

21-52-01B Limitation to 31 500 ft


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m), and
3) The COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD, and
4) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is checked closed on the BLEED SD page.
Note: This proviso does not apply if the pack flow control valve has been secured in
the closed position as per item 21-51-01.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01B Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI

IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 36
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
21-52-01G Air cycle machine failed
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be operated on heat exchanger cooling only (air cycle machine failure) provided that:
1) The corresponding pack controller is operative, and
2) The affected pack outlet temperature indication is operative on the BLEED SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01G Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack in Heat Exchanger Cooling
Mode only)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................................OFF

IN FLIGHT
When the TAT is equal to or less than 12°C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only".................................................................On
If the non affected air conditioning pack fails:
Maximum flight altitude..................................................................................31 500 ft (9 600 m)

DURING DESCENT
If the TAT is above 12°C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................. OFF

AT THE END OF THE DESCENT, BEFORE LANDING


PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................................OFF

21-52-01H Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.


Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 37
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

21-52-01D No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The following alerts:
AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-A FAULT
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-B FAULT
associated with the operative pack are not displayed on the EWD, and
3) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The speedbrakes are operative, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is secured in the closed position.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01D Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI
IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD

(m) Refer to AMM 21-51-00-040-002

21-52-01E Limitation to 31 500 ft


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m), and
3) The following alerts:
AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL FAULT
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-A FAULT
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-B FAULT
associated with the operative pack are not displayed on the EWD, and
4) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is secured in the closed position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01E Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI

IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 38
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD

(m) Refer to AMM 21-51-00-040-002

21-52-01G Air cycle machine failed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be operated on heat exchanger cooling only (air cycle machine failure) provided that:
1) The following alerts:
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-A FAULT
AIR COND CTL 1(2)-B FAULT
associated with the operative pack are not displayed on the EWD, and
2) The affected pack outlet temperature indication is operative on the BLEED SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01G Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack in Heat Exchanger Cooling
Mode only)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................................OFF

IN FLIGHT
When the TAT is equal to or less than 12°C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only".................................................................On
If the non affected air conditioning pack fails:
Maximum flight altitude..................................................................................31 500 ft (9 600 m)

DURING DESCENT
If the TAT is above 12°C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................. OFF

AT THE END OF THE DESCENT, BEFORE LANDING


PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................................OFF

21-52-01H Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.


Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 39
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack


Applicable to: RP-C8990

21-52-01A Limitation to 37 000 ft


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 37 000 ft (11 200 m), and
3) The COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD, and
4) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The speedbrakes are operative, and
6) The associated pack flow control valve is checked closed on the BLEED SD page.
Note: This proviso does not apply if the pack flow control valve has been secured in
the closed position as per item 21–51–01.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01A Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI

IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD

21-52-01B Limitation to 31 500 ft


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m), and
3) The COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD, and
4) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is checked closed on the BLEED SD page.
Note: This proviso does not apply if the pack flow control valve has been secured in
the closed position as per item 21-51-01.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01B Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI

IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 40
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-52-01C No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD, and
3) The affected PACK 1(2) pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The speedbrakes are operative, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is checked closed on the BLEED SD page.
Note: This proviso does not apply if the pack flow control valve has been secured in
the closed position as per item 21–51–01.
Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37 000 ft (11 200 m),
oxygen masks may drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01C Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack Inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK FLOW pb-sw............................................................................................................................ HI

IN FLIGHT
If BLOWER pb-sw and EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD:
‐ The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft, and
‐ The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD
In the case of failure of the remaining air conditioning pack:
Apply the procedures associated with the AIR PACK 1+2 FAULT and the CAB PR EXCESS
CAB ALT alerts displayed on the EWD.

21-52-01G Air cycle machine failed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be operated on heat exchanger cooling only (air cycle machine failure) provided that:
1) The corresponding pack controller is operative, and
2) The affected pack outlet temperature indication is operative on the BLEED SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01G Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning Pack in Heat Exchanger Cooling
Mode only)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................................OFF

IN FLIGHT
When the TAT is equal to or less than 12°C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only".................................................................On
If the non affected air conditioning pack fails:
Maximum flight altitude..................................................................................31 500 ft (9 600 m)

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 41
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
DURING DESCENT
If the TAT is above 12°C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................. OFF
AT THE END OF THE DESCENT, BEFORE LANDING
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in "heat exchanger cooling only"............................................................................OFF

21-52-01H Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.


Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

21-52-02 Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Inlet Flap


Applicable to: ALL

21-52-02A Flap deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the affected flap is deactivated in the open position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-61-00-040-002

21-52-02B Only one inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the associated air conditioning
pack is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack

21-52-02C Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 42
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-52-03 Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Outlet Flap


Applicable to: RP-C8994, RP-C8993 and RP-C8996

21-52-03A Flap deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The affected flap is checked not loose, and
2) The affected flap is deactivated in the open position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-61-00-040-003

21-52-03B Only one inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the associated air conditioning
pack is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-52-01 Air Conditioning Pack

21-52-03C Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 43
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-55 - Emergency Ram Air Inlet

21-55-01 Emergency Ram Air Inlet


Applicable to: ALL

21-55-01A Ram air inlet deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The emergency ram air inlet is deactivated in the closed position, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-55-00-040-002

21-55-01B Non pressurized flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative in the open position provided that:


1) ETOPS and extended overwater flight is not conducted, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 44
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-61 - Pack Temperature Control

21-61-01 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve


Applicable to: ALL

21-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

21-61-02 Pack Controller Primary Channel


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

21-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-61-02A Pack Controller Primary Channel

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996
GENERAL INFORMATION
If primary channel is failed:
Pack flow is fixed at the value reached at the time of failure.
If primary and secondary channels are failed:
The air conditioning pack outlet temperature is controlled by the anti-ice valve to a nominal
value of 15°C.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 45
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-63 - Cockpit and Cabin Temperature Control

21-63-01 Zone Controller Channel


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

21-63-01A Primary channel inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) Primary channel may be inoperative provided that the hot air pressure regulating valve is
checked closed on the COND SD page.
Note: Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin
when the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-01A Zone Controller Channel

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page page, check that the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.

21-63-01B Secondary channel inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

Secondary channel may be inoperative provided that the minimum idle on ground is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground

21-63-01C Both channels inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) (m) Primary and secondary channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) The hot air pressure regulating valve is secured in the closed position, and
2) The minimum idle on ground is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground
Note: Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin
when the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-01C Zone Controller Channel

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page page, check that the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-63-00-040-004


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 46
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when more
than one trim air valves are inoperative or when the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

21-63-02C Hot air pressure valve checked closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The HOT AIR pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) The hot air pressure regulating valve is checked closed on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-02C Cockpit & Cabin Trim Air Valve (Hot air pressure regulating valve checked closed
/operative)
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995
and RP-C8996
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page, check that the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed amber.

21-63-02D Affected valve secured closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected valve is secured in the closed
position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-02D Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve (Affected valve secured/checked in the closed
position)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
When one trim air valve is secured in the closed position:
The zone controller closes all trim air valves and the hot air pressure regulating valve at each
power up.
To recover normal operation of the operative valves, apply the following procedure
after air conditioning pack start:
o If the COND HOT AIR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD, reset the following
C/Bs:
‐ AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115 VAC/SYS 1 (122VU V17) C/B
‐ AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115 VAC/SYS 2 (122VU V18) C/B
‐ AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28 VDC/SYS 1 (122VU V19) C/B
‐ AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28 VDC/SYS 2 (122VU V20) C/B
o If the COND HOT AIR FAULT alert is still displayed on the EWD:
Refer to Item 21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 47
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING
IN FLIGHT
If the affected zone temperature becomes uncomfortable:
HOT AIR pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF

(m) Refer to AMM 21-63-00-040-001

21-63-02 Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

21-63-02A Affected valve checked closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected valve is checked closed on the
COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-02A Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve (Affected valve checked closed)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


On the COND SD page page, check that the affected trim air valve is closed amber.

IN FLIGHT
If the affected zone temperature becomes uncomfortable:
HOT AIR pb-sw.....................................................................................................................OFF

21-63-02B Hot air pressure valve checked operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the hot air pressure regulating valve is
checked operative on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-02B Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve (Hot air pressure regulating
valve checked operative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ HOT AIR pb-sw............................................................................................................. OFF then on
‐ On the COND SD page, check that the hot air pressure regulating valve follows the HOT AIR
pb-sw command.

IN FLIGHT
If affected zone temperature becomes uncomfortable:
HOT AIR pb-sw.....................................................................................................................OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 48
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-63-02E Hot air pressure valve considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the hot air pressure regulating valve is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve

21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when the
hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

21-63-03A Valve checked closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The HOT AIR pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) The hot air pressure regulating valve is checked closed on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-03A Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Hot air pressure valve checked closed)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page page, check that the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed amber.

21-63-03C Hot air pressure valve secured closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the hot air pressure regulating valve is secured in the closed
position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-03C Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Affected valve secured in the closed position)

GENERAL INFORMATION
On the COND SD page, the hot air pressure regulating valve is displayed closed amber.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-63-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 49
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-63-03 Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

21-63-03A Hot air pressure valve checked closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:


1) HOT AIR pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve is checked closed on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-03A Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Hot air pressure valve checked closed)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page page, check that the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed amber.

21-63-03B All trim valve checked closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative in the open position provided that:


1) HOT AIR pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) All Trim Air Valves are checked closed on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-03B Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Trim air valve checked closed)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION
On the COND SD page, the hot air pressure regulating valve is displayed amber open.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ HOT AIR pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the COND SD page, check that all the trim air valves are closed amber.

21-63-03C Hot air pressure valve secured closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the hot air pressure regulating valve is secured in the
closed position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-03C Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Affected valve secured in
the closed position)

GENERAL INFORMATION
On the COND SD page, the hot air pressure regulating valve is displayed closed amber.

(m) Refer to AMM 21-63-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 50
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 21 – AIR CONDITIONING

21-63-04 Air Conditioning System Controller Channel (COND CTL 1(2)-A(B))


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

21-63-04A Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

One may be inoperative on each side provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

21-63-04B ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

For ETOPS, one may be inoperative on each side provided that the AIR COND CTL 1–B
FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI21 - 51
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT
MI-22 Auto Flight

MI-22-01 FLT CTL Overhead Panel


22-01-01 FAC pb-sw FAULT light
22-01-02 FAC pb-sw OFF light

MI-22-05 FMA Indications on the PFD


22-05-01 AP Related Indications on the FMA
22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA
22-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA

MI-22-10 Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)


22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)
22-10-03 Take-over pb Priority Function
22-10-04 Take-over pb AP Disconnection Function
22-10-05 AUTO LAND light
22-10-06 AP Disengagement Warning
22-10-07 Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode

MI-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
22-30-02 Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb
22-30-03 Autothrust Disengagement Warning

MI-22-60 Flight Augmentation (FAC)


22-60-01 FAC 1
22-60-02 FAC 2
22-60-03 Reactive Windshear Detection Function
22-60-04 Yaw Damper System

MI-22-70 Flight Management System (FMS)


22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)
22-70-02 Navigation Database
22-70-03 Performance Information
22-70-04 Fuel/Time Prediction

MI-22-81 Flight Control Unit (FCU)

MI-22-81-01 Auto Flight Control Panel (FCU)


22-81-01-01 AP Engagement pb
22-81-01-02 A/THR Arming pb
22-81-01-03 Mode Engagement pb (LOC, EXPED, APPR)
22-81-01-04 Selection knob (ALT, HDG-TRK, SPD-MACH)
22-81-01-05 V/S-FPA Selection knob
22-81-01-06 HDG-V/S/TRK-FPA Change Over pb
22-81-01-07 SPD/MACH Change Over pb
22-81-01-08 METRIC ALT pb
22-81-01-09 Selection Window (SPD-MACH, HDG-TRK, ALT, V/S-FPA)
22-81-01-10 AP1, AP2 and A/THR pb light Bars
22-81-01-11 Mode Engagement (LOC, EXPED, APPR) pb light Bars

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

MI-22-81-02 EFIS Control Panel (FCU)


22-81-02-01 Baro Reference Display Window
22-81-02-02 Baro Reference selector Outer Ring (in Hg/hPa)
22-81-02-03 Baro Reference selector Inner knob
22-81-02-04 FD pb
22-81-02-05 ILS pb
22-81-02-05 LS pb
22-81-02-06 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb
22-81-02-07 ND Range selector
22-81-02-08 ND Mode selector
22-81-02-09 ADF/VOR sw
22-81-02-10 ILS and FD pb light Bars
22-81-02-10 LS and FD pb light Bars
22-81-02-11 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb light Bars

MI-22-81-03 FCU Channel


22-81-03-01 FCU Channel

MI-22-82 Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)


22-82-01 MCDU 1
22-82-02 MCDU 2
22-82-04 MCDU Annunciator light *

MI-22-83 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)


22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-01 - FLT CTL Overhead Panel

22-01-01 FAC pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

22-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative.

22-01-02 FAC pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

22-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-05 - FMA Indications on the PFD

22-05-01 AP Related Indications on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

22-05-01A Inoperative on one FMA


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

One or more indications may be inoperative on one FMA.

22-05-01B Inoperative on both FMAs


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) One or more indications may be inoperative on both FMAs provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AP is not used.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-05-01B AP Related Indications on the FMA

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

22-05-02A Inoperative on one FMA


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

One or more indications may be inoperative on one FMA.

22-05-02B Inoperative on both FMAs


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more indications may be inoperative on both FMAs provided that the autothrust
(A/THR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

22-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative on one or both FMAs.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-05-03A Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one FMA is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
When both FMAs are affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

22-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 1 No

“MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY” is required on one side.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)

22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-01A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-01A Autopilot (AP)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one AP is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
When both APs are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

22-10-01B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) Both may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-01B Autopilot (AP)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one AP is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
When both APs are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-02A Flight Director (FD)

FOR TAKEOFF
For a takeoff without FDs:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SRP-01-30 No Flight Director Takeoff

22-10-03 Take-over pb Priority Function


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

22-10-04 Take-over pb AP Disconnection Function


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-04A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-04A Take-over pb AP Disconnection Function (One inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

BEFORE ENGINE START


‐ AP 1.......................................................................................................................................On
‐ Operative take-over pb..................................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the red AP OFF message is displayed on the EWD.
‐ AP 2.......................................................................................................................................On
‐ Operative take-over pb..................................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the red AP OFF message is displayed on the EWD.

BEFORE APPROACH
If the AP is used for approach:
The operative AP disconnect pb must be assigned to the PF.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT
22-10-04B Both inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) Both may be inoperative provided that the AP is not used for approach.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-04B Take-over pb AP Disconnection Function (Both inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

22-10-05 AUTO LAND light


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-05A AUTO LAND light

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both lights are inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

22-10-06 AP Disengagement Warning


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AP is not engaged.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-06A AP Disengagement Warning

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-10-07 Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode


Applicable to: ALL

22-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No

(o) One or two may be inoperative unlocked provided that no autoland is performed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-07A Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-30 – Autothrust

22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)


Applicable to: ALL

22-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is disconnected before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-30-01A Autothrust (A/THR)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Press and hold either autothrust instinctive disconnect pb for at least 15 s.
The A/THR system is permanently disconnected for the entire flight.
‐ Check that A/THR INOP SYS is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
All A/THR functions including ALPHA FLOOR protection are lost.

22-30-02 Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb


Applicable to: ALL

22-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the ability to disconnect the autothrust (A/THR) via
the remaining Instinctive Disconnect pb and by the FCU A/THR pb is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-30-02A Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb
The purpose of the procedure is to check the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive
Disconnect pb and via the A/THR pb on the FCU.

AFTER IRS ALIGNMENT


Note: Disregard alerts during the test. Use the EMER CANCEL pb on the ECAM control panel as
necessary.
Aircraft configuration for the check via the FMS 1:
‐ ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2.................................................................................................ON
‐ Both thrust levers....................................................................................................................... MCT
‐ FD................................................................................................................................................. Off
‐ AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121 VU M17) C/B...................................................................................... Pull
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................... On
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications appear on the PFD.
‐ Check that A/THR pb light bars are ON.
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT
Check of the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive Disconnect pb:
‐ A/THR instinctive disconnect pb (non affected autothrust)........................................................Push
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are OFF.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are no more displayed on the PFD.
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................... On
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are ON.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are displayed on the PFD.

Check of the A/THR disconnection via the A/THR pb on the FCU:


‐ A/THR pb (on the FCU)................................................................................................................Off
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are OFF.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are no more displayed on the PFD.
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................... On

Aircraft configuration for the check via the FMS 2:


‐ AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B..................................................................................... Push
‐ AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02) C/B..........................................................................................Pull
‐ Wait 2 min.

Check of the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive Disconnect pb:
‐ A/THR instinctive disconnect pb (non affected autothrust)........................................................Push
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are OFF.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are no more displayed on the PFD.
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................... On
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are ON.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are displayed on the PFD.

Check of the A/THR disconnection via the A/THR pb on the FCU:


‐ A/THR pb (on the FCU)................................................................................................................Off
‐ Check that the A/THR pb light bars are OFF.
‐ Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications are no more displayed on the PFD.
‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................... On

Restore normal aircraft configuration:


‐ A/THR........................................................................................................................................... Off
‐ AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02) C/B........................................................................................Push
‐ ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2................................................................................................. Off
‐ Both thrust levers....................................................................................................................... IDLE
‐ RCL pb (on the ECAM control panel)....................................................................................... Push
‐ Wait 2 min before using the MCDU and the FD.

22-30-03 Autothrust Disengagement Warning


Applicable to: ALL

22-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative.


Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-60 - Flight Augmentation (FAC)

22-60-01 FAC 1
Applicable to: ALL

22-60-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

(m) Must be operative.


Note: The AUTO FLT FAC 1 FAULT alert may be displayed with the associated AUTO
FLT/FAC1/28VDC C/B tripped.
This may be due to a short circuit within either rudder trim actuator channel 1 or
rudder travel actuator channel 1.
In this case, the FAC 1 may be recovered provided that the affected part of the
faulty actuator is deactivated using the associated maintenance procedure.
Refer to Item 27-22-01 Rudder Trim System, or
Refer to Item 27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System (Including Rudder and
Pedals Travel Limiter Units)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task
22-60-02 FAC 2
Applicable to: ALL

22-60-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) All ADIRSs, ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs and RAs are operative, and
2) The Rudder Travel Limiter System 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-60-04 Yaw Damper System, and
Refer to Item 27-22-01 Rudder Trim System, and
Refer to Item 27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System (Including Rudder and Pedals
Travel Limiter Units)
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-60-02A FAC 2

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

ON GROUND
If the AUTO FLT FAC 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
or
If erroneous speeds are displayed:
‐ AUTO FLT/FAC 2/28VDC (121VU M19) C/B................................................................Pull
‐ FAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-60-03 Reactive Windshear Detection Function


Applicable to: ALL

22-60-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.6.8

May be inoperative provided:


1) Flight crew increases awareness of airplane configuration, altitude, flight path, and
meteorological conditions conducive to windshear. This may include use of all airplane
systems available (Autopilot, ILS, FMS), and
2) “Adverse Weather - Operations in Windshear or Downburst” in FCOM/PRO-SUP-91-20 are
reviewed and applied as required.

Note: If required, it is not allowed to dispatch with the predictive windshear detection system
operative only.

22-60-04 Yaw Damper System


Applicable to: ALL

22-60-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-60-04A Yaw Damper System

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-70 - Flight Management System (FMS)

22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

22-70-01C FMS 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

The FMS 1 may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight remains within radio navaids coverage.

22-70-01D FMS 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
The FMS 2 may be inoperative provided that the flight remains within radio navaids coverage.

22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

22-70-01A FMS 1 inoperative with IR 1 (NAV mode) or GPS 1 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) The FMS 1 may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) Two MCDUs are operative, and
3) The IR 1 NAV mode or GPS 1 * is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-70-01A Flight Management System (FMS)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

IN FLIGHT
In the case of FMS 1+2 failure:
MCDU NAV B/UP........................................................................................................... Use
Refer to FCOM/DSC-22_20-60-130 MCDU Back Up Navigation.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT
22-70-01B FMS 2 inoperative with IR 1 (NAV mode) or GPS 1 operative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) The FMS 2 may be inoperative provided that the IR 1 NAV mode or GPS 1 * is operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-70-01B Flight Management System (FMS)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

IN FLIGHT
In the case of FMS 1+2 failure:
MCDU NAV B/UP........................................................................................................... Use
Refer to FCOM/DSC-22_20-60-130 MCDU Back Up Navigation.

22-70-01C FMS 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
The FMS 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight remains within radio navaids coverage.

22-70-01D FMS 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

The FMS 2 may be inoperative provided that the flight remains within radio
navaids coverage.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-70-02 Navigation Database


Applicable to: ALL

22-70-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.2.3


May be out of currency provided:
1) Current Aeronautical Charts are used to verify Navigation Fixes prior to dispatch, and
2) Procedures are established and used to verify status and suitability of Navigation Facilitites used
to define route of flight, and
3) Approach Navigation Radios are manually tuned and identified,
4) Raw data is displayed and used as primary or database is verified accurate for route of flight.
Refer to FCOM DSC 22 20-20-50 Navigation Database.

22-70-03 Performance Information


Applicable to: ALL

22-70-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

22-70-04 Fuel/Time Prediction


Applicable to: ALL

22-70-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)


22-81-01 - Auto Flight Control Panel (FCU)

22-81-01-01 AP Engagement pb
Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated autopilot (AP) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)

22-81-01-02 A/THR Arming pb


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)

22-81-01-03 Mode Engagement pb (LOC, EXPED, APPR)


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

22-81-01-04 Selection knob (ALT, HDG-TRK, SPD-MACH)


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 3 3 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81-01-05 V/S-FPA Selection knob


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that operations do not require its use.

22-81-01-06 HDG-V/S/TRK-FPA Change Over pb


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the HDG-V/S selection is operative.

22-81-01-07 SPD/MACH Change Over pb


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the SPD selection is operative.

22-81-01-08 METRIC ALT pb


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

22-81-01-09 Selection Window (SPD-MACH, HDG-TRK, ALT, V/S-FPA)


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-09B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on
both PFDs and both NDs.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81-01-10 AP1, AP2 and A/THR pb light Bars


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both PFDs.

22-81-01-11 Mode Engagement (LOC, EXPED, APPR) pb light Bars


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)


22-81-02 - EFIS Control Panel (FCU)

22-81-02-01 Baro Reference Display Window


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

22-81-02-02 Baro Reference selector Outer Ring (in Hg/hPa)


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the unit required for the intended flight is
operative on both EFIS control panels.

22-81-02-03 Baro Reference selector Inner knob


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

22-81-02-04 FD pb
Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated FD is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81-02-05 ILS pb
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

22-81-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated ILS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)

22-81-02-05 LS pb
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

22-81-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated ILS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)

22-81-02-06 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

22-81-02-07 ND Range selector


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND range
selector is operative.

22-81-02-08 ND Mode selector


Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND mode selector is operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81-02-09 ADF/VOR sw
Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ADF/VOR indication on ND is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND

22-81-02-10 ILS and FD pb light Bars


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

22-81-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both PFDs.

22-81-02-10 LS and FD pb light Bars


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

22-81-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both PFDs.

22-81-02-11 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb light Bars
Applicable to: ALL

22-81-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 10 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)


22-81-03 - FCU Channel

22-81-03-01 FCU Channel


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

22-81-03-01A Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) Two RMPs, all DUs, both RAs, both LGCIUs, both FACs, both Automatic Cabin Pressure
Control Systems, all ADIRUs and the Standby ALT Indicator are operative.

22-81-03-01B ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No

For ETOPS, one may be inoperative for one flight provided that two RMPs, all DUs, both
RAs, both LGCIUs, both FACs, both Automatic Cabin Pressure Control Systems, all
ADIRUs and the Standby ALT Indicator are operative.

22-81-03-01 FCU Channel


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

22-81-03-01A Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One channel may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) Two RMPs, all DUs, both RAs, both LGCIUs, both FACs, both Automatic Cabin Pressure
Control Systems, all ADIRUs and the ISIS altitude indication are operative.

22-81-03-01B ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
For ETOPS, one channel may be inoperative for one flight provided that two RMPs, all DUs,
both RAs, both LGCIUs, both FACs, both Automatic Cabin Pressure Control Systems, all
ADIRUs and the ISIS altitude indication are operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-82 - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

22-82-01 MCDU 1
Applicable to: ALL

22-82-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The MCDU 2 is operative, and
3) The flight remains within radio navaids coverage.

22-82-02 MCDU 2
Applicable to: ALL

22-82-02B Flight within navaids coverage


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the flight remains within radio navaids coverage.

22-82-04 MCDU Annunciator light *


Applicable to: ALL

22-82-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-83 - Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

22-83-01A FMGC 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) FMGC1 may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The FMGC 1 is deactivated, and
3) The FMS 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-83-01A Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If FMGC 1 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02 or 121VU M16) C/B......................................................Pull
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 2
If FMGC 2 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B...........................................................................Pull
Note: During IR alignment, when the FMGC 2 is deactivated, IRS IN ALIGN memo
cannot be displayed until the FD 1 is engaged.
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 1

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-83-01B FMGC 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) FMGC 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) FMGC 2 is deactivated, and
2) FMS 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-83-01B Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If FMGC 1 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02 or 121VU M16) C/B......................................................Pull
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 2
If FMGC 2 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B...........................................................................Pull
Note: During IR alignment, when the FMGC 2 is deactivated, IRS IN ALIGN memo
cannot be displayed until the FD 1 is engaged.
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 1

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8993, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

22-83-01A FMGC 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) FMGC 1 may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) FMGC 1 is deactivated, and
3) FMS 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS), and
4) The terrain function of TAWS * is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness and Warning
System (TAWS) (If Installed)
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-83-01A Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If FMGC 1 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02 or 121VU M16) C/B......................................................Pull
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 2
If FMGC 2 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B...........................................................................Pull
Note: During IR alignment, when the FMGC 2 is deactivated, IRS IN ALIGN memo
cannot be displayed until the FD 1 is engaged.
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 1

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 22 – AUTO FLIGHT

22-83-01B FMGC 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) FMGC 2 may be inoperative provided that:


1) FMGC 2 is deactivated, and
2) FMS 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-83-01B Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If FMGC 1 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02 or 121VU M16) C/B......................................................Pull
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 2
If FMGC 2 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B...........................................................................Pull
Note: During IR alignment, when the FMGC 2 is deactivated, IRS IN ALIGN memo
cannot be displayed until the FD 1 is engaged.
o If ADS-B * is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector......................................................................................................... 1

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI22 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS
MI-23 Communications

MI-23-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message

MI-23-01 Overhead Panels

MI-23-01-01 RCDR Overhead Panel


23-01-01-01 RCDR GND CTL pb-sw ON light
23-01-01-31 RCDR GND CTL pb-sw
23-01-01-32 CVR ERASE pb
23-01-01-33 CVR TEST pb

MI-23-01-02 CALLS Overhead Panel


23-01-02-31 CALLS ALL * pb
23-01-02-32 CALLS EMER pb, CALLS FWD pb, CALLS MID * pb, CALLS EXIT * pb, CALLS AFT pb

MI-23-09 ECAM Alerts


23-09-01 COM HF 1(2) EMITTING * Alert
23-09-02 COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING Alert

MI-23-10 Speech Communication


23-10-01 HF System
23-10-02 VHF System
23-10-03 SATCOM Voice Mode *

MI-23-13 Radio Management


23-13-01 Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23-13-02 RMP Selection Key

MI-23-20 Data Transmission and Automatic Calling


23-20-01 Aircraft Communications Addressing Reporting System (ACARS) *
23-20-02 SATCOM Data Mode *

MI-23-31 Passenger Address System


23-31-01 Passenger Address System
23-31-02 PA IN USE light

MI-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01 Mechanical Call Horn
23-40-02 Flight Crew Interphone System
23-40-03 Flight Crew to Ground Communication System
23-40-04 Service Interphone Jack

MI-23-51 Audio Management


23-51-01 SELCAL Function
23-51-02 Boomset
23-51-03 Hand Microphone
23-51-04 Cockpit Loudspeaker
23-51-05 Cockpit Loudspeaker Volume Control
23-51-06 Sidestick Radio selector
Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

MI-23-52 Audio Control Panel (ACP)


23-52-01 CAPT and F/O ACP
23-52-02 ACP 3
23-52-03 Fourth Occupant ACP
23-52-04 ACP in the Avionics Compartment
23-52-05 ACP Transmission Key
23-52-06 ACP Reception knob
23-52-07 ACP Reception knob light

MI-23-53 AUDIO SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal


23-53-01 AUDIO SWITCHING selector

MI-23-71 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)


23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

MI-23-72 Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)


23-72-01 Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)

MI-23-73 Cabin Intercommunication Data System

MI-23-73-01 Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)


23-73-01-01 Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Function

MI-23-73-02 DEU A
23-73-02-01 Cabin DEU A
23-73-02-02 Lavatory DEU A

MI-23-73-03 DEU B
23-73-03-01 Cabin DEU B

MI-23-73-04 Cabin Individual Call


23-73-04-01 Passenger Call

MI-23-73-05 Cabin Loudspeaker


23-73-05-01 Cabin Loudspeaker
23-73-05-02 Lavatory Loudspeaker

MI-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-01 Cockpit Handset
23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset
23-73-06-03 Cabin Handset Key

MI-23-73-07 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM)


23-73-07-01 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM) *

MI-23-73-08 Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)


23-73-08-01 Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)

MI-23-73-09 Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS)


23-73-09-01 Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS)
Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

MI-23-73-10 Smoke Detection Function


23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)

MI-23-74 Cabin Crew Panel


23-74-01 FAP Display Unit
23-74-02 EMER pb on Hardkey FAP Sub-panel
23-74-03 Other Controls on Hardkey FAP Sub-panel
23-74-04 PTP Display Unit
23-74-05 Door Bottle Pressure Monitoring on the PTP
23-74-06 Door Bottle Pressure Monitoring on the FAP
23-74-07 Slide Pressure Monitoring on the PTP
23-74-08 Slide Pressure Monitoring on the FAP
23-74-09 Area Call Panel
23-74-10 Attendant Information Panel (AIP)
23-74-11 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) *
23-74-12 CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel
23-74-13 Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

23-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-01 - Overhead Panels


23-01-01 - RCDR Overhead Panel

23-01-01-01 RCDR GND CTL pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

23-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.
23-01-01-31 RCDR GND CTL pb-sw
Applicable to: ALL

23-01-01-31A AUTO position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative in the AUTO position.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-01-01-31A RCDR GND CTL pb-sw (Inoperative in the AUTO position)

ON GROUND
CVR can only be tested through the CVR test pb-sw during the first 5 minutes after supply of the
aircraft electrical network.

23-01-01-31B ON position
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative in the ON position.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-01-01-31B RCDR GND CTL pb-sw (Inoperative in the ON position)

AFTER LANDING
To stop CVR recording, if needed:
COM/CVR/SPLY (49 VU E14) C/B.........................................................................................PULL

23-01-01-31C CVR considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the CVR is considered inoperative.


Refer to Item 23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-01-01-32 CVR ERASE pb


Applicable to: ALL

23-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

23-01-01-33 CVR TEST pb


Applicable to: ALL

23-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-01 - Overhead Panels


23-01-02 - CALLS Overhead Panel

23-01-02-31 CALLS ALL * pb


Applicable to: ALL

23-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

23-01-02-32 CALLS EMER pb, CALLS FWD pb, CALLS MID


* pb, CALLS EXIT * pb, CALLS AFT pb
Applicable to: ALL

23-01-02-32A Use of passenger address system


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the passenger address system is used for
communication between the cockpit and the cabin.

23-01-02-32B Use of cockpit handset interphone


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that the cockpit handset interphone * is used
for communication between the cockpit and the cabin.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-09 - ECAM Alerts

23-09-01 COM HF 1(2) EMITTING * Alert


Applicable to: ALL
23-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

(o) One or both may be displayed provided that :


1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected HF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-09-01A COM HF 1(2) EMITTING Alert *

GENERAL INFORMATION
To make troubleshooting easier, Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-23 COM VHF 1(2)(3)/HF 1(2)
EMITTING (If Installed)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To deactivate the HF1 system, apply:
COM HF1 (49 VU HA14) C/B.................................................................................................PULL
or
COM NAV/HF1 (121 VU L10) C/B..........................................................................................PULL
To deactivate the HF2 system, apply:
COM NAV/HF2 (121 VU L13) C/B..........................................................................................PULL

23-09-02 COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING Alert


Applicable to: ALL
23-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 3 – No

(o) One or more may be displayed provided that :


1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected VHF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-02 VHF System
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-09-02A COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING Alert

GENERAL INFORMATION
To make troubleshooting easier, Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-23 COM VHF 1(2)(3)/HF 1(2)
EMITTING (If Installed)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To deactivate the VHF1 system, apply:
COM/VHF/1 (49 VU G09) C/B................................................................................................PULL
To deactivate the VHF2 system, apply:
COM NAV/VHF/2 (121 VU L04) C/B...................................................................................... PULL
To deactivate the VHF3 system, apply:
COM NAV/VHF/3 (121 VU L05) C/B...................................................................................... PULL

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-10 - Speech Communication

23-10-01 HF System
Applicable to: ALL

23-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided:


1) Communications can be maintained by VHF, and
2) HF is not required by ATC for communication.

Note: For ETOPS, if HF is required, HF 1 voice mode must be operative.

23-10-02 VHF System


Applicable to: ALL

Applicable to RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996


23-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative
Note: 1. For ETOPS, the VHF 1 must be operative.
2. If ACARS is installed, the VHF 3 may be used as one of the VHFs required
by regulations, provided that the ACARS is deactivated using the associated
operational procedure.
Refer to Item 23-20-01 Aircraft Communications Addressing Reporting System
(ACARS) (If Installed)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-10-02A VHF System

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


To deactivate ACARS (if required), apply:
ACARS MU (121 VU L6) C/B........................................................................................................PULL

Applicable to RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8991, RP-C8989, RP-C8988 and RP-C8897


23-10-02B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No

One may be inoperative


Note: 1. For ETOPS, the VHF 1 must be operative.
2. The VHF 3 may be used as one of the VHFs required by regulations, provided
that the VHF 3 is set to VOICE mode before each flight.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-10-03 SATCOM Voice Mode *


Applicable to: ALL

23-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-13 - Radio Management

23-13-01 Radio Management Panel (RMP)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993 and RP-C8995

23-13-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

All must be operative.

23-13-01 Radio Management Panel (RMP)


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8994 and RP-C8996

23-13-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes

RMP 2 or RMP 3 may be inoperative.

23-13-02 RMP Selection Key


Applicable to: ALL

23-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

One may be inoperative on each RMP provided that :


1) VHF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-20 - Data Transmission and Automatic Calling

23-20-01 Aircraft Communications Addressing Reporting System (ACARS) *


Applicable to: ALL

23-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Reserved

23-20-02 SATCOM Data Mode *


Applicable to: ALL

23-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 – –

Reserved

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-31 - Passenger Address System

23-31-01 Passenger Address System


Applicable to: ALL

23-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

Must be operative.
Note: 1. In the case of partial failure of the passenger address system, refer to the
item(s) of the affected system(s).
2. Total failure of the passenger address system (indicated by the COM CIDS 1+2
FAULT alert displayed on the EWD) is not permitted.

23-31-02 PA IN USE light


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991 and RP-C8994

23-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-40 – Interphone

23-40-01 Ground External Horn


Applicable to: ALL

23-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-40-01A Ground External Horn

ON GROUND
When the aircraft electrical network is supplied:
Monitor the avionics equipment ventilation in the cockpit.

BEFORE LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT


Set the three ADIRS Mode selectors to OFF.

23-40-02 Flight Crew Interphone System


Applicable to: ALL

23-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

Must be operative for each person on cockpit duty.

23-40-03 Flight Crew to Ground Communication System


Applicable to: ALL

23-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System
In the event that communications with the ground crew are not established,
refer to OM sub-chapter 15.9.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-40-04 Service Interphone Jack


Applicable to: ALL

23-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-40-04A Service Interphone Jack

Alternate procedures must be established and used by each airline when the use of the inoperative
jack(s) is (are) needed.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-51 - Audio Management

23-51-01 SELCAL Function


Applicable to: ALL

23-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

23-51-02 Boomset
Applicable to: ALL

23-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No

a) Headset Function
One Headset function may be inoperative on any boom set provided alternate headset is
installed, operative and used, when there is an Observer on board.

All pilots must bring their own headset.

b) Mike Function
Mike function may be inoperative provided:
1) DFDR operates normally, and
2) Associated hand mike operates normally, and

23-51-03 Hand Microphone


Applicable to: ALL

23-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative, or missing, or removed.


23-51-04 Cockpit Loudspeaker
Applicable to: ALL

23-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

Only F/O loudspeaker may be inoperative provided that at least one crewmember on
cockpit duty wears a boomset compatible with the quick donning oxygen mask.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-51-05 Cockpit Loudspeaker Volume Control


Applicable to: ALL

23-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the affected crewmember on cockpit duty wears a
boomset compatible with the quick donning oxygen mask.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-51-05A Cockpit Loudspeaker Volume Control

Alternate procedures for monitoring communications during the flight must be established by
each airline.

23-51-06 Sidestick PTT sw


Applicable to: ALL

23-51-06B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative in the open position (non transmitting position) provided
that the INT/RAD sw on CAPT ACP, on F/O ACP and on ACP 3 are operative.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative sidestick PTT sw
is failed in the closed position (transmitting position).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 23-51-00-040-001

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-52 - Audio Control Panel (ACP)

23-52-01 CAPT and F/O ACP


Applicable to: ALL

23-52-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that :


1) ACP 3 is operative, and
2) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-52-01A CAPT and F/O ACP

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


To recover the audio channel on the affected side:
AUDIO SWITCHING selector........................................................................................CAPT 3 (F/O 3)

23-52-02 ACP 3
Applicable to: ALL

23-52-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

23-52-03 Fourth Occupant ACP


Applicable to: RP-C8897 AND RP-C8988

23-52-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

23-52-04 ACP in the Avionics Compartment


Applicable to: RP-C8897 AND RP-C8988

23-52-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-52-05 ACP Transmission Key


Applicable to: ALL

23-52-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that :


1) VHF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP.

23-52-06 ACP Reception knob


Applicable to: ALL

23-52-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that :


1) VHF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP,
and
3) If ILS is required for approach, one ILS reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP
or on F/O ACP.

23-52-07 ACP Reception knob light


Applicable to: ALL

23-52-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-53 - AUDIO SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal

23-53-01 AUDIO SWITCHING selector


Applicable to: ALL

23-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-71 - Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)


Applicable to: ALL

23-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided:


1) DFDR operates normally, and
2) Repairs are made within three flight days.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-72 - Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)

23-72-01 Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

23-72-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D - - No
Cockpit Door Surveillance System may be inoperative provided:
1) Cockpit to cabin communication means operates normally, and
2) A code may be used to have unique identification for the persons outside the flight crew compartment
requesting to enter.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-01 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

23-73-01-01 Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Function


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

The CIDS function must be operative.


Note: 1. Failure of a single CIDS director is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message
2. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, the removal of the affected
CIDS director may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
Refer to AMM TASK 23-73-00-040-001

23-73-01-01 Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Function


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

The CIDS function must be operative.


Note: 1. Failure of a single CIDS director is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message
2. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, the deactivation of the affected
CIDS director may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
Refer to AMM TASK 23-73-00-040-001

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-02 - DEU A

23-73-02-01 Cabin DEU A


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-02-01A Affected seat occupied


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) One or more may be inoperative and affected passenger seat may be occupied provided that :
1) The passenger announcement can be heard throughout the cabin during the flight, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the passengers when "Return to Seat /
Fasten Seat Belt / No Smoking" signs are requested.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-02-01A Cabin DEU A

GENERAL INFORMATION
On the affected cabin area:
‐ general cabin illumination is set to full brightness,
‐ Passenger Call is not available,
‐ The (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt/No Portable Electric Device) Signs are not available.

IN FLIGHT
When return to seat is requested,
or
When seat belts should be fasten,
or
When smoking is prohibited,
or
When portable electric device use is prohibited,
Use the passenger address system to alert cabin attendants and passengers.

23-73-02-01B Affected seat not occupied


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected seats are blocked and placarded
inoperative.

23-73-02-02 Lavatory DEU A


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected lavatory is closed and placarded
inoperative.
Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-03 - DEU B

23-73-03-01 Cabin DEU B


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

23-73-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 2 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that :


1) One DEU B and the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU B are
checked on the associated direct reading pressure gauge before the first flight of each day.
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP *,
and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the PTP/FAP*
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-03-01A Cabin DEU B

Alternate normal procedures and alternate emergency procedures must be established for the use of
one cabin handset per pair of floor level exit doors, if necessary.
Define the cabin handset location to be used by the purser, if necessary.

23-73-03-01 Cabin DEU B


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

23-73-03-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 2 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) One DEU B and the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU B are
checked on the associated direct reading pressure gauge before the first flight of each day, and
3) The associated lavatory fire extinguisher system is checked operative, and
4) The absence of smoke in the affected lavatory is periodically checked.
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP *, and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the PTP/FAP*,
and
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-03-01B Cabin DEU B

Alternate normal procedures and alternate emergency procedures must be established for the use of
one cabin handset per pair of floor level exit doors, if necessary.
Define the cabin handset location to be used by the purser, if necessary.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-04 - Cabin Individual Call

23-73-04-01 Passenger Call


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-05 - Cabin Loudspeaker

23-73-05-01 Cabin Loudspeaker


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot hear a passenger announcement.

23-73-05-02 Lavatory Loudspeaker


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-05-02A Lavatory Loudspeaker

Alternate normal and alternate emergency procedures must be established and used by each airline
to alert the passenger in the lavatory, if necessary.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-06 – Handset

23-73-06-01 Cockpit Handset


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the cockpit audio control panel (ACP) is used for the
communication between the cockpit and the cabin.

23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that one handset is operative at each pair of floor level
exit doors.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset

Alternate normal and emergency procedures must be established by each airline for the use of one
cabin handset per pair of floor level exit doors, if necessary
Define the location of the cabin handset to be used by the purser, if necessary.

23-73-06-03 Cabin Handset Key


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-06-03A Passenger address and Cabin to cockpit interphone operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) Passenger address from the affected handset is operative, and
2) Cabin to cockpit interphone from affected handset is operative.

23-73-06-03B Affected handset considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected handset is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-07 - Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM)

23-73-07-01 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM) *


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-07-01A Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM) *
Announcement card and demonstration equipment must be available onboard.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-08 - Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)

23-73-08-01 Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)


Applicable to: ALL

23-73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative or missing.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-09 - Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS)

23-73-09-01 Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

23-73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System


23-73-10 - Smoke Detection Function

23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

23-73-10-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the restrictions concerning lavatory smoke detection
system and cargo smoke detection system * are applied.
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System, and
Refer to Item 26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment (if FWD cargo
compartment smoke detection system installed) and
Refer to Item 26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments (if
AFT cargo compartment smoke detection system installed).
Note: Failure of a single CIDS-SDF channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message
on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-74 - Cabin Crew Panel

23-74-01 Forward Attendant Panel


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993 and RP-C8996

23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that associated Forward Attendant Panel functions are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-73-07-01 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM) (If Installed),
And
Refer to Item 23-74-12 CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel, and
Refer to Item 23-74-13 Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel

23-74-01 FAP Display Unit


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that the safety related messages on the FAP are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP *, and
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-74-01A FAP Display Unit

GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) (If available).

23-74-01 Forward Attendant Panel


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that associated Forward Attendant Panel functions are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-73-07-01 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM) (If Installed),
And
Refer to Item 23-73-09-01 Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS), and
Refer to Item 23-74-12 CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel, and
Refer to Item 23-74-13 Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-74-02 EMER pb on the Hardkey FAP Sub-panel


Applicable to: ALL

23-74-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

Must be operative.

23-74-03 Other Controls on the Hardkey FAP Sub-panel


Applicable to: ALL

23-74-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

23-74-04 PTP Display Unit


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

23-74-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the display of the safety related messages on PTP are
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP *, and
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP

23-74-05 Door Bottle Pressure Monitoring on the PTP


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

23-74-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the PTP/FAP

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-74-06 Door Bottle Pressure Monitoring on the FAP


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

23-74-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the PTP/FAP

23-74-07 Slide Pressure Monitoring on the PTP


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

23-74-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP *
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
Note: Apply both MEL Items.
23-74-08 Slide Pressure Monitoring on the FAP
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

23-74-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP *
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
Note: Apply both MEL Items.

23-74-09 Area Call Panel


Applicable to: ALL

23-74-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

23-74-10 Attendant Information Panel (AIP)


Applicable to: ALL

23-74-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 23 – COMMUNICATIONS

23-74-11 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) *


Applicable to: ALL

23-74-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.


23-74-12 CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8996

23-74-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that PTP messages are checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-74-12A CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel

ON GROUND
If the DOOR PRESS LOW message* is displayed on the PTP status page:
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP (If installed)
If the Passenger Door SLIDE PRESS LOW message* is displayed on the PTP status page:
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If installed)
If the Emergency Exit SLIDE PRESS LOW message* is displayed on the PTP status page:
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP (If
installed)

23-74-13 Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8996

23-74-13A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-74-13A Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel

General Information

The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) (If available)

Issued Date: 22 Jun 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 02 Control Page: MI23 - 36
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
MI-24 Electrical Power

MI-24-00 MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page


24-00-01 DC BUS TIE MAINTENANCE Message
24-00-03 AC GEN MAINTENANCE Message

MI-24-01 Overhead Panels

MI-24-01-01 ELEC Overhead Panel


24-01-01-01 BAT 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-02 BAT 1(2) pb-sw OFF light
24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
24-01-01-05 AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-06 AC ESS FEED pb-sw ALTN light
24-01-01-07 EXT PWR pb-sw AVAIL light
24-01-01-08 EXT PWR pb-sw ON light
24-01-01-09 GALY & CAB pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-09 GALLEY pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-10 GALY & CAB pb-sw OFF light
24-01-01-10 GALLEY pb-sw OFF light
24-01-01-11 COMMERCIAL pb-sw OFF light
24-01-01-12 BUS TIE pb-sw OFF light
24-01-01-13 IDG pb-sw FAULT light

MI-24-01-02 EMER ELEC PWR Overhead Panel


24-01-02-01 RAT & EMER GEN FAULT light

MI-24-07 Indications on the ELEC SD page


24-07-01 AC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page
24-07-02 DC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page
24-07-03 AC ESS BUS SHED Indication on the ELEC SD page

MI-24-09 ECAM Alerts


24-09-01 ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert
24-09-02 C/B TRIPPED Alert

MI-24-22 AC Main Generation


24-22-01 AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
24-22-02 AC Bus Tie Control Function

MI-24-23 AC Auxiliary Generation


24-23-01 AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator, GCU, Line Contactor)

MI-24-24 AC Emergency Generation


24-24-01 Emergency Generator
24-24-02 RAT Extension Automatic Control
24-24-03 RAT Extension Manual Control

MI-24-25 AC Essential Generation Switching


24-25-01 Manual Transfer to the AC BUS 2 (ALTN Function)
24-25-02 Automatic Transfer to the AC BUS 2

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

MI-24-26 Galley and Commercial Supply System


24-26-01 GALY & CAB Automatic Load Shed System
24-26-01 Galley Automatic Load Shed System
24-26-02 GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
24-26-02 Galley Manual Load Shed System (GALLEY pb-sw)
24-26-03 Commercial Supply System

MI-24-28 Static Inverter AC Generation


24-28-01 Static Inverter AC Generation

MI-24-32 DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)


24-32-01 DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)

MI-24-34 DC Emergency Generation (ESS TR)


24-34-01 DC Emergency Generation (ESS TR)

MI-24-35 DC Essential and Normal Generation Switching


24-35-01 DC TIE Contactor 1PC1 (DC BUS 1-DC BAT BUS), 4PC (DC ESS BUS-DC BAT BUS)
24-35-02 DC TIE Contactor 1PC2 (DC BUS 2-DC BAT BUS)

MI-24-38 DC Battery Generation


24-38-01 BAT 1(2) Channel
24-38-02 Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)
24-38-03 Battery Voltmeter

MI-24-41 AC External Power Control


24-41-01 Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU)
24-41-02 External Power Receptacle

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-00 - MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page

24-00-01 DC BUS TIE MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

24-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
DC BUS TIE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

24-00-03 AC GEN MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

24-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
AC GEN MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-01 - Overhead Panels


24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-01 BAT 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.

24-01-01-02 BAT 1(2) pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.

24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 Yes
One GEN pb-sw FAULT light and/or the APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light may be inoperative
provided that the associated generator indications are operative on the ELEC SD page.

24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.

24-01-01-05 AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC SD
page.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-01-01-06 AC ESS FEED pb-sw ALTN light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC SD
page.

24-01-01-07 EXT PWR pb-sw AVAIL light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-01-01-07A EXT PWR pb-sw AVAIL light

BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC SD page or with the ground crew.

PARKING
If the APU is not available:
‐ EXT PWR pb-sw.................................................................................................................... ON
‐ Confirm the external power connection either on the ELEC SD page or with the ground crew
before engine shutdown.

24-01-01-08 EXT PWR pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-01-01-09 GALY & CAB pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

24-01-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) For each generator, the AC load indication is operative on the ELEC SD page, and
2) The GALY & CAB automatic load shed system is checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-01-01-09A GALY & CAB pb-sw FAULT light

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALY & CAB pb-sw.................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B............................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B..........................................................Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

24-01-01-09 GALLEY pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

24-01-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) For each generator, the AC load indication is operative on the ELEC SD page, and
2) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-01-01-09A GALLEY pb-sw FAULT light

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALLEY pb-sw.........................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALLEY/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B................................................................... Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALLEY/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B................................................................. Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-01-01-10 GALY & CAB pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

24-01-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

24-01-01-10 GALLEY pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

24-01-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

24-01-01-11 COMMERCIAL pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

24-01-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

24-01-01-12 BUS TIE pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

24-01-01-13 IDG pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-01-13A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the frequency and the temperature indications of the
affected generator are operative on the ELEC SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-01 - Overhead Panels


24-01-02 - EMER ELEC PWR Overhead Panel

24-01-02-01 RAT & EMER GEN FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

24-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-07 - Indications on the ELEC SD page

24-07-01 AC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page


Applicable to: ALL

24-07-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – - No
(o) One or more indications related to the AC generation may be inoperative provided that:
1) The load, voltage, and frequency indications are operative on one engine driven
generator , and
2) The associated ELEC GEN 1(2) FAULT alert is operative, and
3) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-07-01A AC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page

Applicable to RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that GEN 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light is on (with the GEN 1(2) pb-sw in the on position).

Check of the galley automatic load shed system:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALY & CAB pb-sw.................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B............................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B..........................................................Push

Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

(o) OpsProc 24-07-01A AC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page

Applicable to RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that GEN 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light is on (with the GEN 1(2) pb-sw in the on position).

Check of the galley automatic load shed system:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALLEY pb-sw.....................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALLEY/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B................................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALLEY/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B............................................................. Push

Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-07-02 DC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page


Applicable to: ALL

24-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more indications related to the DC generation may be inoperative.

24-07-03 AC ESS BUS SHED Indication on the ELEC SD page


Applicable to: ALL

24-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-09 - ECAM Alerts

24-09-01 ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert


Applicable to: ALL

24-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The AC ESS BUS SHED is checked operative before each flight, and
3) HF 1 is deactivated.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert

GENERAL INFORMATION
When the ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED alert is displayed on the EWD:
‐ The AC ESS BUS SHED message may appear on the ELEC SD page,
‐ The CAPT AOA message may be displayed in the INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page,
‐ The ELEC/AC BUS/8XP/MONG (49VU H11) C/B may trip.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


COM/HF1 (49VU HA14) C/B............................................................................................................Pull
Check of the AC ESS BUS SHED:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ Check that the CAPT right DU is operative.

IN FLIGHT
If either the ANTI ICE F/O AOA alert or the ANTI ICE F/O PROBES alert is displayed on the
EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
‐ ADR 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................................ OFF
‐ AIR DATA sw..................................................................................................................... F/O 3
Note: If the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
If either the ANTI ICE STBY AOA alert or the ANTI ICE STBY PROBES alert is displayed on
the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 3 pb-sw.............................................................................................................................OFF

24-09-02 C/B TRIPPED Alert


Applicable to: ALL

24-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that the alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-50-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-22 - AC Main Generation

24-22-01 AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil consumption is checked adequate for the intended flight, and
6) The fuel recirculation system associated with the operative IDG is checked operative
before each flight, and
7) All busses have power, and
8) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
9) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:
FL GND 200 250 300 335 390
KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93
Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALY & CAB pb-sw.................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B............................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B..........................................................Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

AFTER ENGINE START


Check that the electrical busses have power:

‐ APU MASTER SW pb-sw.............................................................................................................ON


‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................... On
‐ GEN 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ GEN pb-sw (operative)..................................................................................................................On
‐ APU GEN pb-sw......................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................... On
Note: If necessary, the IDG may be disconnected.

CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not operate for more than 50 flight hours in
the disconnected mode.

IN FLIGHT
If the SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE QRH’s procedure is applied
o If the GEN 1 is inoperative:
When the GEN 2 is set to OFF, the aircraft reverts to the ELEC EMER configuration.
Apply the ELEC EMER CONFIG procedure of the SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE
QRH’s procedure.
(m) Refer to AMM 24-20-00-040-001

(o) OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:

FL GND 200 250 300 335 390


KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93

Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

Check of the galley automatic load shed system:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALY & CAB pb-sw.............................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B........................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B......................................................Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that the electrical busses have power:
‐ APU MASTER SW pb-sw.........................................................................................................ON
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................On
‐ GEN 1 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ GEN pb-sw (operative)..............................................................................................................On
‐ APU GEN pb-sw..................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................On
Note: If necessary, the IDG may be disconnected.

CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not operate for more than 50 flight hours
in the disconnected mode.
(m) Refer to AMM 24-20-00-040-001

(o) OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:

FL GND 200 250 300 335 390


KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93
Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALLEY pb-sw.....................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALLEY/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B................................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALLEY/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B............................................................. Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

AFTER ENGINE START


Check that the electrical busses have power:
‐ APU MASTER SW pb-sw.........................................................................................................ON
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................On
‐ GEN 1 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ GEN pb-sw (operative)..............................................................................................................On
‐ APU GEN pb-sw..................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................On
Note: If necessary, the IDG may be disconnected.
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not operate for more than 50 flight hours
in the disconnected mode.

IN FLIGHT
If the SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE QRH’s procedure is applied
o If the GEN 1 is inoperative:
When the GEN 2 is set to OFF, the aircraft reverts to the ELEC EMER configuration.
Apply the ELEC EMER CONFIG procedure of the SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE
QRH’s procedure.
(m) Refer to AMM 24-20-00-040-001

24-22-01 AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)


Applicable to: RP-C8988

24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil consumption is checked adequate for the intended flight, and
6) The fuel recirculation system associated with the operative IDG is checked operative
before each flight, and
7) All busses have power, and
8) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
9) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative, and
10) When the AC main generation 1 is inoperative, the AC ESS FEED manual transfer is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)

Applicable to: RP-C8988

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:
FL GND 200 250 300 335 390
KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93

Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.

Continued on next page


DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
Check of the galley automatic load shed system:

‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ GALY & CAB pb-sw.................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B............................................................Pull
‐ Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
‐ ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B..........................................................Push

Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.

When the AC main generation 1 is inoperative:


‐ AC ESS FEED pb-sw.........................................................................................................ALTN
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that the AC BUS 2 supplies the AC ESS BUS.
‐ AC ESS FEED pb-sw.......................................................................................................NORM

AFTER ENGINE START


Check that the electrical busses have power:
‐ APU MASTER SW pb-sw.............................................................................................................ON
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................... On
‐ GEN 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ GEN pb-sw (operative)..................................................................................................................On
‐ APU GEN pb-sw......................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check that all AC busses have power.
‐ APU GEN pb-sw........................................................................................................................... On

Note: If necessary, the IDG may be disconnected.

CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not operate for more than 50 flight hours in
the disconnected mode.

IN FLIGHT
When the AC main generation 1 is inoperative:
o In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
AC ESS FEED pb-sw.......................................................................................................ALTN

(m) Refer to AMM 24-20-00-040-001

24-22-02 AC Bus Tie Control Function


Applicable to: ALL

24-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
24-23 - AC Auxiliary Generation

24-23-01 AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator, GCU, Line Contactor)


Applicable to: ALL

Note: When the GPCU and the APU Generator are both inoperative, the engines cannot be
started.

24-23-01A Non ETOPS flight and APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The APU GEN pb-sw is set to OFF.

24-23-01B ETOPS 120 min flight and APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative for four flights provided that:
1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU GEN pb-sw is set to OFF.

24-23-01C Non ETOPS flight and AC auxiliary generation deactivation or removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AC auxiliary generation is deactivated or removed.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
24-24 - AC Emergency Generation

24-24-01 Emergency Generator


Applicable to: ALL

24-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

24-24-02 RAT Extension Automatic Control


Applicable to: ALL

24-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The RAT extension manual control is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-20-00-040-002

24-24-03 RAT Extension Manual Control


Applicable to: ALL

24-24-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-25 - AC Essential Generation Switching

24-25-01 Manual Transfer to the AC BUS 2 (ALTN Function)


Applicable to: ALL

24-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to NORM, and
2) It is checked on the ELEC SD page that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS, and
3) The TR 2 is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-25-01A Manual Transfer to the AC BUS 2 (ALTN Function)

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


On the ELEC SD page, check that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS.

24-25-02 Automatic Transfer to the AC BUS 2


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

24-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to NORM, and
2) It is checked on the ELEC SD page that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS, and
3) The TR 2 is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-25-02A Automatic Transfer to the AC BUS 2

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and
RP-C8996

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


On the ELEC SD page, check that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-26 - Galley and Commercial Supply System

24-26-01 GALY & CAB Automatic Load Shed System


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

24-26-01A Manual load shed system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the manual load shed system and the GALY & CAB pb-sw
FAULT light are operative.

24-26-01B All GALY & CAB loads disconnected


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that all GALY & CAB loads are disconnected.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-56-00-040-001

24-26-01 Galley Automatic Load Shed System


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

24-26-01A Manual load shed system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the manual load shed system and the GALLEY pb-sw
FAULT light are operative.

24-26-01B All galley loads disconnected


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that all galley loads are disconnected.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-56-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-26-02 GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
Applicable to: RP-C8990

24-26-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that all GALY & CAB loads are disconnected.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-56-00-040-003

24-26-02 GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

24-26-02A All GALY & CAB loads disconnected


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that all GALY & CAB loads are disconnected.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-56-00-040-002

24-26-02B COMMERCIAL supply system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the COMMERCIAL supply system is checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-26-02B Galley Manual Load Shed System (GALLEY/GALY & CAB pb-sw)

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure is applied or if the AVIONICS SMOKE alert
is displayed on the EWD replace the action to set the GALY & CAB pb-sw to OFF by the
following actions:
‐ EMER EXIT LT selector............................................................................................As required
‐ COMMERCIAL pb-sw...........................................................................................................OFF
Note: When the COMMERCIAL pb-sw is set to OFF, the normal cabin lighting goes off.
Minimum cabin lighting is recovered when the EMER EXIT LT selector is set to ON.

(m) Refer to AMM 24-51-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-26-02 Galley Manual Load Shed System (GALLEY pb-sw)


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

24-26-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that all galley loads are disconnected.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-56-00-040-003

24-26-03 Commercial Supply System


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

24-26-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-26-03A Commercial Supply System

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure is applied or if the AVIONICS SMOKE alert
is displayed on the EWD replace the action to set the COMMERCIAL pb-sw to OFF by the
following actions:
‐ BUS TIE pb.......................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................................OFF
The F/O PFDU, the F/O NDU, and the ECAM lower display are lost.
If the smoke persists:
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw....................................................................................................................On
When the GEN 2 pb-sw is set to on, all the electrical busses are recovered but the TR 2
remains inoperative
‐ BUS TIE pb.................................................................................................................AUTO
Before the landing gear extension:
‐ GEN 2 pb-sw.......................................................................................................................... On
When the GEN 2 pb-sw is set to on, all the electrical busses are recovered but the TR 2
remains inoperative
‐ BUS TIE pb........................................................................................................................AUTO

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-28 - Static Inverter AC Generation

24-28-01 Static Inverter AC Generation


Applicable to: ALL

24-28-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-32 - DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)

24-32-01 DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

24-32-01A TR 1 Inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) TR 1 may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-32-01A DC Main Generation (TR 1 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


TR 1/CNTOR/SPLY (125VU CF01) C/B.......................................................................................... Pull
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 2 and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above 27 V.
On the battery voltage indicator, check that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or
above 25.5 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF during this check.

24-32-01B TR 2 Inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) TR 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
4) The standby altimeter is operative, and
5) The standby horizon is operative, and
6) The standby compass is operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-32-01B DC Main Generation (TR 2 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


TR 2/CNTOR/SPLY (124VU BC01) C/B.......................................................................................... Pull
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 1 and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above 27 V.
On the battery voltage indicator, check that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or
above 25.5 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF during this check.
AC ESS FEED pb-sw....................................................................................................................ALTN

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 2, all DUs are lost. In this case:
AC ESS FEED pb-sw..............................................................................................................Norm
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
RAT MAN ON pb-sw (on HYD overhead panel)........................................................................Set
(m) Refer to AMM 24-30-00-040-002

24-32-01 DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

24-32-01A TR 1 Inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) TR 1 may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-32-01A DC Main Generation (TR 1 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


TR 1/CNTOR/SPLY (125VU CF01) C/B.......................................................................................... Pull
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 2 and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above
27 V.
On the battery voltage indicator, check that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or
above 25.5 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF during this check.

24-32-01B TR 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) TR 2 may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
5) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
6) The standby compass is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-32-01B DC Main Generation (TR 2 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


TR 2/CNTOR/SPLY (124VU BC01) C/B.......................................................................................... Pull
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 1 and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above
27 V.
On the battery voltage indicator, check that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or
above 25.5 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF during this check.
AC ESS FEED pb-sw....................................................................................................................ALTN

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 2, all DUs are lost. In this case:
AC ESS FEED pb-sw..............................................................................................................Norm
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
RAT MAN ON pb-sw (on HYD overhead panel)........................................................................Set

(m) Refer to AMM 24-30-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-34 - DC Emergency Generation (ESS TR)

24-34-01 DC Emergency Generation (ESS TR)


Applicable to: ALL

24-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-35 - DC Essential and Normal Generation Switching

24-35-01 DC TIE Contactor 1PC1 (DC BUS 1-DC BAT


BUS), 4PC (DC ESS BUS-DC BAT BUS)
Applicable to: ALL

24-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative in the open position.

24-35-02 DC TIE Contactor 1PC2 (DC BUS 2-DC BAT BUS)


Applicable to: ALL

24-35-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-38 - DC Battery Generation

24-38-01 BAT 1(2) Channel


Applicable to: ALL

24-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Must be operative.

24-38-02 Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)


Applicable to: ALL

24-38-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 10 flights provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) No APU start is attempted neither on ground nor in flight, and
3) Both AC main generations are operative, and
4) The refueling is made with an external power unit connected, and
5) The battery associated with the inoperative BCL is charged before each flight.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 24-38-02A Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Do not use the APU.
Use a ground power unit to start the engines on ground.

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


If BAT 1 is affected:
BAT 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................................. OFF
If BAT 2 is affected:
BAT 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................................. OFF

(m) Refer to AMM 24-30-00-040-001

24-38-03 Battery Voltmeter


Applicable to: ALL

24-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated voltage indication is operative
on the ELEC SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 24 – ELECTRICAL POWER

24-41 - AC External Power Control

24-41-01 Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU)


Applicable to: ALL

24-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

Note: When the GPCU and the APU Generator are both inoperative, the engines cannot
be started.

24-41-02 External Power Receptacle


Applicable to: ALL

24-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the receptacle is placarded inoperative and not used.

Note: When the GPCU and the APU Generator are both inoperative, the engines cannot
be started.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-41-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI24 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
MI-25 Equipment/Furnishings

MI-25-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page


25-07-01 Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Armed
25-07-02 Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed
25-07-03 Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Armed
25-07-04 Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed

MI-25-11 Pilot Seats


25-11-01 Pilot Seat Manual Horizontal Adjustment
25-11-02 Pilot Seat Manual Vertical Adjustment
25-11-03 Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment
25-11-04 Pilot Seat Other Manual Adjustments
25-11-05 Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment
25-11-06 Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness
25-11-07 Pilot Seat Fifth Strap
25-11-08 Pilot Sidestick Armrest Height Adjustment
25-11-09 Pilot Sidestick Armrest Pitch Adjustment
25-11-10 Pilot Sidestick Armrest Memory Position Display
25-11-11 Pilot Inboard Armrest Vertical Adjustment
25-11-12 Pilot Seat Headrest *

MI-25-12 Third and Fourth Occupant Seats


25-12-01 Third Occupant Seat
25-12-02 Third Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness
25-12-03 Third Occupant Seat Abdominal Belt
25-12-04 Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
25-12-05 Fourth Occupant Seat
25-12-06 Fourth Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness
25-12-07 Fourth Occupant Seat Abdominal Belt
25-12-08 Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap

MI-25-13 Lining and Furnishings


25-13-01 Pilot Sliding Table
25-13-02 Pilot Retractable Footrest

MI-25-20 Cabin Seats


25-20-01 Passenger Seat
25-20-03 Cabin Attendant Seat

MI-25-35 Galley Equipment


25-35-01 Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door *

MI-25-40 Lavatories
25-40-01 Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
25-40-02 Exterior Lavatory Ashtray
25-40-03 Interior Lavatory Ashtray

MI-25-50 Cargo Compartments


25-50-01 Cargo Loading System *
25-50-02 Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
25-50-03 Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels in the Cargo Compartments
25-50-04 Cargo Compartment Restraint Components (Nets, Attach Points, Stanchions)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

MI-25-62 Cabin Escape Facilities


25-62-01 Cabin Passenger Door Slide or Slide Raft
25-62-02 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide or Slide Raft
25-62-04 SLIDE ARMED light
25-62-05 Survival Kit *
25-62-06 Passenger Door SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on
Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page*
25-62-06 Passenger Door CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) *
25-62-07 Emergency Exit SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page
25-62-07 Emergency Exit CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) *
25-62-08 Overwing Escape Life Line *

MI-25-63 Evacuation Signaling Equipment


25-63-01 Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND pb-sw, HORN SHUT OFF pb, CAPT&PURS
and CAPT sw) *

MI-25-64 First Aid Equipment


25-64-01 First Aid Kit
25-64-02 Emergency Medical Kit *
25-64-03 Automated External Defibrillator (AED) *

MI-25-65 Emergency Equipment


25-65-01 Cockpit Flashlight
25-65-02 Cabin Flashlight
25-65-03 Crash Axe/Crowbar
25-65-04 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
25-65-05 Fireproof Gloves *
25-65-06 Megaphone

MI-25-66 Floatation and Survival Equipment


25-66-01 Life Vest
25-66-02 Supplementary Life Raft *

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page

25-07-01 Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Armed


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

25-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated in the armed position provided that the associated slide
is visually checked to be armed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-07-01A Passenger Door/Cabin Passenger Door - Emergency Exit
Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ON GROUND
Cabin crew must confirm before each flight that the associated slide is armed.

25-07-02 Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

25-07-02A Associated door considered operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated in the not armed position provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated slide is visually checked to be armed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-07-02A Passenger Door/Cabin Passenger Door - Emergency Exit
Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page

ON GROUND
Cabin crew must confirm before each flight that the associated slide is armed.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-07-02B Associated door considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No
One or more may be permanently indicated in the not armed position provided that the
associated door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door

25-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Armed


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

25-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be permanently indicated in the armed position provided that the
associated slide is visually checked to be armed before the first flight of the day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-008

25-07-04 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994,RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
____________________________________________________________________________________

25-07-04A Overwing emergency exits considered operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be permanently indicated in the not armed position provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated slide is visually checked to be armed before the first flight of the day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-009

25-07-04B Overwing emergency exits considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

One or both may be permanently indicated in the not armed position provided that both
overwing emergency exits on the same side are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-07-04 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed


Applicable to: RP-C8990
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

25-07-04A Overwing emergency exits considered operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be permanently indicated in the not armed position provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated slide is visually checked to be armed before the first flight of the day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-009

25-07-04B Overwing emergency exits considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

One or both may be permanently indicated in not armed position provided that the associated
overwing emergency exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-11 - Pilot Seats

25-11-01 Pilot Seat Manual Horizontal Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

25-11-02 Pilot Seat Manual Vertical Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-02A Associated electrical control operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated electrical control is operative.

25-11-02B Associated electrical control inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the seating position is acceptable to the affected
crewmember.

25-11-03 Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the seat is secured in an upright position
acceptable to the affected crewmember.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-001

25-11-04 Pilot Seat Other Manual Adjustments


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the seating position is acceptable to the
affected crewmember.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-11-05 Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the electrical adjustment of the associated
seat is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-002
25-11-06 Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness
Applicable to: ALL

25-11-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No

(o) May be inoperative on the F/O seat for three flights.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-11-06A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness

BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted by
the F/O in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness strap.

DURING FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The F/O must fasten the belts accordingly.

BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted by
the F/O in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness straps

25-11-07 Pilot Seat Fifth Strap


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-11-07A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The crewmember of the affected seat must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-11-08 Pilot Sidestick Armrest Height Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.

25-11-09 Pilot Sidestick Armrest Pitch Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.

25-11-10 Pilot Sidestick Armrest Memory Position Display


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

25-11-11 Pilot Inboard Armrest Vertical Adjustment


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

25-11-12 Pilot Seat Headrest *


Applicable to: ALL

25-11-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-12 - Third and Fourth Occupant Seats

25-12-01 Third Occupant Seat


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-01A Seat stowed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the seat is in its stowed position.

25-12-01B Seat removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(m) May be removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-003

25-12-02 Third Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied during takeoff and landing.

25-12-03 Third Occupant Seat Abdominal Belt


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The seat is placarded inoperative, and
2) The seat is not occupied.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-12-04 Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-12-04A Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap

DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The third occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.

25-12-05 Fourth Occupant Seat


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-05A Seat stowed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the seat is in its stowed position.

25-12-05B Seat removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(m) May be removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-004
25-12-06 Fourth Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness
Applicable to: ALL

25-12-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied during takeoff and landing.

25-12-07 Fourth Occupant Seat Abdominal Belt


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The seat is placarded inoperative, and
2) The seat is not occupied.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-12-08 Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap


Applicable to: ALL

25-12-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-12-08A Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap

DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-13 - Lining and Furnishings

25-13-01 Pilot Sliding Table


Applicable to: ALL

25-13-01A Table stowed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative in its stowed position.

25-13-01B Table removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be removed.


Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-13-00-040-001

25-13-02 Pilot Retractable Footrest


Applicable to: ALL

25-13-02A Footrest stowed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative in its stowed position.

25-13-02B Footrest removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
(m) One or more may be removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-13-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-20 - Cabin Seats

25-20-01 Passenger Seat


Applicable to: ALL

25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D - - Yes

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.9.1

May be inoperative provided:


1) Seat does not block an emergency exit, and
2) Seat does not restrict any passenger to the main aircraft aisle, and
3) Affected seat(s) are blocked and placarded “DO NOT OCCUPY”.
Note:
1) A seat with an inoperative seat belt is considered inoperative.
2) Inoperative seat do not affect the required number of flight attendants.
3) Affected seat(s) may include the seat(s) behind and/or adjacent outboard seats.

Recline mechanism may be inoperative and seat occupied provided seat is secured in the up-right
position.

25-20-03 Cabin Attendant Seat


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness should be considered
inoperative.
________________________________________________________________________________________

25-20-03A Non required cabin attendant seat


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – – No

(o) (m) One or more non-required cabin attendant seats may be inoperative or not usable provided
that the affected seat is secured in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-20-03A Cabin Attendant Seat

Displaced Cabin Attendant(s) – Alternate Procedures


1. All required announcements which are made while the Cabin Attendant is seated shall be made by
the Cabin Attendant who has access to the P.A. from a seated position.
2. All exit responsibilities shall remain the same. This includes normal operation duties and
emergency evacuation duties.
3. The flight crew shall be notified of the location of the Displaced Cabin Attendant

(m) Refer to AMM 25-22-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-20-03B Required cabin attendant seat


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) (m) One required cabin attendant seat may be inoperative or not usable provided that:
1) The cabin attendant assigned to affected seat occupies a passenger seat as close to or
closer than nearest seated passenger to the associated exit, and
2) The passenger seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly placarded, and
3) The cabin attendant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the
same time as from normally assigned seat, and
4) The direct view of passenger cabin by flight attendants is not impaired, and
5) The alternate procedures are established for displaced flight attendant according to
national regulations, and
6) The affected seat is secured in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-20-03B Cabin Attendant Seat

Displaced Cabin Attendant(s) – Alternate Procedures

1. All required announcements which are made while the Cabin Attendant is seated shall be
made by the Cabin Attendant who has access to the P.A. from a seated position.
2. All exit responsibilities shall remain the same. This includes normal operation duties and
emergency evacuation duties.
3. The flight crew shall be notified of the location of the Displaced Cabin Attendant

(m) Refer to AMM 25-22-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-35 - Galley Equipment

25-35-01 Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door *


Applicable to: ALL

25-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:


1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related galley equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 25-35-01A Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door *


Ensure that sufficient galley waster receptacles are available to accommodate all waste that may be
generated on a flight.

(m) Refer to AMM 25-35-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-40 – Lavatories

25-40-01 Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door


Applicable to: ALL

25-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:


1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related toilet equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
Ensure that cabin crewmembers are aware that the toilet waste compartment is unusable.

(m) Refer to AMM 25-40-00-040-001

25-40-02 Exterior Lavatory Ashtray


Applicable to: ALL

25-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 Yes
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the flight is non-smoking.

25-40-03 Interior Lavatory Ashtray


Applicable to: ALL

25-40-03A Lavatory fire extinguishing system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated lavatory fire extinguishing
system is operative.

25-40-03B Lavatory locked closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated lavatory is locked
closed and placarded inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-50 - Cargo Compartments

25-50-01 Cargo Loading System *


Applicable to: ALL

25-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - No

Refer to Weight and Balance Manual

25-50-02 Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments


Applicable to: ALL

25-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated cargo compartment
is empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.

25-50-03 Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels in the Cargo Compartments


Applicable to: ALL

25-50-03A Damaged panel


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be damaged provided that the associated cargo compartment is empty or
does not contain flammable or combustible materials.

25-50-03B Missing panel


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be missing provided that the associated cargo compartment is empty.

25-50-04 Cargo Compartment Restraint Components


(Nets, Attach Points, Stanchions)
Applicable to: ALL

25-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - No

Refer to Weight and Balance Manual

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-62 - Cabin Escape Facilities

25-62-01 Cabin Passenger Door Slide or Slide Raft


Applicable to: ALL

25-62-01A Slide inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door

25-62-01B Slide removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No

(m) One or more may be removed provided that the associated door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-10-00-040-001

25-62-02 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide or Slide Raft


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

25-62-02A Slide inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit
Note: When an overwing escape slide is inoperative, both emergency exits on the same
side are considered inoperative.

25-62-02B Slide removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

(m) One or both may be removed provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit
Note: When an overwing escape slide is inoperative, both emergency exits on the same
side are considered inoperative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-006

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-62-02 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide or Slide Raft


Applicable to: RP-C8990

25-62-02A Slide inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

25-62-02B Slide removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No
(m) One or both may be removed provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-006
25-62-04 SLIDE ARMED light
Applicable to: ALL

25-62-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

25-62-05 Survival Kit *


Applicable to: ALL

25-62-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.4

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-62-06 Passenger Door SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on


Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page *
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

25-62-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

(m) One or more messages may be displayed provided that the slide bottle pressure is
checked before the first MEL dispatch and then every 600 flight hours or every 4 months,
whichever occurs first.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-008
25-62-06 Passenger Door CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE
Message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) *
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

25-62-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

(m) One or more messages may be displayed provided that the slide bottle pressure is
checked before the first MEL dispatch and then every 600 flight hours or every 4 months,
whichever occurs first.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-009

25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on


Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

25-62-07A Check of the slide bottle pressure


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

(m) One or both messages may be displayed provided that the associated slide bottle pressure
is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-001

25-62-07B Overwing emergency exits considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No

One or both messages may be displayed provided that both overwing emergency exits on the same
side are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on


Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page
Applicable to: RP-C8990

25-62-07A Check of the slide bottle pressure


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

(m) One or both messages may be displayed provided that the associated slide bottle pressure
is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-001

25-62-07C Overwing emergency exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No

One or both messages may be displayed provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE


Message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) *
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

25-62-07A Check of the slide bottle pressure


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

(m) One or both messages may be displayed provided that the associated slide bottle pressure
is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-005

25-62-07B Overwing emergency exits considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No

One or both messages may be displayed provided that both overwing emergency exits on the same
side are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-62-08 Overwing Escape Life Line *


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

25-62-08A Associated overwing emergency exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No

One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

25-62-08B Non extended overwater flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that extended overwater flight is not conducted.

25-62-08 Overwing Escape Life Line *


Applicable to: RP-C8990

25-62-08A Associated overwing emergency exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No

One or both may be inoperative or missing provided that the associated overwing emergency exit is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

25-62-08B Non extended overwater flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative or missing provided that extended overwater flight is not conducted.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-63 - Evacuation Signaling Equipment

25-63-01 Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND


pb-sw, HORN SHUT OFF pb, CAPT&PURS and CAPT sw) *
Applicable to: ALL

25-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-63-01A Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND pb-sw,
HORN SHUT OFF pb, CAPT&PURS and CAPT sw) *

GENERAL INFORMATION
If necessary, the information will be given through the passenger address system or the cabin
interphone system.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-64 - First Aid Equipment

25-64-01 First Aid Kit


Applicable to: ALL

FOR A320
25-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 3 3 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.11

FOR A319
25-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No
Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.11

25-64-02 Emergency Medical Kit *


Applicable to: ALL

25-64-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.11

25-64-03 Automated External Defibrillator (AED)*


Applicable to: ALL

25-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative or missing.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-65 - Emergency Equipment

25-65-01 Cockpit Flashlight


Applicable to: ALL

25-65-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.4.1

1. May be inoperative or missing provided that aircraft is for daylight operation only
2 Can be dispatched for night operation provided the crewmember assigned to associated seat has
a flashlight that is in good working order readily available for his use

25-65-02 Cabin Flashlight


Applicable to: ALL

25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.4.1

May be inoperative or missing provided crewmember assigned to associated seat has a flashlight
that is in good working order readily available for his use

25-65-03 Crash Axe/Crowbar


Applicable to: ALL

25-65-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.9

25-65-04 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)


Applicable to: ALL

25-65-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.5

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-65-05 Fireproof Gloves *


Applicable to: ALL

25-65-05A All damaged or missing


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be damaged or missing.

25-65-05B One available


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 1 No
One must be available.

25-65-06 Megaphone
Applicable to: ALL

25-65-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.15

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 25 – EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS

25-66 - Floatation and Survival Equipment

25-66-01 Life Vest


Applicable to: ALL

25-66-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D - - No

Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.16

One required for each seat that is occupied

25-66-02 Supplementary Life Raft *


Applicable to: ALL

25-66-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Reference Regulation: PCAR Part 7.8.17

Not Applicable due to Zest Air does not operate in “Extended over-water operations”

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI25 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION
MI-26 Fire Protection

MI-26-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


26-00-01 SDCU MAINTENANCE Message
26-00-01 SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message

MI-26-01 Overhead Panels

MI-26-01-01 FIRE Overhead Panel


26-01-01-01 Bulb/LED in the ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw
26-01-01-02 ENG AGENT pb DISCH light
26-01-01-03 ENG AGENT pb SQUIB light
26-01-01-04 Bulb/LED in the APU FIRE-PUSH pb-sw
26-01-01-05 APU AGENT pb DISCH light
26-01-01-06 APU AGENT pb SQUIB light
26-01-01-31 ENG FIRE TEST pb
26-01-01-32 APU FIRE TEST pb
26-01-01-33 APU FIRE PUSH pb-sw
26-01-01-34 APU AGENT pb

MI-26-01-02 CARGO SMOKE Overhead Panel


26-01-02-01 CARGO SMOKE DISCH light
26-01-02-02 CARGO SMOKE DISCH AGENT 2 light

MI-26-12 Engine Fire and Overheat Detection


26-12-01 Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 1
26-12-02 Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 2
26-12-03 Engine Fire Detection Loop B on the Engine 1
26-12-04 Engine Fire Detection Loop B on the Engine 2
26-12-05 FIRE light on the ENG MASTER Panel

MI-26-13 APU Fire and Overheat Detection


26-13-01 APU Fire Detection Loop A
26-13-02 APU Fire Detection Loop B

MI-26-15 Avionics Compartment Smoke Detection


26-15-01 Avionics Smoke Detection System

MI-26-16 Cargo Compartment Smoke Detection


26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments

MI-26-17 Lavatory Smoke Detection


26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System
26-17-02 Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU)

MI-26-22 APU Fire Extinguishing


26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground
26-22-02 APU Fire Extinguisher Overpressure Indication (Red Disc)
26-22-03 Squib of the APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle
26-22-04 APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle
26-22-05 APU AUTO EXTING TEST pb-sw on the Maintenance Panel
26-22-06 APU FIRE light on the External Power Panel
26-22-07 APU SHUT OFF pb on the External Power Panel

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

MI-26-23 Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing


26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1
26-23-03 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 2

MI-26-24 Portable Fire Extinguisher


26-24-01 Portable Fire Extinguisher

MI-26-25 Lavatory Fire Extinguishing


26-25-01 Lavatory Waste Bin Fire Extinguishing System

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

26-00-01 SDCU MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

SDCU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

26-00-01 SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

SMOKE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-01 - Overhead Panels


26-01-01 - FIRE Overhead Panel

26-01-01-01 Bulb/LED in the ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 16 8 No

A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in each ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw.

26-01-01-02 ENG AGENT pb DISCH light


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-02A One inoperative on each engine


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes

(m) One may be inoperative on each engine provided that the associated fire extinguisher bottle is
checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-001

26-01-01-02B One inoperative on one engine


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 2 Yes

(m) Both may be inoperative on one engine for four flights or 15 flight hours, whichever occurs
first, provided that the associated fire extinguisher bottles are checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-001

26-01-01-03 ENG AGENT pb SQUIB light


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the engine extinguishing system firing circuit
is checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-01-01-04 Bulb/LED in the APU FIRE-PUSH pb-sw


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-04A A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 4 No

A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative.

26-01-01-04B Five or more bulbs or LEDs inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 No

Five or more bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-01-01-05 APU AGENT pb DISCH light


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-05A Check of bottle pressure


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the APU fire extinguisher bottle is checked before the first flight
of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-004

26-01-01-05B APU deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-01-01-06 APU AGENT pb SQUIB light


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-06A Check of APU extinguishing system firing circuit


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the APU extinguishing system firing circuit is checked
operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-005

26-01-01-06B APU deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-01-01-31 ENG FIRE TEST pb


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine fire extinguishing and detection
systems are checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-002

26-01-01-32 APU FIRE TEST pb


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-32A Daily check


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the APU extinguishing system firing circuit and the bottle
low pressure detection system are checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-012

26-01-01-32B APU deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-01-01-33 APU FIRE PUSH pb-sw


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-01-01-34 APU AGENT pb


Applicable to: ALL

26-01-01-34A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-01 - Overhead Panels


26-01-02 - CARGO SMOKE Overhead Panel

26-01-02-01 CARGO SMOKE DISCH light


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991,RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

26-01-02-01A Check of bottle weight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the associated bottle weight is checked before the first
flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-23-00-040-001

26-01-02-01B Associated bottle considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the associated bottle is considered inoperative.


Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle

26-01-02-02 CARGO SMOKE DISCH AGENT 2 light


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

26-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the agent bottle 2 is considered inoperative.


Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-12 - Engine Fire and Overheat Detection

26-12-01 Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 1


Applicable to: ALL

26-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The associated detection loop B is operative, and
3) The engine fire test is made before each flight.

26-12-02 Engine Fire Detection Loop A on the Engine 2


Applicable to: ALL

26-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative on each engine provided that:


1) The associated detection loop B is operative, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.

26-12-03 Engine Fire Detection Loop B on the Engine 1


Applicable to: ALL

26-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the engine fire test is made before each flight.

26-12-04 Engine Fire Detection Loop B on the Engine 2


Applicable to: ALL

26-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-12-05 FIRE light on the ENG MASTER Panel


Applicable to: ALL

26-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-13 - APU Fire and Overheat Detection

26-13-01 APU Fire Detection Loop A


Applicable to: ALL

26-13-01A ETOPS 120 min flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The associated detection loop B is operative and,
3) The APU fire test is made before each APU start, and
4) During APU operations on ground, APU condition is continuously monitored in the cockpit.

26-13-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-13-02 APU Fire Detection Loop B


Applicable to: ALL

26-13-02A ETOPS 120 min flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU fire test is made before each APU start.

26-13-02B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-15 - Avionics Compartment Smoke Detection

26-15-01 Avionics Smoke Detection System


Applicable to: ALL

26-15-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-15-01A Avionics Smoke Detection System

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard the BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light and the CAB FANS pb-sw FAULT light illuminated on the
VENTILATION overhead panel.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of an electrical smoke:
Apply the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure. Refer to QRH/ABN-26-Fire
Protection-A.SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-16 - Cargo Compartment Smoke Detection

26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: 1. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on


the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
2. Depending on applicable regulation, smoke detection system may be required for dispatch.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

26-16-01A Empty FWD cargo compartment


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

Both detectors in the cavity may be inoperative provided that the FWD cargo compartment is empty.

26-16-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both detectors in the cavity may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-16-01D Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
Both detectors in the cavity may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the FWD
cargo compartment is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
3. Depending on applicable regulation, smoke detection system may be required for
dispatch.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

26-16-01A Empty FWD cargo compartment


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
Both detectors in the cavity may be inoperative provided that the FWD cargo compartment is empty.

26-16-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
Both detectors in the cavity may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-16-01D Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both detectors in the cavity may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the FWD
cargo compartment is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
_______________________________________________________________________________

Note: 1. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on


the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
2. Depending on applicable regulation, smoke detection system may be required for
dispatch.
_________________________________________________________________________________

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995


26-16-02A No flammable or combustible materials
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the
BULK cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8995


26-16-02B Non ETOPS flight
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

Applicable to: RP-C8994


26-16-02C Non ETOPS flight
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AFT cargo ventilation is closed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-16-02C Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw.................................................................................................................OFF

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8995


26-16-02D Check of liner integrity
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in
the AFT and the BULK cargo compartments is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION
Applicable to: RP-C8994
26-16-02E Check of liner integrity
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that:
1) The liner integrity in the AFT and the BULK cargo compartments is checked before each
flight, and
2) The AFT cargo ventilation is closed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-16-02E Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw.................................................................................................................OFF

26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
3. Depending on applicable regulation, smoke detection system may be required for dispatch.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

26-16-02A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the
BULK cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.

26-16-02B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-16-02D Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in
the AFT and the BULK cargo compartments is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-17 - Lavatory Smoke Detection

26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

26-17-01A Associated lavatory fire extinguishing system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated lavatory fire extinguishing system is operative, and
2) A procedure is used to periodically check absence of smoke in the associated lavatory.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-17-01A Lavatory Smoke Detection System

Crewmembers may perform lavatory inspections.

26-17-01B Associated lavatory not used


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated lavatory waste receptacle is empty, and
2) The associated lavatory door is locked closed and placarded inoperative, and
3) The lavatory is not used for storage or for any other purpose, and
4) A procedure is used to periodically check the absence of smoke in the associated lavatory.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-17-01B Lavatory Smoke Detection System

Crewmembers may perform lavatory inspections.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The lavatory smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
________________________________________________________________________________________

26-17-01A Associated lavatory fire extinguishing system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated lavatory fire extinguishing system is operative, and
2) A procedure is used to periodically check absence of smoke in the associated lavatory.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-17-01A Lavatory Smoke Detection System

Crewmembers may perform lavatory inspections.

26-17-01B Associated lavatory not used


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated lavatory waste receptacle is empty, and
2) The associated lavatory door is locked closed and placarded inoperative, and
3) The lavatory is not used for storage or for any other purpose, and
4) A procedure is used to periodically check the absence of smoke in the associated lavatory.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-17-01B Lavatory Smoke Detection System

Crewmembers may perform lavatory inspections.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-17-02 Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

26-17-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The FWD, AFT, and BULK cargo smoke detection systems are considered inoperative, and
2) The lavatory smoke detection system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment, and
Refer to Item 26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments,
and
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System

Note: Failure of a single SDCU channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on


the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message

26-17-02 Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU)


Applicable to: RP-C8993

26-17-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the lavatory smoke detection system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System

Note: Failure of a single SDCU channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on


the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-22 - APU Fire Extinguishing

26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-01A APU operations on ground monitored


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the APU condition is continuously monitored in the cockpit
during APU operations on ground .

26-22-01A APU deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-22-02 APU Fire Extinguisher Overpressure Indication (Red Disc)


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-02A APU Fire extinguisher bottle pressure switch operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be damaged or missing provided that the APU fire extinguisher bottle pressure switch
is checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-007
26-22-02B APU deactivated
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-22-03 Squib of the APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-03A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that the remaining squib is checked operative before the
first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-008
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-22-03B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

Both may be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-22-04 APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.


Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

26-22-05 APU AUTO EXTING TEST pb-sw on the Maintenance Panel


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground

26-22-06 APU FIRE light on the External Power Panel


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-06A APU Automatic fire extinguishing control on ground operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-010

26-22-06B APU Automatic fire extinguishing control on ground considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-22-07 APU SHUT OFF pb on the External Power Panel


Applicable to: ALL

26-22-07A APU Automatic fire extinguishing control on ground operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-011

26-22-07B APU Automatic fire extinguishing control on ground considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-23 - Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing

26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992 and RP-C8996

26-23-01A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the cargo compartments are empty or do not contain
flammable or combustible materials.

26-23-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-23-01D Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the cargo compartments is checked
before each flight.

26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

26-23-01A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the cargo compartments are empty or do not
contain flammable or combustible materials.

26-23-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-23-01D Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the cargo compartments
is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle


Applicable to: RP-C8991
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
________________________________________________________________________________________

26-23-01A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the cargo compartments are empty or do not contain
flammable or combustible materials.

26-23-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-23-01D Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the cargo compartments is checked
before each flight.

26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle


Applicable to: RP-C8989
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
_____________________________________________________________________________________

26-23-01A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the cargo compartments are empty or do not
contain flammable or combustible materials.

26-23-01B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-23-01D Check of liner intergrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the cargo compartments
is checked before each flight.

26-23-02 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 1


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

26-23-02A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo compartment is empty
or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.

26-23-02B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-23-02C Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the associated cargo
compartment is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-23-03 Squib of the Cargo Bottle 2


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

26-23-03A No flammable or combustible materials


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo compartment is empty
or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.

26-23-03B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

26-23-03C Check of liner integrity


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the liner integrity in the associated cargo
compartment is checked before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-24 - Portable Fire Extinguisher

26-24-01 Portable Fire Extinguisher


Applicable to: ALL

26-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 3 No
Any in excess of those required by regulations may be inoperative or missing provided:

1) Inoperative fire extinguisher is tagged inoperative, removed from installed location, and placed
out of sight so it cannot be mistaken for a functional unit, and

2) Required distribution is maintained.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 26 – FIRE PROTECTION

26-25 - Lavatory Fire Extinguishing

26-25-01 Lavatory Waste Bin Fire Extinguishing System


Applicable to: ALL

26-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI26 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
MI-27 Flight Controls

MI-27-00 MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page


27-00-01 F/CTL MAINTENANCE Message
27-00-02 SFCS MAINTENANCE Message

MI-27-01 Overhead Panels

MI-27-01-01 FLT CTL Overhead Panel


27-01-01-01 ELAC pb-sw FAULT light
27-01-01-02 ELAC pb-sw OFF light
27-01-01-03 SEC pb-sw FAULT light
27-01-01-04 SEC pb-sw OFF light

MI-27-07 Indications on SD pages


27-07-01 Aileron Actuator Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-02 Aileron Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-03 Elevator Actuator Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-04 Elevator Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-05 Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-06 Rudder Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-07 Rudder Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-08 Rudder Travel Limiter Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-09 ELAC Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-10 SEC Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-11 Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-12 Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the WHEEL SD page

MI-27-08 Indications on the EWD


27-08-01 Flap Position Indication on the EWD
27-08-02 Slat Position Indication on the EWD

MI-27-14 Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation


27-14-01 Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
27-14-02 Left Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
27-14-03 Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
27-14-04 Right Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)

MI-27-21 Rudder Mechanical Control


27-21-01 Rudder Pedal Adjustment System

MI-27-22 Rudder Trim Actuation


27-22-01 Rudder Trim System
27-22-02 Manual Rudder Trim Reset Function
27-22-03 Rudder Trim Position Indication on the Center Pedestal

MI-27-23 Artificial feel and rudder travel limiting actuation


27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System

MI-27-34 Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation


27-34-01 Elevator Servo-Control
27-34-02 Elevator Servo-Control Position Transducer

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
MI-27-40 Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
27-40-01 Stabilizer Mechanical Control
27-40-02 Stabilizer Actuator Electrical Motor

MI-27-51 Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring


27-51-01 SFCC Flap Channel
27-51-02 SFCC Slat Channel
27-51-03 Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid

MI-27-54 Flaps Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission


27-54-01 Flap Hydraulic Motor
27-54-02 Flap PCU Valve Block
27-54-03 Flap Pressure-Off Brake

MI-27-64 Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation


27-64-01 Spoiler 5
27-64-02 Spoiler 1 or 3
27-64-03 Spoiler 2 or 4
27-64-04 Spoilers 1 and 2
27-64-05 Spoilers 3 and 4

MI-27-81 Slats Electrical Control and Monitoring


27-81-01 Slat Wing Tip Brakes Solenoids

MI-27-84 Slats Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission


27-84-01 Slats Hydraulic Motor
27-84-02 Slat PCU Valve Block
27-84-03 Slat Pressure-Off Brake

MI-27-92 Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-01 Speedbrake Control System
27-92-02 Ground Spoiler Control System
27-92-03 SIDESTICK PRIORITY light
27-92-04 Sidestick Dual Input Visual Warnings
27-92-05 Sidestick Dual Input Aural W arning

MI-27-93 ELAC System (Elevator Aileron Computer)


27-93-01 ELAC 1
27-93-02 ELAC 2
27-93-03 Pitch Normal Law

MI-27-94 SEC System (Spoiler and Elevator Computer)


27-94-01 SEC 1
27-94-02 SEC 2
27-94-03 SEC 3

MI-27-95 FCDC System (Flight Control Data Concentrator)


27-95-01 FCDC 1
27-95-02 FCDC 2

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-00 - MAINTENANCE Messages on the STATUS SD page

27-00-01 F/CTL MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

27-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
F/CTL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

27-00-02 SFCS MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

27-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
SFCS MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-01 - Overhead Panels
27-01-01 - FLT CTL Overhead Panel

27-01-01-01 ELAC pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

27-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.

27-01-01-02 ELAC pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

27-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.

27-01-01-03 SEC pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

27-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
One may be inoperative.

27-01-01-04 SEC pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

27-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages

27-07-01 Aileron Actuator Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.

27-07-02 Aileron Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected aileron through
each servo-control is visually checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-07-02A Aileron Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Check of the aileron control through the ELACs:


Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.........................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb................................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On

Check of the aileron control through the ELAC 1:


‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop.
‐ Visually check the full travel of the ailerons.

CAUTION If the expected aileron movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Check of the aileron control through the ELAC 2:
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ Visually check the full travel of the ailerons.

CAUTION If the expected aileron movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Return to normal configuration:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.............................................................................................. Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On

27-07-03 Elevator Actuator Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.

27-07-04 Elevator Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected elevator is
visually checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-07-04A Elevator Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Check of the elevator control:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................................... ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...................................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw......................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb.................................................................................................................. ON
‐ Establish communication with the ground crew.
‐ Move the CAPT or the F/O stick to the maximum nose down position.
‐ Visually check that both elevators move down.
‐ Move the CAPT or the F/O stick to the maximum nose up position.
‐ Visually check that both elevators move up.
‐ Move the CAPT or the F/O stick to the neutral position.
‐ Visually check that both elevators go back to the neutral position.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw........................................................................................................Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................................... Off

27-07-05 Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the pitch trim handwheel and the stabilizer are visually
checked to synchronously operate before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-07-05A Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Check of the stabilizer control:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.............................................................................................. ON
‐ Establish communication with the ground crew.
‐ Move the pitch trim handwheel to the full DN position.
‐ Visually check that the stabilizer moves to the full down position.
‐ Move the pitch trim handwheel to the full UP position.
‐ Visually check that the stabilizer moves to the full up position.
‐ Move the pitch trim handwheel to the required position.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...............................................................................................Off

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-07-06 Rudder Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL
27-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the deflection of the rudder is visually checked before
each flight.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 27-07-06A Rudder Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:


‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Check of the rudder control:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.............................................................................................. ON
‐ Establish communication with the ground crew.
‐ On the CAPT or the F/O side, apply left rudder.
‐ Visually check that the rudder moves to the left.
‐ On the CAPT or the F/O side, apply right rudder.
‐ Visually check that the rudder moves to the right.
‐ On the CAPT or the F/O side, release the pedals.
‐ Visually check that the rudder moves to the neutral position.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw..............................................................................................Off

27-07-07 Rudder Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-07A Rudder trim position indication operative on the center pedestal


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the rudder trim position indication is operative on the
center pedestal .

27-07-07B Rudder position checked at zero


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the rudder position is checked at zero on the F/CTL SD
page before takeoff.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-07-08 Rudder Travel Limiter Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

27-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

27-07-09 ELAC Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

27-07-10 SEC Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.

27-07-11 Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the F/CTL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected surface is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-07-11A Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the F/CTL SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
If surface 1 indication is inoperative:
CAUTION The aircraft must be stopped during the check.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw......................................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ SPEEDBRAKES lever.........................................................................................................FULL
‐ Visually check that surface 1 slightly extends (approximately 6°).
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ Off

If surface 3 indication is inoperative:


‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw.................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.................................................................................................... ON
‐ Move the stick from left stop to right stop.
‐ Visually check the correct movement of surface 3.
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.....................................................................................................Off

If surface 2, 4, or 5 indication is inoperative:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw......................................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ Move the stick from left stop to right stop and visually check the correct movement of surfaces
2, 4 and 5.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ Off

27-07-12 Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

27-07-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected surface is
visually checked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-07-12A Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the WHEEL SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
If surface 1 indication is inoperative:
CAUTION The aircraft must be stopped during the check.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw........................................................................................................................ AUTO
‐ SPEEDBRAKES lever.........................................................................................................FULL
‐ Visually check that surface 1 slightly extends (approximately 6°).
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw............................................................................................... Off

If surface 3 indication is inoperative:


‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.................................................................................................... ON
‐ Move the stick from left stop to right stop.
‐ Visually check the correct movement of surface 3.
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.....................................................................................................Off

If surface 2, 4, or 5 indication is inoperative:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw..................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw......................................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ Move the stick from left stop to right stop and visually check the correct movement of surfaces
2, 4 and 5.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ Off

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-08 - Indications on the EWD

27-08-01 Flap Position Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

27-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

27-08-02 Slat Position Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

27-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-14 - Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

27-14-01 Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)


Applicable to: ALL

27-14-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) The left aileron green servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
4) The right aileron blue servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
5) All roll spoilers are operative, and
6) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-14-01A Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-02 Left Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
Applicable to: ALL

27-14-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) All roll spoilers are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-14-03 Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)


Applicable to: ALL

27-14-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) The right aileron blue servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
4) The left aileron green servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
5) All roll spoilers are operative, and
6) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-14-03A Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-04 Right Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
Applicable to: ALL

27-14-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) All roll spoilers are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-21 - Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-01 Rudder Pedal Adjustment System


Applicable to: ALL

27-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The rudder pedals can be secured in a position which meets individual pilot
requirements, and
2) The full and unrestricted movement of the rudder pedals and brake pedals deflection is
possible at both pilot stations.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-21-01A Rudder Pedal Adjustment System

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Simultaneously apply loads on both pedals (in rudder control movement direction) to make sure
that the secured position is reached. For that purpose, the effort shall be equivalent to a full rudder
deflection.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-22 - Rudder Trim Actuation

27-22-01 Rudder Trim System


Applicable to: ALL

27-22-01A Rudder trim system 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) Rudder Trim System 1 may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-22-01A Rudder Trim System

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

27-22-01B Rudder trim system 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) Rudder Trim System 2 may be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-22-01B Rudder Trim System

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

27-22-02 Manual Rudder Trim Reset Function


Applicable to: ALL

27-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that one rudder trim position indication is operative.

27-22-03 Rudder Trim Position Indication on the Center Pedestal


Applicable to: ALL

27-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-23 - Artificial feel and rudder travel limiting actuation

27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System (Including Rudder and Pedals Travel Limiter Units)
Applicable to: ALL

27-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-34 - Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

27-34-01 Elevator Servo-Control


Applicable to: ALL

27-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.

27-34-02 Elevator Servo-Control Position Transducer


Applicable to: ALL

27-34-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 4 No
(m) One transducer per servo-control must be operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-34-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-40 - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

27-40-01 Stabilizer Mechanical Control


Applicable to: ALL

27-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

27-40-02 Stabilizer Actuator Electric Motor


Applicable to: ALL

27-40-02A Electric motor 3 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
The stabilizer actuator electric motor 3 may be inoperative.

27-40-02B Electric motor 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
The stabilizer actuator electric motor 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) ELAC 1 pitch channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-93-01 ELAC 1

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-51 - Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring

27-51-01 SFCC Flap Channel


Applicable to: ALL
27-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) SFCC 2 flap channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The slats and flaps are checked operative on SFCC 1, and
3) The SFCC 1 flap WTB is checked operative before each flight, and
4) All ELACs, SECs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The minimum idle on ground is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-51-01A SFCC Flap Channel

GENERAL INFORMATION
ENG 2 APPR IDLE ONLY message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLAPS SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Disregard and clear the F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
(m) Refer to AMM 27-51-00-040-001
27-51-02 SFCC Slat Channel
Applicable to: ALL

27-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) SFCC 2 slap channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The slats and flaps are checked operative on SFCC 1, and
3) The SFCC 1 slat WTB is checked operative before each flight, and
4) All ELACs, SECs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) Takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-51-02A SFCC Slat Channel

GENERAL INFORMATION
SLATS SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Disregard and clear the F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
(m) Refer to AMM 27-51-00-040-005

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-51-03 Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid


Applicable to: ALL

27-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(m) One or two solenoids associated with the SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the
SFCC 1 flap WTB is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-51-00-040-004

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-54 - Flaps Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission

27-54-01 Flap Hydraulic Motor


Applicable to: ALL

27-54-01A Green motor inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
Green motor may be inoperative.

27-54-01B Yellow motor inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
Yellow motor may be inoperative provided that the blue slat motor is operative.

27-54-02 Flap PCU Valve Block


Applicable to: ALL

27-54-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
The valve block associated with SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the SFCC 2 flap
channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-51-01 SFCC Flap Channel

27-54-03 Flap Pressure-Off Brake


Applicable to: ALL

27-54-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-64 - Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-01 Spoiler 5
Applicable to: ALL

27-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) The pair of spoilers 5 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, 3, and 4 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5

AFTER ENGINE START


On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.
Note: No performance penalty applies when the pair of spoilers 5 is inoperative.
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-02 Spoiler 1 or 3
Applicable to: ALL

27-64-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 1 or 3 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 2, 4, and 5 are operative, and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


WARNING Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
Determine the Maximum Takeoff Weight and associated speeds in normal conditions on dry runway.
Decrease the Maximum Takeoff Weight by 800 kg (1 770 lb).
Decrease V1, VR, and V2 by 1 kt.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff is not possible using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff is not possible using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation. (Refer
to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS))

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff is not possible using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 10 %.

AFTER ENGINE START


On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.

FOR TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance determination:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).

(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001

(o) OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994,


RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


WARNING Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
Determine the Maximum Takeoff Weight and associated speeds in normal conditions on dry
runway.
Decrease the Maximum Takeoff Weight by 800 kg (1 770 lb).
Decrease V1 by 1 kt. Keep VR and V2 unchanged.
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 10 %.

AFTER ENGINE START


On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.

FOR TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance determination:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-03 Spoiler 2 or 4
Applicable to: ALL

27-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 2 or 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 3, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3

AFTER ENGINE START


On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.

(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-64-04 Spoilers 1 and 2


Applicable to: ALL

27-64-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 3, 4, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
(V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of RTOW charts
established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).

‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.

DECREMENTS (ΔW, ΔV1, ΔVR, ΔV2) WHEN TWO PAIRS OF SPOILERS ARE INOPERATIVE
RUNWAY CONFIGURATION
LENGTH 1+F 2 3
(m) ΔW (kg/lb) ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔW (kg/lb) ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔW (kg/lb) ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2
(kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)
1 500 1 400/3 000 3 1 1 800/1 700 3 2 2 1 000/2 200 4 3 3
2 000 800/1 700 2 1 1 1 000/2 200 3 2 2 1 000/2 200 3 2 2
2 500 800/1 700 2 1 1 1 000/2 200 3 2 2 800/1 700 3 2 2
3 000 1 200/2 600 4 3 3 1 000/2 200 3 2 2 1 000/2 200 4 3 3
3 500 1 200/2 600 4 3 3 1 200/2 600 4 3 3 1 000/2 200 4 3 3
4 000
and 1 200/2 600 4 3 3 1 400/3 000 4 4 4 800/1 700 4 2 2
above

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation
(Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 15 %.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................................OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B..................................................................Pull

TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).

IN FLIGHT
In the case of further failure of SEC 1 and SEC 2:
‐ Autoland is not permitted.
‐ Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law. As soon as the AP is disengaged
when the three SECs are failed, it cannot be engaged again.
‐ Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001

(o) OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND
RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
(V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of RTOW charts
established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.

DECREMENTS (ΔW, ΔV1, ΔVR, ΔV2) WHEN TWO PAIRS OF SPOILERS ARE INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY
1+F 2 3
LENGTH
ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2
(m) ΔW (kg/lb) ΔW (kg/lb) ΔW (kg/lb)
(kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)

1 500 1 400/3 100 3 1 1 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 1 400/3 100 3 1 1


2 000 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 1 400/3 100 1 0 0 1 200/2 700 1 0 0
2 500 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 2 000/4 500 3 1 1
3 000 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 1 800/4 000 3 2 2 1 200/2 700 4 3 3
3 500 1 200/2 700 3 1 1 1 200/2 700 4 3 3 1 400/3 100 6 4 4
4 000 and
1 400/3 100 3 1 1 1 200/2 700 4 3 3 1 000/2 300 5 3 3
above

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation
(Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 5 %.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................................OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B..................................................................Pull

TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
IN FLIGHT
In the case of further failure of SEC 1 and SEC 2:
‐ Autoland is not permitted.
‐ Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law. As soon as the AP is disengaged
when the three SECs are failed, it cannot be engaged again.
‐ Maximum landing capability is CAT 1

(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001

(o) OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2


Applicable to: RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.
WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (Refer
to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 10 %.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ SEC 3 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B..............................................................Pull
TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
IN FLIGHT
In the case of further failure of SEC 1 and SEC 2:
‐ Autoland is not permitted.
‐ Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law. As soon as the AP is
disengaged when the three SECs are failed, it cannot be engaged again.
‐ Maximum landing capability is CAT 1

(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-64-05 Spoilers 3 and 4


Applicable to: ALL

27-64-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, and 5 are operative, and
3) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
4) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:
‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.

IN FLIGHT
Do not use the speedbrakes.

(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-81 - Slats Electrical Control and Monitoring

27-81-01 Slat Wing Tip Brakes Solenoids


Applicable to: ALL

27-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(m) One or two solenoids associated with the SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the
SFCC 1 slat WTB is checked operative before each flight.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-81-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-84 - Slats Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission

27-84-01 Slats Hydraulic Motor


Applicable to: ALL

27-84-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.

27-84-02 Slat PCU Valve Block


Applicable to: ALL

27-84-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
The valve block associated with SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the SFCC 2 slat
channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-51-02 SFCC Slat Channel

27-84-03 Slat Pressure-Off Brake


Applicable to: ALL

27-84-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-92 - Electrical Flight Control System


(EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply

27-92-01 Speedbrake Control System


Applicable to: ALL

27-92-01A Speedbrake control system inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) Speedbrake control system may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual performance
penalties associated with the ground spoiler control system inoperative are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-92-01A Speedbrake Control System (speedbrake control system inoperative)
Refer to OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system
inoperative)

27-92-01B Speedbrake 2 or speedbrakes 3 and 4 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) Speedbrake 2 or speedbrakes 3 and 4 may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual
performance penalties associated with one or two pairs of spoilers inoperative are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-92-01B Speedbrake Control System (speedbrake 2 or speedbrakes 3
and 4 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If speedbrake n°2 is inoperative:
Apply performance penalties associated with the pair of spoilers 2 inoperative. Refer to OpsProc
27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4

If speedbrakes n°3 and n°4 are inoperative:


Apply performance penalties associated with two pairs of spoilers inoperative. Refer to OpsProc
27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2

IN FLIGHT
If speedbrakes n°3 and n°4 are inoperative:
Do not use the speedbrakes.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-92-02 Ground Spoiler Control System


Applicable to: ALL

27-92-02A Ground spoiler control system inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both thrust reversers are not taken into account for performance computation, and
2) The autobrake function is not used, and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990

GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function

CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
(V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in normal
conditions (i.e. all systems operative).

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions or
by using TLC program.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 36
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
CAUTION For runway lengths below 1,500 m, do not use the following table.

DECREMENTS (ΔW, ΔV1, ΔVR, ΔV2) WHEN GROUND SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY 1+F 2 3
LENGTH (m) ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2
ΔW (kg/lb) ΔW (kg/lb) ΔW (kg/lb)
(kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)
1 500 2 400/5 200 4 3 3 2 000/4 400 3 3 3 3 000/6 600 7 2 2
2 000 1 400/3 000 5 4 3 1 600/3 500 6 3 3 1 800/3 900 7 4 4
2 500 1 400/3 000 5 3 3 1 800/3 900 6 4 4 2 000/4 400 7 5 5
3 000 1 600/3 500 7 4 4 1 800/3 900 6 4 4 2 000/4 400 8 6 6
3 500 2 800/6 100 11 10 10 2 200/4 800 10 9 9 1 600/3 500 7 5 5
4 000 and 5 5
2 800/6 100 11 10 10 1 700/3 700 7 4 4 1 600/3 500 7
above

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (see
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 40 %.

TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 37
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

(o) OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function

CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
(V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in normal
conditions (i.e. all systems operative).

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions or
by using TLC program.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 38
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
CAUTION For runway lengths below 1,500 m, do not use the following table.

DECREMENTS (ΔW, ΔV1, ΔVR, ΔV2) WHEN GROUND SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY 1+F 2 3
LENGTH (m) ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔW ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2 ΔV1 ΔVR ΔV2
ΔW (kg/lb) (kt) ΔW (kg/lb)
(kt) (kt) (kg/lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)
1 500 2 800/6 200 7 2 2 3 000/6 700 7 2 2 2 600/5 800 7 2 2
2 000
2 600/5 800 6 2 2 2 400/5 300 4 1 1 2 400/5 300 6 2 2

2 500
1 600/3 600 3 1 1 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 2 600/5 800 5 2 2

3 000
2 400/5 300 5 2 2 2 600/5 800 6 2 2 2 000/4 500 8 5 5

3 500
2 800/6 200 5 3 3 2 000/4 500 7 5 5 2 400/5 300 8 7 7

4 000 and 3 3 6 6 6 6
3 400/7 500 5 2 200/4 900 7 2 200/4 900 8
above

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (Refer
to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 15 %.

TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 39
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
(o) OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (Ground spoiler control system inoperative)
Applicable to: RP-C8996

GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function

CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative).

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions
or by using TLC program.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 40
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (Refer
to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 35 %.

TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).

27-92-02B Spoilers 5 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) The pair of spoilers 5 may be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-92-02B Ground Spoiler Control System (pair of spoilers 5 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5

27-92-02C Spoilers 1 and 2, or spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) The pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 or the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 may be inoperative provided
that the Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-92-02C Ground Spoiler Control System (pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 or
pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative)

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 41
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 are inoperative:
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2

If the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 are inoperative:


For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4

27-92-03 SIDESTICK PRIORITY light


Applicable to: ALL

27-92-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.

27-92-04 Sidestick Dual Input Visual Warnings


Applicable to: RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

27-92-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

27-92-05 Sidestick Dual Input Aural Warning


Applicable to: ALL

27-92-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 42
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-93 - ELAC System (Elevator Aileron Computer)

27-93-01 ELAC 1
Applicable to: RP-C8992

27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) ELAC 1 or any ELAC 1 function may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRS and FACs are operative, and
3) The pairs of spoilers 2, 3, 4, 5 are operative, and
4) The TR 1 and the TR 2 are operative, and
5) Both accelerometers associated with the ELAC 2 are checked operative before each
flight, and
6) All sidesticks transducers associated with the ELAC 2 and the three SECs are checked
operative before each flight, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
8) The elevators and roll spoilers control is checked operative through the SECs before
each flight, and
9) Above FL 200, the use of speedbrakes lever is limited to its half position.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-01A ELAC 1
Applicable to: RP-C8992

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the AP 1 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
If the AP 2 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

If the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:


Note: 1. After application of the maintenance procedure, the following ECAM alerts remain
displayed on the EWD :
‐ C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY alert , and
‐ C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alert, and
‐ F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert.
2. After first engine start, the F/CTL ALTN LAW alert may be spuriously displayed. It
normally disappears after second engine start.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 43
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Check of the elevator and the roll spoilers control through the SECs:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available, pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic
System with a Ground Cart or with the Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2
running.
‐ PTU pb-sw............................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb.............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 1 and the spoilers control through the SEC 1
and the SEC 3:
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuit depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that blue elevator actuator symbol becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw....................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not


attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 2 and of the spoilers control through the SEC
2 and the SEC 3:

‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuits depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the yellow and the green elevator actuators symbols become
amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 44
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5 and the full
travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5 and the full
travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not


attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Return to normal configuration:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On

Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.

If the F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:


Note: After first engine start, the F/CTL ALTN LAW alert may be spuriously displayed on
the EWD. It normally disappears after few seconds when ELAC 2 auto test is
accomplished.

Check of the elevator and the roll spoilers control through the SECs:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:

‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON


‐ PTU pb-sw............................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb.............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 45
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Check of the elevator control through the SEC 1 and of the spoilers control through the SEC
1 and the SEC 3:

‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off


‐ Wait for hydraulic circuit depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that blue elevator actuator symbol becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw....................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not


attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 2 and of the spoilers control through the SEC 2 and the
SEC 3:

‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuits depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the yellow and the green elevator actuators symbols become
amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5 and the full
travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5 and the full
travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not


attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 46
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Return to normal configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On

Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.

BEFORE ENGINE START


‐ AP 1 pb........................................................................................................................................ On
‐ CAPT take-over pb................................................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the AP OFF message is displayed on the EWD.

Note: Due to the fact that the ELAC 1 is not electrically supplied, the F/O take-over pb cannot
disengage the AP 1.

IN FLIGHT
Above FL200, limit the use of the speedbrakes lever to its half position.

APPROACH
If the AP 1 is used for the approach:
The captain must be the PF.

(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-001

27-93-01 ELAC 1
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) ELAC 1 or any ELAC 1 function may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRS and FACs are operative, and
3) The pairs of spoilers 2, 3, 4, and 5 are operative, and
4) The TR 1 and the TR 2 are operative, and
5) Both accelerometers associated with the ELAC 2 are checked operative before each
flight, and
6) All sidesticks transducers associated with the ELAC 2 and the three SECs are checked
operative before each flight, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
8) The elevators and roll spoilers control is checked operative through the SECs before
each flight.
Note: F/O take-over pb cannot disengage AP 1.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 47
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-93-01A ELAC 1

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994,


RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the AP 1 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
If the AP 2 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:


‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

If the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:


Note: 1. After application of the maintenance procedure, the following ECAM alerts remain
displayed on the EWD :
‐ C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY alert , and
‐ C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alert, and
‐ F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert.
2. After first engine start, the F/CTL ALTN LAW alert may be spuriously displayed. It
normally disappears after second engine start.

Check of the elevator and the roll spoilers control through the SECs:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available, pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
with a Ground Cart or with the Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ PTU pb-sw............................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb.............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 48
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 1 and the spoilers control through the SEC 1
and the SEC 3:
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuit depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that blue elevator actuator symbol becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw....................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt
any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 2 and of the spoilers control through the SEC
2 and the SEC 3:
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuits depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the yellow and the green elevator actuators
symbols become amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5
and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5
and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt
any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 49
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Return to normal configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On

Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.

If the F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:


Note: After first engine start, the F/CTL ALTN LAW alert may be spuriously displayed on the EWD. It
normally disappears after few seconds when ELAC 2 auto test is accomplished.

Check of the elevator and the roll spoilers control through the SECs:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw............................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb.............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 1 and of the spoilers control through the SEC
1 and the SEC 3:
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuit depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that blue elevator actuator symbol becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw....................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and
4 and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 50
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Check of the elevator control through the SEC 2 and of the spoilers control through the SEC
2 and the SEC 3:
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuits depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the yellow and the green elevator actuators
symbols become amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw......................................................................................................... OFF
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw........................................................................................................... OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5
and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5
and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Return to normal configuration:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................... Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw............................................................................................................On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..............................................................................................................On

Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.

BEFORE ENGINE START


‐ AP 1 pb........................................................................................................................................ On
‐ CAPT take-over pb................................................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the AP OFF message is displayed on the EWD.
Note: Due to the fact that the ELAC 1 is not electrically supplied, the F/O take-over pb cannot
disengage the AP 1.

APPROACH
If the AP 1 is used for the approach:
The captain must be the PF.

(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 51
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-93-02 ELAC 2
Applicable to: ALL

27-93-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

27-93-03 Pitch Normal Law


Applicable to: ALL

27-93-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 52
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-94 - SEC System (Spoiler and Elevator Computer)

27-94-01 SEC 1
Applicable to: ALL
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The SEC 2 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
4) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) All aileron servo-controls associated with the operative SECs are operative, and
7) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
8) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
9) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
10) The elevators control through the SEC 2 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative
are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Note: After application of the maintenance procedure, the C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY and the
C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alerts are displayed on the EWD.

Check of the elevator control through the operative computers:


Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.........................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb................................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... On
‐ Wait 5 s
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 53
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
Check of the elevator control through the ELAC 1:
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.............................................................................................. Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuit depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that blue elevator actuator symbol becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw..............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw..................................................................................................................OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 2:


‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ SEC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... On
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuits depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the yellow and the green elevator actuators symbols
become amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.........................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
Each stop must be applied during 3 s
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5 and
the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
Each stop must be applied during 3 s
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2 and 5 and
the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Return to normal configuration:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.............................................................................................. Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On

Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:


‐ Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
‐ On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 54
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS
IN FLIGHT
Do not use the speedbrakes.
If the SEC 2 and the SEC 3 fail during the flight:
Autoland is not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law.
When the AP is disengaged with the three SECs failed, it cannot be engaged again.

(m) Refer to AMM 27-94-00-040-002

27-94-02 SEC 2
Applicable to: ALL

27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The SEC 1 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
3) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
4) All aileron servo-controls and roll spoilers associated with the operative SECs are
operative, and
5) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
6) The elevators control through the SEC 1 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-94-02A SEC 2

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.

Note: After application of the maintenance procedure, the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL N-R alert is
displayed on the EWD.

Check of the elevator control through the operative computers:


Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.........................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb................................................................................................... ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... On
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... On
‐ Wait 5 s
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 55
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

Check of the elevator control through the ELAC 1:


‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.............................................................................................. Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuit depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that blue elevator actuator symbol becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw..............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw..................................................................................................................OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from forward stop to aft stop.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Check of the elevator control through the SEC 1:


‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ SEC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... On
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.............................................................................................. Off
‐ Wait for hydraulic circuits depressurization.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the blue elevator actuator symbols becomes amber.
‐ Wait 5 s
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw..............................................................................................ON
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw................................................................................................................OFF
‐ Move the CAPT stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
Each stop must be applied during 3 s
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and 4
and the full travel of both elevators.
‐ Move the F/O stick from right stop to left stop, then from forward stop to aft stop.
Each stop must be applied during 3 s
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the correct movement of the pairs of spoilers 2, 3, and 4
and the full travel of both elevators.

CAUTION If an expected spoiler or elevator movement does not occur, do not attempt
any reset.
Contact the maintenance.

Return to normal configuration:


‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw..........................................................................................Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.............................................................................................. Off
‐ ELAC 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On
‐ ELAC 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................. On

AFTER ENGINE START


Note: The F/CTL ELEV SERVO FAULT alert may be displayed on the EWD if the PTU is inhibited
and only one engine is operating. This alert must disappear when the PTU or the second
engine is started.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 56
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

IN FLIGHT
If the SEC 1 and the SEC 3 fail during the flight:
Autoland is not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law.
When the AP is disengaged with the three SECs failed, it cannot be engaged again.

(m) Refer to AMM 27-94-00-040-002

27-94-03 SEC 3
Applicable to: ALL

27-94-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The SEC 1 and SEC 2 are operative, and
2) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
3) All aileron servo-controls and roll spoilers associated with the operative SECs are
operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 inoperative are
applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-94-03A SEC 3

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Deactivation of the SEC 3:
‐ SEC 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................................OFF
‐ FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC 3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B................................................................ Pull

IN FLIGHT
If the SEC 1 and the SEC 2 fail during the flight:
Autoland is not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law.
When the AP is disengaged with the three SECs failed, it cannot be engaged again.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 57
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 27 – FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-95 - FCDC System (Flight Control Data Concentrator)

27-95-01 FCDC 1
Applicable to: ALL

27-95-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

27-95-02 FCDC 2
Applicable to: ALL

27-95-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-95-02A FCDC 2

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY (121VU Q20) C/B....................................................................Pull

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI27 - 58
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL
MI-28 Fuel

MI-28-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


28-00-01 FUEL MAINTENANCE Message

MI-28-01 Overhead Panels

MI-28-01-01 FUEL Overhead Panel


28-01-01-01 Wing TK PUMP pb-sw FAULT light
28-01-01-02 Wing TK PUMP pb-sw OFF light
28-01-01-03 X FEED pb-sw ON light
28-01-01-04 X FEED pb-sw OPEN light
28-01-01-05 CTR TK PUMP pb-sw FAULT light
28-01-01-06 CTR TK PUMP pb-sw OFF light
28-01-01-07 FUEL MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light

MI-28-07 Indications on the FUEL SD page

MI-28-07-01 Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-01-01 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-02 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-03 Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-04 Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-05 Center Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

MI-28-07-02 Fuel Temperature Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-02-01 Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page

MI-28-07-03 Tank Pump Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-03-01 Wing Tank Pump Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-03-02 Center Tank Pump Indication on the FUEL SD page

MI-28-07-04 Valve Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-04-01 Engine LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-04-02 APU LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-04-03 Crossfeed Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-04-04 Wing Transfer Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page

MI-28-09 ECAM Alerts


28-09-01 FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP Alert
28-09-02 FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP Alert

MI-28-12 Tank Venting System


28-12-01 Overpressure Protector between Inner and Outer Tank
28-12-02 Overpressure Protector in Vent Surge Tank
28-12-03 Overpressure Protector in Inner Tank
28-12-04 Overpressure Protector between Center and Inner Tank

MI-28-15 Intercell Transfer System


28-15-01 LH Wing Transfer Valve
28-15-02 RH Wing Transfer Valve

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

MI-28-20 Distribution
28-20-01 Automatic Fuel Feed System

MI-28-21 Main Fuel Pump System


28-21-01 Wing Tank Pump
28-21-02 Center Tank Pump
28-21-03 Wing Tank Pump Sequence Valve

MI-28-22 APU Fuel Pump System


28-22-01 APU Fuel Pump

MI-28-23 Crossfeed System


28-23-01 Crossfeed Valve

MI-28-24 Engine LP Fuel Shutoff


28-24-01 Engine LP Fuel Valve Electrical Motor

MI-28-25 Refuel/Defuel System


28-25-01 Fuel Quantity Preselector
28-25-02 Fuel Quantity on the Refuel/Defuel Control Panel
28-25-03 Refuel Valve
28-25-04 Transfer Defuel Valve
28-25-05 Exterior Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

MI-28-29 APU LP Fuel Shutoff


28-29-01 APU LP Fuel Valve

MI-28-43 Manual Magnetic Indicators


28-43-01 Manual Magnetic Indicators
28-43-02 Fuel Quantity Attitude Monitor

MI-28-46 Tank Level Sensing


28-46-01 High Level Detection System in the Inner Tank
28-46-02 High Level Detection System in the Center Tank
28-46-04 Low Level Detection System in the Inner Tank

MI-28-50 Fuel Management


28-50-01 Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

28-00-01 FUEL MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

28-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

FUEL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-01 - Overhead Panels


28-01-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel

28-01-01-01 Wing TK PUMP pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump is set to OFF when
the associated tank is empty.

28-01-01-02 Wing TK PUMP pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.

28-01-01-03 X FEED pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the X FEED indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.

28-01-01-04 X FEED pb-sw OPEN light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-01-01-05 CTR TK PUMP pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump is set to OFF when
there is no fuel in the center tank.

28-01-01-06 CTR TK PUMP pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.

28-01-01-07 FUEL MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

28-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that all tank pumps indications are operative on the FUEL SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-01-01-07A FUEL MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light

AFTER ENGINE START


If there is fuel in the center tank and with the slats retracted:
On the FUEL SD page, check that the center tank pumps indications are in line.
With the slats extended:
On the FUEL SD page, check that the center tank pumps indications are cross line.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If there is fuel in the center tank and with the slats retracted:
On the FUEL SD page, check that the center tank pumps indications are in line.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07 - Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-01 - Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page

28-07-01-01 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-01A Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page

AFTER ENGINE START


Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.

If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:


Insert the FOB.
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel
(if available) or by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to
FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)

28-07-01-02 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Applicable to: ALL

28-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No

(o) One or more FQI may be in the degraded mode (with dashes on the two last digits)
provided that the loss of accuracy is taken into account for the fuel planning for each affected tank.

Note: The Fuel On Board indication is also in the degraded mode.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page

ON GROUND
The FQI is in degraded mode when the FOB indication is displayed with two dashes across the two
last digits on the EWD.

When the FQI is in degraded mode:


On the FUEL SD page, determine which tank is affected.
The resulting loss of accuracy must be taken into account by using the two following
parameters:
1. Fq : The extra fuel quantity to be loaded.
2. W: The weight to be added to the total fuel weight for TOW calculation only.
Fq and W parameters are given as follows :

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL
LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE
(Values in kg)
Fq (kg) W (kg)
OUTER TANK 20 200
INNER TANK 110 110
CENTER TANK 130 130
ALL TANKS 390 750

LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE


(Values in lb - If applicable)
Fq (lb) W (lb)
OUTER TANK 45 450
INNER TANK 240 240
CENTER TANK 290 290
ALL TANKS 860 1 670

When the auto refuel stops:


‐ Preselect the fuel quantity required for the mission : Fm
‐ Enter the table and determine Fq and W values for the affected tank.
‐ Start again the auto refuel with the new preselected quantity which corresponds to the
total FOB : Fm+Fq
Note: If all tanks reach high level before having loaded the complete Fq value, this
shows that all tanks are volumetrically full but the necessary fuel mass for the
mission is not guaranteed since the fuel quantity indication varies with the fuel
density. Therefore the mission or the aircraft load must be amended to match
the minimum fuel quantity known to be onboard.

When the auto refuel stops again:


The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is: FOB = Fm+Fq+W

If all tanks reach high level before having loaded Fq value:


‐ The extra fuel quantity known to be onboard is Fq* with: Fq* < Fq
‐ The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is: FOB = Fm+Fq *+W

If the resulting TOW is higher than the MTOW:


The aircraft load must be reduced.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07-01-03 Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

28-07-01-03A Check of fuel quantity in the associated tank after refueling

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by the manual
magnetic indicators or by the corresponding fuel quantity indicator on refuel/defuel control panel, and
2) The associated fuel used indication is operative, and
3) The associated inner tank indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-03A Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
AFTER REFUELING
To check the fuel quantity in the associated tank: Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-A.GENERAL
INFORMATION.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

28-07-01-03B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling and associated
inner tank indication operative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative, and
4) The associated inner tank indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07-01-03C Check of fuel quantity in the associated wing after refueling/defueling

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the associated wing (inner and outer tanks) is checked after each
refueling/defueling by the manual magnetic indicators or by the corresponding fuel
quantity indicator on the refuel/defuel control panel, and
2) The associated fuel used indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-03C Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
AFTER REFUELING
To check the fuel quantity in the associated tank: Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-A.GENERAL
INFORMATION.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

28-07-01-03D High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07-01-03 Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8991

28-07-01-03A Check of fuel quantity in the associated tank after refuelling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by the corresponding fuel
quantity indicator on the refuel/defuel control panel, and
2) The associated fuel used indication is operative, and
3) The associated inner tank indication is operative.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-03A Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
AFTER REFUELING
To check the fuel quantity in the associated tank: Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-A.GENERAL
INFORMATION.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

28-07-01-03B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling and associated
inner tank indication operative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative, and
4) The associated inner tank indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07-01-03C Check of fuel quantity in the associated wing after refueling/defueling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the associated wing (inner and outer tanks) is checked after each
refueling/defueling by the corresponding fuel quantity indicator on the refuel/defuel control panel, and
2) The associated fuel used indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-03C Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
AFTER REFUELING
To check the fuel quantity in the associated tank: Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-A.GENERAL
INFORMATION.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

28-07-01-03D High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.

Reference(s)

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-003

28-07-01-04 Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

28-07-01-04A Check of fuel quantity in the associated tank after refueling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by the manual
magnetic indicators or by the corresponding fuel quantity indicator on the refuel/defuel
control panel, and
2) The associated fuel used indication is operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-04A Inner/Wing Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

AFTER ENGINE START


Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if
available) or by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs): Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-
FUEL-C.USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-005

28-07-01-04B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-005

28-07-01-04 Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8991

28-07-01-04A Check of fuel quantity in the associated tank after refueling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by the corresponding fuel
quantity indicator on the refuel/defuel control panel, and
2) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-04A Inner/Wing Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

AFTER ENGINE START


Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if
available) or by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs): Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-
FUEL-C.USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI).

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-005

28-07-01-04B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-005

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07-01-05 Center Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-01-05A Check of fuel quantity after refueling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity in the center tank is checked after each refueling by the manual magnetic
indicators or by the corresponding fuel quantity indicator on the refuel/defuel control panel, and
2) All wing tanks fuel quantity indications are operative, and
3) Both fuel used indications are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-01-05A Center Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

AFTER REFUELING
To check the fuel quantity in the associated tank: Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-A.GENERAL
INFORMATION

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-006

28-07-01-05B Fuel in the center tank not usable


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that there is no fuel in the center tank or the fuel in this tank is considered
as not usable and as part of the ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07 - Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-02 - Fuel Temperature Indications on the FUEL SD page

28-07-02-01 Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

One in each wing or both in one wing may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07 - Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-03 - Tank Pump Indications on the FUEL SD page

28-07-03-01 Wing Tank Pump Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

28-07-03-02 Center Tank Pump Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07 - Indications on the FUEL SD page


28-07-04 - Valve Indications on the FUEL SD page

28-07-04-01 Engine LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated LP valve is checked operative
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task
28-07-04-02 APU LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page
Applicable to: ALL

28-07-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The APU LP valve is secured in the closed position and,
2) The APU is not used.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-001
28-07-04-03 Crossfeed Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page
Applicable to: ALL

28-07-04-03A Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) Operation of the crossfeed valve is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-002

28-07-04-03B ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) For ETOPS, may be inoperative provided that the operation of crossfeed valve is checked
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-07-04-04 Wing Transfer Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

28-07-04-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The fuel quantity indications of the associated inner and outer tanks are operative, and
2) The transfer valve operation is checked before each flight and when used in flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-04-04A Wing Transfer Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page

IN FLIGHT
When any inner tank fuel quantity reaches 750 kg (1 650 lb) of fuel:
On the FUEL SD page, check the associated outer tank transfer.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-004

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-09 - ECAM Alerts

28-09-01 FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP Alert


Applicable to: ALL

28-09-01A One or two inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

(o) One in each wing or both in one wing may be displayed provided that:
1) The fuel temperature indications of the non affected tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The fuel temperature is monitored before takeoff and during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-09-01A FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER)/WING TK HI TEMP Alert

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.

If fuel temperature reaches limits:


o Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff and shut down the engine on the affected side.
In flight:
‐ Increase the engine fuel flow on the affected side.
‐ If necessary use the APU GEN and switch off the IDG on the affected side (if the opposite
GEN is available).

28-09-01B One or more inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be displayed provided that:


1) The fuel temperature indications are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The fuel temperature is monitored before takeoff and during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-09-01B FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER)/WING TK HI TEMP Alert

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT

On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.

If fuel temperature reaches limits:


o Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff and shut down the engine on the affected side.
In flight:
‐ Increase the engine fuel flow on the affected side.
‐ If necessary use the APU GEN and switch off the IDG on the affected side (if the opposite
GEN is available).
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-09-02 FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP Alert


Applicable to: ALL

28-09-02A One or two inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

(o) One in each wing or both in one wing may be displayed provided that:
1) The fuel temperature indications of the non affected tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The fuel temperature is monitored before takeoff and during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-09-02A FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER)/WING TK LO TEMP Alert

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT

On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.

If fuel temperature reaches limits:


o Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
o In flight:
Consider descending to a lower altitude and/or increasing the mach to increase the
TAT.

28-09-02B One or more inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be displayed provided that:


1) The fuel temperature indications are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The fuel temperature is monitored before takeoff and during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-09-02B FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER)/WING TK LO TEMP Alert

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT

On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.

If fuel temperature reaches limits:


o Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
o In flight:
Consider descending to a lower altitude and/or increasing the mach to increase the
TAT.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-12 - Tank Venting System

28-12-01 Overpressure Protector between the Inner and the Outer Tank
Applicable to: ALL

28-12-01A Inner tank temperature monitored


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be broken or missing provided that the fuel temperature of the inner tank is
monitored.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-12-01A Overpressure Protector Between the Inner and the Outer Tank
(Inner tank fuel temperature monitored)

GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the outer tank of the
affected wing will be partially empty with the transfer valves normally closed.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Fuel management should be performed with care.

ON GROUND AND IN FLIGHT


After a long taxi or if the outside air temperature is high, with the outer tank of the
affected wing empty:
The FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert may be displayed on the EWD.
o If the FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert is displayed on the EWD:
‐ Disregard the FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert.
‐ Monitor the inner tank fuel temperature during taxi and in flight to ensure that it
decreases and remains within the temperature limitations.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
‐ If the inner tank fuel temperature exceeds the temperature limitations, apply the
FUEL L(R) INNER TK HI TEMP procedure: Refer to OpsProc 28-09-01A(B) FUEL
L(R) INNER(OUTER)/WING TK HI TEMP Alert.

28-12-01B Transfer valves secured open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or both may be broken or missing provided that the associated transfer valves are
secured in the open position after each refueling.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-12-01B Overpressure Protector Between the Inner and the Outer Tank
(Transfer valves opened)

GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the outer tank
on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not empty.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL
ON GROUND
Do not re-select the refuel power * or open the refuel door.
Note: The transfer valve latch circuit will send order to de-latch them and the valves will close
again (they will then operate normally and open at low level).

(m) Refer to AMM 28-12-00-040-003

28-12-02 Overpressure Protector in the Vent Surge Tank


Applicable to: ALL

28-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be broken or missing.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-12-02A Overpressure Protector in the Vent Surge Tank

ON GROUND AND IN FLIGHT


‐ Avoid lateral accelerations in order to reduce the possibility of fuel spill during taxi and climb out.
‐ In cruise check that no fuel spillage occurred.
‐ Check that the FOB is sufficient to reach the destination with the adequate reserve.

28-12-03 Overpressure Protector in the Inner Tank


Applicable to: ALL

28-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

28-12-04 Overpressure Protector between the Center and the Inner Tank
Applicable to: ALL

28-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-15 - Intercell Transfer System

28-15-01 LH Wing Transfer Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-15-01A One or both inoperative open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative in the open position.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-15-01A LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)

GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the outer tank
on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not empty.

28-15-01B One or both inoperative with not usable fuel


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the fuel in the LH outer
tank is considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-15-01B LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve failed closed)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.

28-15-01C One inoperative closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the remaining LH wing transfer
valve is secured in the open position after each refueling.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-15-01C LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)

GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the outer tank
on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not empty.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-15-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-15-02 RH Wing Transfer Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-15-02A One or both inoperative open


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative in the open position.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-15-02A RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)

GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the outer tank
on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not empty.

28-15-02B One or both inoperative with not usable fuel


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the fuel in the RH outer
tank is considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-15-02B RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve failed closed)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.

28-15-02C One inoperative closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the remaining RH wing transfer
valve is secured in the open position after each refueling.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-15-02C RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)

GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the outer tank
on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not empty.

(m) Refer to AMM 28-15-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-20 – Distribution

28-20-01 Automatic Fuel Feed System


Applicable to: ALL

28-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-20-01A Automatic Fuel Feed System

ON GROUND

If the center tank is empty for the flight :


‐ MODE SEL pb-sw............................................................................................................. MAN
‐ CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF

If the center tank is not empty for the flight:


o Before engine start:
MODE SEL pb-sw.................................................................................................. MAN
o 3 min after engine start :
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw ............................................................................... OFF
o After slats retraction and when the fuel in one wing is less than
5 000 kg (11 000 lb) :
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw.................................................................................On
o When the FUEL CTR TK PUMPS LO PR alert is displayed on the EWD:
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw................................................................................ OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-21 - Main Fuel Pump System

28-21-01 Wing Tank Pump


Applicable to: ALL

28-21-01A JP4/JET B not used


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes

One pump may be inoperative provided that JP4/JET B is not used.

28-21-01B Use of JP4/JET B


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes

Pump 2 LH or pump 2 RH may be inoperative when JP4/JET B is used provided that the
fuel temperature is less than 30 °C.

28-21-02 Center Tank Pump


Applicable to: ALL

28-21-02A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the flight routes permit a landing at a suitable airport if the
remaining center tank pump fails with fuel in the center tank.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-21-02A Center Tank Pump (One inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
In the case of dispatch with fuel in the center tank, the remaining center tank pump failure must be
considered for the flight planning. Operator has to ensure that, from any point of the first part of the
route where the center tank is not empty the aircraft may reach a suitable airport considering the
fuel quantity (FQ) contained in the center tank as definitely not usable for the flight planning (as a
consequence of the failure of the remaining center tank pump).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
- X FEED pb-sw.............................................................................................................CHECK Off
- Affected CTR TK PUMP pb-sw.............................................................................................. OFF
- Operative CTR TK PUMP pb-sw............................................................................................OFF

IN FLIGHT
 If the fuel quantity in the center tank is less than 200 kg (440 lb):
Operative CTR TK PUMP pb-sw........................................................................... Maintain OFF

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL
 If the fuel quantity in the center tank is more than 200 kg (440 lb):
The fuel in the center tank can be completely used if the operative center tank pump does not
fail before the center tank is empty. If the operative center tank pump fails before the center
tank is empty, consider the fuel quantity remaining and the time to destination to decide either
to continue the flight or to divert.

 When the fuel quantity in one wing inner tank is less than 4 500 kg (10 000 lb):
Operative CTR TK PUMP pb-sw......................................................................................On
X FEED pb-sw..................................................................................................................ON

 When the fuel quantity in one wing inner tank increases above 5 500 kg (12 000 lb):
X FEED pb-sw.................................................................................................................. Off
Operative CTR TK PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................OFF
Note: Repeat the previous two steps as many times as necessary until the center tank is
empty.The operative center tank pump will switch off automatically

 When the fuel quantity in the center tank is less than 250 kg (550 lb):
X FEED pb-sw.................................................................................................................. Off

28-21-02D Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) Both may be inoperative provided that:


1) There is no fuel in the center tank or the fuel in the center tank is considered as not
usable and as part of the ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination, and
2) The center tank pumps are set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-21-02D Center Tank Pump (Both inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw....................................................................................................... OFF

28-21-03 Wing Tank Pump Sequence Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No

One may be inoperative provided that the associated pump is set to OFF when the center
tank is feeding.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-22 - APU Fuel Pump System

28-22-01 APU Fuel Pump


Applicable to: ALL

Applicable to: ALL


28-22-01A Non ETOPS flight
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-22-01A APU Fuel Pump

FOR APU START OPERATION


Pressurize the LH fuel manifold with at least one fuel tank pump.

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991


28-22-01B ETOPS 120 min flight
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative for four flights provided that ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-22-01B APU Fuel Pump

FOR APU START OPERATION


Pressurize the LH fuel manifold with at least one fuel tank pump.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-23 - Crossfeed System

28-23-01 Crossfeed Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-24 - Engine LP Fuel Shutoff

28-24-01 Engine LP Fuel Valve Electrical Motor


Applicable to: ALL

28-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No

(m) One may be inoperative on one engine provided that:


1) The affected motor is deactivated, and
2) The remaining motor is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-24-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System

28-25-01 Fuel Quantity Preselector


Applicable to: ALL

28-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

28-25-02 Fuel Quantity on the Refuel/Defuel Control Panel


Applicable to: ALL

28-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

One or more indications may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously
monitored on the FUEL SD page during refueling and defueling.

28-25-03 Refuel Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-25-03A Manual refueling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the aircraft is manually refueled.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-005

28-25-03B Gravity refueling


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that overwing gravity refueling is performed.
Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL OVERWING GRAVITY REFUELING

28-25-04 Transfer Defuel Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-25-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the valve is secured in the closed position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-004

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-25-05 Exterior Refuel/Defuel Control Panel


Applicable to: All

28-25-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is manually refueled.


Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-008

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-29 - APU LP Fuel Shutoff

28-29-01 APU LP Fuel Valve


Applicable to: ALL

28-29-01A Checked closed on FUEL SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) It is checked closed on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The APU is not used.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-29-01A APU LP Fuel Valve

BEFORE ENGINE START


The APU is not available.
APU MASTER SW pb-sw..................................................................................................................Off
Note: 1. No APU bleed air will be available for the Main Engine Start (MES) or the air
conditioning.
2. No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.
On the FUEL SD page, check that the APU LP valve is indicated closed: Refer to FCOM/DSC-28-20
ECAM Fuel Page.

28-29-01B Secured closed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) It is secured in the closed position, and
2) The APU is not used.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-29-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-43 - Manual Magnetic Indicators

28-43-01 Manual Magnetic Indicators


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

28-43-01A Associated fuel quantity indication operative on the FUEL SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated fuel quantity indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.

28-43-01B High level fuel detection and fuel used indication operative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 No

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-012
28-43-01 Manual Magnetic Indicators
Applicable to: RP-C8991

28-43-01A Associated fuel quantity indication operative on the FUEL SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 9 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated fuel quantity indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.

28-43-01B High level fuel detection and fuel used indication operative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 9 0 No

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-012
28-43-02 Fuel Quantity Attitude Monitor
Applicable to: RP-C8993 and RP-C8994

28-43-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that it is not required for refueling and defueling procedures.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-46 - Tank Level Sensing

28-46-01 High Level Detection System in the Inner Tank


Applicable to: ALL

28-46-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during
refueling.

28-46-02 High Level Detection System in the Center Tank


Applicable to: ALL

28-46-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during refueling.

28-46-04 Low Level Detection System in the Inner Tank


Applicable to: ALL

28-46-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 28 - FUEL

28-50 - Fuel Management

28-50-01 Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel


Applicable to: ALL

28-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative for 10 calendar days provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-50-01A Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
1. Ensure that correct weights are entered in the FMGC associated with the affected FQIC channel.
2. In the case of failure in-flight of the remaining FQIC channel, all fuel quantities indications on the
EWD are lost.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI28 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER
MI-29 Hydraulic Power

MI-29-01 Overhead Panels

MI-29-01-01 HYD Overhead Panel


29-01-01-01 B(Y) ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light
29-01-01-02 B ELEC PUMP pb-sw OFF light
29-01-01-03 Y ELEC PUMP pb-sw ON light
29-01-01-04 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light
29-01-01-05 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw OFF light
29-01-01-06 PTU pb-sw FAULT light
29-01-01-07 PTU pb-sw OFF light

MI-29-01-02 Maintenance HYD Overhead Panel


29-01-02-01 G(B)(Y) LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES pb-sw OFF light

MI-29-07 Indications on the HYD SD page


29-07-01 Yellow ELEC Pump Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-02 Engine Driven Pump Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-03 Fire Valve Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-04 PTU Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-05 Reservoir Quantity Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-06 RAT Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-07 System Label Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-08 System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD page

MI-29-09 ECAM Alerts


29-09-01 HYD B(Y) ELEC PUMP LO PR Alert
29-09-02 HYD B(Y) ELEC PUMP OVHT Alert
29-09-03 HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert
29-09-04 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO AIR PR Alert
29-09-05 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO LVL Alert
29-09-06 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR OVHT Alert
29-09-07 HYD PTU FAULT Alert
29-09-08 HYD RAT FAULT Alert
29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

MI-29-10 Main Hydraulic Power


29-10-01 Engine Driven Pump
29-10-02 Engine Driven Pump Depressurization Function
29-10-03 Blue System Electric Pump
29-10-04 Hydraulic System Accumulator
29-10-05 Yellow Brake Accumulator
29-10-07 Engine Pump Fire Valve
29-10-08 Hydraulic System Filter
29-10-09 Hydraulic Case Drain Filter

MI-29-22 Blue Auxiliary Hydraulic Power


29-22-01 Ram Air Turbine

MI-29-23 Power Transfer


29-23-01 Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

MI-29-24 Yellow Auxiliary Hydraulic Power


29-24-01 Yellow System Electric Pump
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-01 - Overhead Panels


29-01-01 - HYD Overhead Panel

29-01-01-01 B(Y) ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert

29-01-01-02 B ELEC PUMP pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

29-01-01-03 Y ELEC PUMP pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-01-01-04 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert

29-01-01-05 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

29-01-01-06 PTU pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the quantity indications of the yellow and green reservoir
are operative on the HYD SD page.

29-01-01-07 PTU pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-01 - Overhead Panels


29-01-02 - Maintenance HYD Overhead Panel

29-01-02-01 G(B)(Y) LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

29-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-07 - Indications on the HYD SD page

29-07-01 Yellow ELEC Pump Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

29-07-02 Pump Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

29-07-03 Fire Valve Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

29-07-04 PTU Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-07-05 Reservoir Quantity Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated HYD B(G)(Y) RSVR LO LVL alert is checked operative, and
2) The associated reservoir quantity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

29-07-06 RAT Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the RAT is visually checked to be stowed before each flight.

29-07-07 System Label Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-07-07A System Label Indication on the HYD SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................................... ON
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw...........................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...............................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ Move the CAPT stick left or right.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the pairs of spoilers movement.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.......................................................................................................Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.........................................................................................................OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-07-08 System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD page


Applicable to: ALL

29-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the associated system label indication is checked operative
before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-07-08A System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.
If the blue system pressure indication is inoperative:
Check of the system label:
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the BLUE system label is amber.
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw.................................................................................................AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.................................................................................................... ON
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the BLUE system label is white and that the arrow is green.
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.....................................................................................................Off
If the yellow system pressure indication is inoperative:
Check of the system label:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ Off
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the YELLOW system label is amber.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ON
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the YELLOW system label is white and that the arrow is
green.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ Off
If the green system pressure indication is inoperative:
Check of the system label:
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the GREEN system label is amber.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw......................................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the GREEN system label is white and that the arrow is
green.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw................................................................................................ Off

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-09 - ECAM Alerts

29-09-01 HYD B(Y) ELEC PUMP LO PR Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be displayed provided that the associated system pressure indication is operative.

29-09-02 HYD B(Y) ELEC PUMP OVHT Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be displayed.

29-09-03 HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:


1) The associated system pressure indications are operative, and
2) The engine pumps are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-09-03A HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert

Applicable to RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8996 and RP-C8989

AFTER ENGINE START

Check of the engines pumps:


‐ PTU pb-sw................................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the green and the yellow hydraulic systems pressures are
correct.
A correct pressure is 3 000 PSI (± 200 PSI).
‐ PTU pb-sw...............................................................................................................................AUTO

Note: On the HYD SD page, the PTU remains indicated running.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER
(o) OpsProc 29-09-03A HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert

Applicable to RP-C8993, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988 and RP-C8991

AFTER ENGINE START

Check of the engines pumps:


‐ PTU pb-sw...............................................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the green and the yellow hydraulic systems pressures are
correct.
A correct pressure is 3 000 PSI (± 200 PSI).
‐ PTU pb-sw............................................................................................................................AUTO
Note: On the HYD SD page, the PTU remains indicated running .

TAXI
Note: Due to a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert displayed on the EWD, the "T.O
CONFIG NORMAL” line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O MEMO.

Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST except a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert.

CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no
alert except a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert.

29-09-04 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO AIR PR Alert


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

29-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that the air pressure is checked on the associated
reservoir before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

29-09-04 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO AIR PR Alert


Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

29-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be displayed for the green or the yellow system provided that the air pressure is
checked on the associated reservoir before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-34-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-09-05 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO LVL Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

One may be displayed provided that the associated reservoir quantity is checked on the
HYD SD page before each flight.
Note: 1. When the alert is displayed on the EWD, the associated PUMP pb-sw FAULT
light and the PTU pb-sw FAULT light (if the green or the yellow system is
affected) may simultaneously come on.
Refer to Item 29-01-01-01 B(Y) ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light, and
Refer to Item 29-01-01-04 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light, and
Refer to Item 29-01-01-06 PTU pb-sw FAULT light
2. If the blue reservoir is affected, EMER GEN may appear in the INOP SYS
column on the STATUS SD page before engine start.

29-09-06 HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR OVHT Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

The HYD G RSVR OVHT alert or the HYD Y RSVR OVHT alert may be displayed.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-09-07 HYD PTU FAULT Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be displayed provided that the PTU is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-09-07A HYD PTU FAULT Alert

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.
Check of the PTU:
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................................... ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...............................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the green hydraulic system pressure indication is green.
If the green hydraulic system pressure indication is not available, check on the HYD SD page that
the GREEN system label is white and the arrow is green.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.......................................................................................................Off

29-09-08 HYD RAT FAULT Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be displayed provided that the RAT integrity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-30-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-09-09 HYD G(B)(Y)(B+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert


Applicable to: ALL

29-09-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(o) One or more may be displayed provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-09-09A HYD G(B)(Y)(B+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
‐ Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
• A Ground cart, or with
• The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
‐ Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw...................................................................................................... ON
‐ BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................................... AUTO
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw...........................................................................................................ON
‐ PTU pb-sw...............................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ On the CAPT or the F/O side, move the stick left or right.
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check the pairs of spoilers movement.
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.......................................................................................................Off
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw........................................................................................................... Off

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-10 - Main Hydraulic Power

29-10-01 Engine Driven Pump


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

29-10-02 Engine Driven Pump Depressurization Function


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

29-10-03 Blue System Electric Pump


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No

(o) The automatic control may be inoperative provided that the pump is manually operated.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-10-03A Blue System Electric Pump

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


If the blue electric pump continuously runs:
At electrical power supply application:
BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw........................................................................................................OFF
AFTER ENGINE START
BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw............................................................................................................AUTO
If the blue electric pump does not automatically start:
‐ BLUE PUMP OVRD pb-sw.................................................................................................... ON
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the blue hydraulic circuit pressure is available.
AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN
BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw.............................................................................................................. OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-10-04 Hydraulic System Accumulator


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-04A No hydraulic fluid leakage


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that it is checked that there is no hydraulic fluid
leakage in the accumulator nitrogen charging circuit.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-10-00-040-007

29-10-04B Accumulator deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected accumulator is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

29-10-05 Yellow Brake Accumulator


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

29-10-07 Engine Pump Fire Valve


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-10-08 Hydraulic System Filter


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-08A One LP filter inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 7 No

One LP filter may be inoperative.

29-10-08B Reservoir filling filter inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 7 No

The reservoir filling filter may be inoperative.

29-10-09 Hydraulic Case Drain Filter


Applicable to: ALL

29-10-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that it is removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-22 - Blue Auxiliary Hydraulic Power

29-22-01 Ram Air Turbine


Applicable to: ALL

29-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-23 - Power Transfer

29-23-01 Power Transfer Unit (PTU)


Applicable to: ALL

29-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No

(o) PTU may continuously run when set to AUTO provided that the operation of the PTU in both
directions is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-23-01A Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

AFTER ENGINE START

Check of the PTU operation:


‐ GREEN ENG 1 PUMP pb-sw.....................................................................................................OFF
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the green system pressure is correct.
A correct pressure is 3 000 PSI (± 200 PSI).
‐ Check the PTU arrow indication.
‐ GREEN ENG 1 PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................................... On
‐ PTU pb-sw.................................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw....................................................................................................OFF
‐ YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw.......................................................................................................Off
‐ Let the pressure in the yellow hydraulic system decrease to 200 PSI or less.
If the pressure is not below 200 PSI, the indications on the HYD SD page will not be displayed.
‐ PTU pb-sw................................................................................................................................AUTO
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the yellow system pressure is correct.
A correct pressure is 3 000 PSI (± 200 PSI).
‐ Check the PTU arrow indication.
‐ YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw.....................................................................................................On

Note: 1. The PTU pressurizes the system to a nominal value of 3 000 PSI PSI (± 200 PSI), but if
no consumers are operated the pressure is not constant. The PTU operates in a cycle
which keeps the pressure in the hydraulic systems between 2 100 PSI and 3 200 PSI.
2. For passengers comfort, the PTU may be set to OFF during the taxi after landing
provided that both engines hydraulic pumps are operative and running. The PTU must be
set back to AUTO before leaving the aircraft.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 29 – HYDRAULIC POWER

29-24 - Yellow Auxiliary Hydraulic Power

29-24-01 Yellow System Electric Pump


Applicable to: ALL

29-24-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that the associated pb-sw is set to off.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-24-01A Yellow System Electric Pump

ON GROUND
If the pump continuously runs and does not stop when set to off:
DOORS/CARGO (T12 on 122 VU) C/B.....................................................................................Pull
o If unsuccessful:
‐ Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM (AB 03 on 123 VU) C/B................................................... Pull
‐ Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP (AB 06 on 123 VU) C/B............................................................... Pull
Note: 1. If the pump continuously runs on the ground, there is a potential overheat situation.
2. The reset of the C/Bs must be limited to the time required to open or close the
cargo doors.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI29 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
MI-30 Ice and Rain Protection

MI-30-01 Overhead Panels

MI-30-01-01 ANTI ICE Overhead Panel


30-01-01-01 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light
30-01-01-02 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw ON light
30-01-01-03 ANTI ICE WING pb-sw FAULT light
30-01-01-04 ANTI ICE WING pb-sw ON light

MI-30-01-02 WIPER Overhead Panel


30-01-02-01 Wiper High Speed Function (FAST Position)
30-01-02-02 Wiper Low Speed Function (SLOW Position)

MI-30-07 Indications on the BLEED SD page


30-07-01 ANTI ICE Indication on the BLEED SD page
30-07-02 Arrow Indication on the BLEED SD page

MI-30-11 Wing Ice Protection


30-11-01 Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

MI-30-21 Engine Air Intake Ice Protection


30-21-01 Engine Anti-Ice Valve

MI-30-31 Probe Ice Protection


30-31-01 Probe Heat Computer (PHC)
30-31-02 Pitot Heater
30-31-03 Static Ports Heater
30-31-04 Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating
30-31-05 TAT Probes Heating

MI-30-42 Windshield Anti-Icing and Defogging


30-42-01 Window Heat Computer
30-42-02 Fixed Lateral Window and Sliding Window Heating
30-42-03 Windshield Heating
30-42-04 PROBES/WINDOW HEAT pb-sw AUTO Control
30-42-05 PROBES/WINDOW HEAT pb-sw ON light

MI-30-45 Windshield Rain Protection


30-45-01 Windshield Wiper
30-45-02 Windshield Wiper PARK Function
30-45-03 Rain Repellent System

MI-30-71 Waste Water Ice Protection


30-71-01 Waste Water Drain Mast Heating System

MI-30-81 Ice Detection


30-81-02 External Visual Icing Indicator
30-81-03 Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-01 - Overhead Panels


30-01-01 - ANTI ICE Overhead Panel

30-01-01-01 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

30-01-01-01A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine anti-ice valve is considered
inoperative in the closed position.
Refer to Item 30-21-01A Engine Anti-Ice Valve

30-01-01-01B One or both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated engine anti-ice valve is
considered inoperative in the open position.
Refer to Item 30-21-01 Engine Anti-Ice Valve

30-01-01-02 ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

30-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-01-01-03 ANTI ICE WING pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

30-01-01-03A Anti-ice “arrow” symbols operative on the BLEED SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that the anti-ice “arrow” symbols are operative on the BLEED
SD page .
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-01-01-03A ANTI ICE WING pb-sw FAULT light

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the anti-ice "arrow" symbol:
‐ Make sure that the engine bleed air supply system is available.
‐ ANTI ICE WING pb-sw.................................................................................................................ON
‐ On the BLEED SD page, check that the anti-ice "arrow" symbols are displayed amber and
disappear after 30 s.
‐ ANTI ICE WING pb-sw................................................................................................................. Off

30-01-01-03B Non ETOPS flight


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The wing anti-ice control valves are deactivated in the closed position and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 30-11-01 Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-11-00-040-002

30-01-01-04 ANTI ICE WING pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

30-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-01 - Overhead Panels


30-01-02 - WIPER Overhead Panel

30-01-02-01 Wiper High Speed Function (FAST Position)


Applicable to: ALL

30-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated low speed function is operative.

30-01-02-02 Wiper Low Speed Function (SLOW Position)


Applicable to: ALL

30-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-07 - Indications on the BLEED SD page

30-07-01 ANTI ICE Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

30-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

30-07-02 Arrow Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

30-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-11 - Wing Ice Protection

30-11-01 Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve


Applicable to: ALL

30-11-01A Inoperative in the open position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) The RH valve may be inoperative in the open position provided that the associated ECAM
procedure is applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-11-01A Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994,


RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:

Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000


Fuel
3.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 %
penalties

Single engine cruise:


Decrease drift down ceilings by:
1 200 ft when OAT ≤ ISA + 15 °C
4 200 ft when OAT > ISA + 15 °C

Approach climb performance:

When the engine bleed air supply system is closed:


No penalty.

When the engine bleed air supply system is open:


Decrease maximum climb limiting weight by:
2 200 kg (4 900 lb)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

After application of the maintenance procedure:


On the BLEED SD page, check that the anti-ice arrow symbol is displayed.
The anti-ice arrow symbol may be displayed amber or green.

The WING ANTI ICE L(R) HI PR alert must not be displayed on the EWD.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
BEFORE ENGINE START
‐ Maintain the X BLEED selector at SHUT before engine start when the APU bleed is used.
‐ Start the engine 1.
Maintain the X BLEED selector at SHUT during the start of engine 1.
‐ Use the CROSS BLEED ENGINE START (Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Crossbleed Engine Start)
procedure to start the engine 2.
‐ Apply the procedure associated with the WING ANTI ICE R VALVE OPEN alert displayed on the
EWD.

AFTER TAKEOFF
When above 1 500 ft:
Apply the automatic recall of the WING ANTI ICE R VALVE OPEN procedure displayed on
the EWD.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of a Bleed Air Supply System:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw……………………………………………………………………….OFF

AFTER LANDING
Apply the automatic recall of the WING ANTI ICE R VALVE OPEN procedure displayed on the EWD.
(m) Refer to AMM 30-11-00-040-004

(o) OpsProc 30-11-01A Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:

Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000


Fuel
3.0 % 2.5 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 %
penalties

Single engine cruise:


Decrease drift down ceilings by:
2 600 ft when OAT ≤ ISA + 15 °C
5 200 ft when OAT > ISA + 15 °C

Approach climb performance:


When the engine bleed air supply system is closed:
No penalty.
When the engine bleed air supply system is open:
Decrease maximum climb limiting weight by:
2 300 kg (5 100 lb)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


After application of the maintenance procedure:
On the BLEED SD page, check that the anti-ice arrow symbol is displayed.
The anti-ice arrow symbol may be displayed amber or green.

The WING ANTI ICE L(R) HI PR alert must not be displayed on the EWD
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

BEFORE ENGINE START


‐ Maintain the X BLEED selector at SHUT before engine start when the APU bleed is used.
‐ Start the engine 1.
Maintain the X BLEED selector at SHUT during the start of engine 1.
‐ Use the CROSS BLEED ENGINE START (Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Crossbleed Engine Start)
procedure to start the engine 2.
‐ Apply the procedure associated with the WING ANTI ICE R VALVE OPEN alert displayed on the
EWD.

AFTER TAKEOFF
When above 1 500 ft:
Apply the automatic recall of the WING ANTI ICE R VALVE OPEN procedure displayed on
the EWD.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of a Bleed Air Supply System:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw……………………………………………………………………….OFF

AFTER LANDING
Apply the automatic recall of the WING ANTI ICE R VALVE OPEN procedure displayed on the EWD.

(m) Refer to AMM 30-11-00-040-004

30-11-01B Inoperative in the closed position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(m) One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-11-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-21 - Engine Air Intake Ice Protection

30-21-01 Engine Anti-Ice Valve


Applicable to: ALL

30-21-01A Inoperative in the closed position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(m) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-21-00-040-020

30-21-01C Inoperative in the open position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative in the open position provided that:
1) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
2) The OAT is below ISA+35 °C.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-21-01C Engine Anti-Ice Valve

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and
RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION
An higher idle speed is set on both engines when an engine anti-ice valve is inoperative in the open
position.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Note: 1. The following decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination only for
dry runways if no takeoff data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other
equivalent program with present failure case taken into account) is available.
2. Performance penalties apply whatever one or both valves are inoperative.

Takeoff performance:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust.
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds :

OAT (°C) ≤ ISA +20 °C > ISA +20 °C


Weight decrement (kg/lb) 500/1 200 2 800/6 200
V1, VR and V2 decrement (kt IAS) 1 2

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:

Zp (ft) 2 Valves blocked OPEN 1 Valve blocked OPEN


5 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
10 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
15 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
20 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
25 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
30 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
35 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
40 000 3.0 % 1.5 %

Single engine cruise:


Decrease drift down ceilings by:
900 ft when OAT ≤ ISA + 15 °C
4 000 ft when OAT > ISA + 15 °C

Approach climb performance:


Decrease maximum climb limiting weight by:
No penalty when OAT ≤ ISA + 20 °C
4 300 kg (9 500 lb) when OAT > ISA + 20 °C

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


ANTI ICE ENG (affected) pb-sw.......................................................................................................ON

AFTER ENGINE START


The FADEC commands the continuous ignition on the affected engine.

(m) Refer to AMM 30-21-00-040-010

(o) OpsProc 30-21-01C Engine Anti-Ice Valve

Applicable to: RP-C8990

GENERAL INFORMATION
An higher idle speed is set on both engines when an engine anti-ice valve is inoperative in the open
position.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Note: 1. The following decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination only for
dry runways if no takeoff data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other
equivalent program with present failure case taken into account) is available.
2. Performance penalties apply whatever one or both valves are inoperative.

Takeoff performance:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust.
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds :

OAT (°C) ≤ ISA +20 °C > ISA +20 °C


Weight decrement (kg/lb) 500/1 200 3 000/6 700
V1, VR and V2 decrement (kt IAS) 2 5
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:

Zp (ft) 2 Valves blocked OPEN 1 Valve blocked OPEN


5 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
10 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
15 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
20 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
25 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
30 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
35 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
40 000 3.0 % 1.5 %

Single engine cruise:


Decrease drift down ceilings by:
1 100 ft when OAT ≤ ISA + 10 °C
4 900 ft when OAT > ISA + 10 °C

Approach climb performance:


Decrease maximum climb limiting weight by:
No penalty when OAT ≤ ISA + 25 °C
1 600 kg (3 600 lb) when OAT > ISA + 25 °C

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


ANTI ICE ENG (affected) pb-sw.......................................................................................................ON

AFTER ENGINE START


The FADEC commands the continuous ignition on the affected engine.

(m) Refer to AMM 30-21-00-040-010

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
(o) OpsProc 30-21-01C Engine Anti-Ice Valve
Applicable to: RP-C8996

GENERAL INFORMATION
An higher idle speed is set on both engines when an engine anti-ice valve is inoperative in the
open position.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Note: 1. The following decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination only for
dry runways if no takeoff data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other
equivalent program with present failure case taken into account) is available.
2. Performance penalties apply whatever one or both valves are inoperative.

Takeoff performance:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust.
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds :

Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:

Single engine cruise:


Decrease drift down ceilings by:
900 ft when OAT ≤ ISA + 15 °C
4 000 ft when OAT > ISA + 15 °C
Approach climb performance:
Decrease maximum climb limiting weight by:
No penalty when OAT ≤ ISA +10 °C
4 300 kg (9 500 lb) when OAT > ISA +10 °C

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


ANTI ICE ENG (affected) pb-sw................................................................................................... ON

AFTER ENGINE START


The FADEC commands the continuous ignition on the affected engine.

(m) Refer to AMM 30-21-00-040-010

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-31 - Probe Ice Protection

30-31-01 Probe Heat Computer (PHC)


Applicable to: ALL

30-31-01A Associated probe heating operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated probe heating is checked operative
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-001

30-31-01B F/O PHC inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(o) (m) The F/O PHC may be inoperative provided that the ADRs, heaters and failure alerts
associated with the operative computers are checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-31-01B Probe Heat Computer (PHC)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


AIR DATA selector.......................................................................................................................... F/O 3

IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are encountered:
ADR 2 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
CAUTION When ADR 2 is set to OFF, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
The ADR 2 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.

(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-005

30-31-01C STBY PHC inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) The STBY PHC may be inoperative provided that:


1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the operative computers are
checked operative every day, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in visible moisture or in known or forecast icing conditions,
and
3) The OAT at the departure airport is above 5 °C when the taxiway or the runway are
contaminated with water or slush.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-005

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-31-02 Pitot Heater


Applicable to: ALL

30-31-02A F/O pitot heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(o) (m) The F/O pitot heater may be inoperative provided that the ADRs, heaters and failure alerts
associated with the CAPT and the STBY probes (pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are checked
operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-31-02A Pitot Heater
Refer to OpsProc 30-31-01B Probe Heat Computer (PHC)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-002

30-31-02B CAPT pitot heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) The CAPT pitot heater may be inoperative provided that:


1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the F/O and the STBY probes
(pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are checked operative every day, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in visible moisture or in known or forecast icing conditions.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-002

30-31-02C STBY pitot heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) The STBY pitot heater may be inoperative provided that:


1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the CAPT and the F/O probes
(pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are checked operative every day, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in visible moisture or in known or forecast icing conditions.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-31-03 Static Ports Heater


Applicable to: ALL

30-31-03A One STBY static port heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 5 No

One STBY static ports heater may be inoperative.

30-31-03B Both STBY static port heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 4 No

(m) Both STBY static ports heaters may be inoperative provided that:
1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the CAPT and the F/O probes
(pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are checked operative every day, and
2) The OAT at the departure airport is above 5 °C when the runway is contaminated with
water or slush.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-003

30-31-03C One or both F/O static port heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 4 No

(o) (m) One or both F/O static ports heaters may be inoperative provided that the ADRs, heaters
and failure alerts associated with the CAPT and the STBY probes (pitot, static, AOA, TAT)
are checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-31-03C Static Ports Heater
Refer to OpsProc 30-31-01B Probe Heat Computer (PHC)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-003

30-31-03D One or both CAPT static port heater inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 4 No

(m) One or both CAPT static ports heaters may be inoperative provided that:
1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the F/O and the STBY probes
(pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are checked operative every day, and
2) The OAT at the departure airport is above 5 °C when the runway is contaminated with
water or slush.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-31-04 Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating


Applicable to: ALL

30-31-04A F/O AOA inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(o) (m) The F/O AOA probes heating may be inoperative provided that the ADRs, heaters and
failure alerts associated with the CAPT and the STBY probes (pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are
checked operative every day
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 30-31-04A Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating (F/O inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
RVSM operations are not permitted.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


AIR DATA selector....................................................................................................................... F/O 3

(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-004

30-31-04B STBY AOA inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(o) (m) The STBY AOA probes heating may be inoperative provided that the ADRs, heaters and
failure alerts associated with the CAPT and the F/O probes (pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are
checked operative every day
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 30-31-04B Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating (CAPT or STBY inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE

(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-004

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-31-04C CAPT AOA inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(o) (m) The CAPT AOA probes heating may be inoperative provided that:
1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the F/O and the STBY probes
(pitot, static, AOA, TAT) are checked operative every day, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in visible moisture or in known or forecast icing conditions
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-31-04C Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating (CAPT or STBY inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE

(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-004

30-31-05 TAT Probes Heating


Applicable to: ALL

30-31-05A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

30-31-05B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the aircraft is not operated in visible moisture or in
known or forecast icing conditions.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-42 - Windshield Anti-Icing and Defogging

30-42-01 Window Heat Computer


Applicable to: ALL

30-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
2) All heaters and failure alerts on the front and sliding windows associated with the
operative computer are checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-42-01A Window Heat Computer
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PNF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 DUAL.

(m) Refer to AMM 30-42-00-040-001

30-42-02 Fixed Lateral Window and Sliding Window Heating


Applicable to: ALL

30-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

30-42-03 Windshield Heating


Applicable to: ALL

30-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing
conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-42-03A Windshield Heating
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PNF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 DUAL.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-42-04 PROBES/WINDOW HEAT pb-sw AUTO Control


Applicable to: ALL

30-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

Automatic control may be inoperative provided that the PROBES/WINDOW HEAT system is
manually selected.

30-42-05 PROBES/WINDOW HEAT pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

30-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-45 - Windshield Rain Protection

30-45-01 Windshield Wiper


Applicable to: ALL

30-45-01A One inoperative on the PNF side


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative on the PNF side for three flights.

30-45-01B One or both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The aircraft is not operated in precipitation within departure and arrival areas, and
2) The approach minima do not require their use.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-45-01B Windshield Wiper
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the wiper and the rain repellent are inoperative or deactivated on the PF side.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1

30-45-01C Rain repellent system operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the associated rain repellent system is installed and operative.

30-45-02 Windshield Wiper PARK Function


Applicable to: ALL

30-45-02A One or both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated wipers can be positioned in a
location that will not obstruct forward vision.

30-45-02B One or both inoperative and removed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated wipers are removed.
Refer to Item 30-45-01 Windshield Wiper
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-45-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-45-03 Rain Repellent System


Applicable to: ALL

30-45-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.


Note: No entry in the logbook is required when it is installed but intentionally deactivated.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-71 - Waste Water Ice Protection

30-71-01 Waste Water Drain Mast Heating System


Applicable to: ALL

30-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated galleys and lavatories are not used, and
2) The associated lavatory water supplies are closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-71-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 30 – ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

30-81 - Ice Detection

30-81-02 External Visual Icing Indicator


Applicable to: ALL

30-81-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No

Refer to AFM/MCDL-30-01 Icing Indicator

30-81-03 Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator


Applicable to: ALL

30-81-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-81-03A Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator

IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are expected during night operations:
Refer to AFM/LIM-70 Operations in Icing Conditions

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI30 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM
MI-31 Indicating/Recording Systems

MI-31-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


31-00-01 QAR MAINTENANCE Message *
31-00-02 ACMS MAINTENANCE Message
31-00-03 DAR MAINTENANCE Message *
31-00-04 CFDIU MAINTENANCE Message
31-00-05 DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE Message
31-00-06 DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE Message

MI-31-05 Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)


31-05-01 AP Related Indications on the FMA
31-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA
31-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
31-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA
31-05-05 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
31-05-06 Mach Number Indication on the PFD
31-05-07 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD
31-05-08 Altitude Indication on the PFD
31-05-09 Vertical Speed Indication on the PFD
31-05-10 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
31-05-11 Attitude Indication on the PFD
31-05-12 Heading Indication on the PFD

MI-31-06 Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)


31-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND
31-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
31-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND
31-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND
31-06-05 Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND
31-06-06 Navigation Station Information on the ND
31-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND

MI-31-07 Indications on the System Display (SD)


31-07-01 Indications on the System Display pages
31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, GLOAD - ALT SEL, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, GLOAD, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, ISA, GLOAD - ALT SEL, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD

MI-31-08 Indications on the Engine Warning Display (EWD)


31-08-01 Engine Parameter Indications on the EWD
31-08-02 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the EWD
31-08-03 MEMO Messages on the EWD
31-08-04 Slats/Flaps Position Indications on the EWD

MI-31-20 Independent Instruments


31-20-01 Electrical Clock Indicator

MI-31-30 Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) and Data Recording System
31-30-01 Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
31-30-02 Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) *
31-30-03 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)
31-30-04 Data Management Unit (DMU)
31-30-04 Data Management Unit (DMU) part of Flight Data Interface and Management Unit(FDIMU)
31-30-05 Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM
31-30-06 Quick Access Recorder (QAR) *
31-30-07 Printer *

MI-31-38 Up and Down Data Loading System Acquisition/Interface and Equipment


31-38-01 DATA LOADING selector
31-38-02 Data Loading Routing Box (DLRB)
31-38-03 Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)

MI-31-53 Flight Warning Computer (FWC)


31-53-01 Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
31-53-02 MASTER CAUT Cancel Function
31-53-03 MASTER WARN Cancel Function
31-53-04 MASTER CAUT light
31-53-05 MASTER WARN light
31-53-06 Altitude Alert

MI-31-55 System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)


31-55-01 System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)

MI-31-56 ECAM Control Panel (ECP)


31-56-01 System Page Manual Call pb on the ECP
31-56-02 ALL pb on the ECP
31-56-03 CLR pb on the ECP
31-56-04 EMER CANC pb on the ECP
31-56-05 RCL pb on the ECP
31-56-06 STS pb on the ECP
31-56-07 T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP

MI-31-62 Display Management Computer (DMC)


31-62-01 DMC 1
31-62-02 DMC 2
31-62-03 DMC 3

MI-31-63 Display Unit (DU)


31-63-01 PFDU 1
31-63-02 PFDU 2
31-63-03 NDU 1
31-63-04 NDU 2
31-63-05 SDU
31-63-06 EWDU

MI-31-68 Switching Panel


31-68-01 AIR DATA SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal
31-68-02 ATT HDG SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal
31-68-03 ECAM/ND XFR SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal
31-68-04 EIS DMC SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal
31-68-05 PFD/ND XFR pb on the Lateral Instrument Panel

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

31-00-01 QAR MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

31-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – – No
Q
QAR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page .

31-00-02 ACMS MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

31-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – – No
A
ACMS MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

31-00-03 DAR MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

31-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – – No
DAR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

31-00-04 CFDIU MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

31-00-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
CFDIU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

31-00-05 DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

31-00-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that the DMC 2/3
MAINTENANCE message is not displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-00-06 DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

31-00-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)

31-05-01 AP Related Indications on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-01 AP Related Indications on the FMA

31-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA

31-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA

31-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA

31-05-05 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
Applicable to: ALL

31-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-05-06 Mach Number Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD

31-05-07 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-03 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD

31-05-08 Altitude Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-04 Altitude Indication on the PFD

31-05-09 Vertical Speed Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-06 Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD

31-05-10 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-07 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-05-11 Attitude Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-08 Attitude Indication on the PFD

31-05-12 Heading Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

31-05-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-09 Heading Indication on the PFD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)

31-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND

31-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND

31-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND

31-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND

31-06-05 Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-05 Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-06-06 Navigation Station Information on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND

31-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

31-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-07 - Indications on the System Display (SD)

31-07-01 Indications on the System Display pages


Applicable to: ALL

31-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
Refer to corresponding item in the associated ATA chapter.

31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, GLOAD -


ALT SEL, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8992, RP-C8897 and RP-C8988

31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that the TAT value is operative on the SD permanent data.
If the TAT value is not operative:
Check that the TAT value is available through the ADR 3.
Note: Use the AIR DATA SWITCHING selector to display temporarily the TAT value on the
SD.
IN FLIGHT
If needed:
The TAT value may be displayed through the same action on the AIR DATA SWITCHING
selector.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, GLOAD, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
Applicable to: RP-C8995, RP-C8990 and RP-C8996

31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that the TAT value is operative on the SD permanent data.
If the TAT value is not operative:
Check that the TAT value is available through the ADR 3.
Note: Use the AIR DATA SWITCHING selector to display temporarily the TAT value on the
SD.
IN FLIGHT
If needed:
The TAT value may be displayed through the same action on the AIR DATA SWITCHING
selector.

31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, ISA, GLOAD -


ALT SEL, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
Applicable to: RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 1 No

(o) TAT indication must be available.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that the TAT value is operative on the SD permanent data.
If the TAT value is not operative:
Check that the TAT value is available through the ADR 3.
Note: Use the AIR DATA SWITCHING selector to display temporarily the TAT value on the
SD.
IN FLIGHT
If needed:
The TAT value may be displayed through the same action on the AIR DATA SWITCHING
selector.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-08 - Indications on the Engine Warning Display (EWD)

31-08-01 Engine Parameter Indications on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

31-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
Refer to Item 77-08

31-08-02 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

31-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 28-07-01-01 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page

31-08-03 MEMO Messages on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

31-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.

31-08-04 Slats/Flaps Position Indications on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

31-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 27-08-01 Flap Position Indication on the EWD
Refer to Item 27-08-02 Slat Position Indication on the EWD
Note: Apply both MEL Items

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-20 - Independent Instruments.

31-20-01 Electrical Clock Indicator


Applicable to: ALL

31-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The UTC indication from the CFDIU is operative on the permanent data of the SD, and
2) A chrono indication is operative on at least one ND.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-20-01A Electrical Clock Indicator

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
After any electrical power interruption resulting in the loss of the UTC on the SD:
Initialize the UTC and the date using the MCDU: Refer to FCOM/DSC-45-20 GMT/Date
Initialization.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-30 - Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) and Data Recording System

31-30-01 Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)


Applicable to: ALL

31-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

31-30-02 Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR)


Applicable to: ALL

31-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 31-00-03 DAR MAINTENANCE Message *
Note: Failure of DAR is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the STATUS SD
page.

31-30-03 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)


Applicable to: ALL

31-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) Cockpit Voice Recorder operates normally, and
2) Repairs are made within three flight days.

31-30-04 Data Management Unit (DMU)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

31-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-30-04 Data Management Unit (DMU) part of Flight


Data Interface and Management Unit(FDIMU)
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

31-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
May be inoperative.

31-30-05 Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)


Applicable to: ALL

31-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) Cockpit Voice Recorder operates normally, and
2) Repairs are made within three flight days.

Note: If FDIU is inoperative the DFDR and the QAR* are inoperative.
Refer to Item 31-30-03 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR), and
Refer to Item 31-30-06 Quick Access Recorder (QAR) *

31-30-06 Quick Access Recorder (QAR) *


Applicable to: ALL

31-30-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 31-00-01 QAR MAINTENANCE Message *
Note: Failure of QAR is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the STATUS SD page.

31-30-07 Printer *
Applicable to: ALL

31-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-38 - Up and Down Data Loading System Acquisition/Interface and Equipment

31-38-01 DATA LOADING selector


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

31-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

31-38-02 Data Loading Routing Box (DLRB)


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

31-38-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

31-38-03 Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

31-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-53 - Flight Warning Computer (FWC)

31-53-01 Flight Warning Computer (FWC)


Applicable to: ALL

31-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) FWC 2 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-53-01A Flight Warning Computer (FWC)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

31-53-02 MASTER CAUT Cancel Function


Applicable to: ALL

31-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.

31-53-03 MASTER WARN Cancel Function


Applicable to: ALL

31-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.

31-53-04 MASTER CAUT light


Applicable to: ALL

31-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-53-05 MASTER WARN light


Applicable to: ALL

31-53-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.

31-53-06 Altitude Alert


Applicable to: ALL

31-53-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) Remarks:
Except for RVSM operations require its use, may be inoperative provided:
1) Autopilot altitude hold operates normally, and
2) Repairs are made within three flight days.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-53-06A Altitude Alert

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both altitude alert functions are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-55 - System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)

31-55-01 System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)


Applicable to: ALL

31-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
SDAC 2 may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-56 - ECAM Control Panel (ECP)

31-56-01 System Page Manual Call pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.

31-56-02 ALL pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

31-56-03 CLR pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.

31-56-04 EMER CANC pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

31-56-05 RCL pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-56-06 STS pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.

31-56-07 T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP


Applicable to: ALL

31-56-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-56-07A T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP

BEFORE TAKEOFF

Check that the aircraft is in the correct takeoff configuration:


‐ FLAPS/SLATS....................................................................................................................... CHECK
‐ On EWD, check that the FLAPS position corresponds to the position inserted in the MCDU PERF
TAKE OFF Page.
‐ PITCH TRIM.......................................................................................................................... CHECK
‐ Check that the selected pitch trim is in the green band of the pitch trim wheel and corresponds to
the value inserted in the MCDU PERF TAKE OFF Page.
‐ RUDDER TRIM.......................................................................................................... CHECK ZERO
‐ SPEED BRAKE lever....................................................................................................CHECK RET
‐ SIDESTICK PRIORITY light...................................................................................CHECK NO RED
‐ On the WHEEL SD page, check that the brakes temperature is below 300 °C.
‐ DOORS................................................................................................................................. CHECK
‐ On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check that all doors are indicated closed.
‐ Deselect the DOOR/OXY SD page after the check.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-62 - Display Management Computer (DMC)

31-62-01 DMC 1
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991
31-62-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude function is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-62-01B DMC 1

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT

In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF)
OVER LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector.......................................................................................
NORM

Note: CAPT PFD and ND ae lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.

If the undue ECAM alerts stop:


‐ Pull EIS/DMC3/SPLY (121 VU Q09) C/B and EIS/DMC3/STBY/SPLY (49 VU E10) C/B for
more than 5 s and push them back.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector ..............................................................................CAPT 3

If the undue ECAM alerts continue:


‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector...............................................................................CAPT 3
‐ Wait for CAPT PFD and ND recovery.
‐ Pull EIS/DMC2/SPLY (121 VU Q08) C/B for more than 5 s and push it back.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-62-01 DMC 1
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

31-62-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.

31-62-01 DMC 1
Applicable to: RP-C8897 AND RP-C8988

31-62-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.

31-62-02 DMC 2
Applicable to: RP-C8992

31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

(o) OpsProc 31-62-02A DMC 2


Applicable to: RP-C8992

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
All the Display Units are lost.
Apply the ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT alert procedure:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-24-ELECTRICAL-ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT.

Note: The AC ESS BUS and the DMC 1 are recovered when the AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set
to ALTN.

(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-005


31-62-02 DMC 2
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-005
31-62-02 DMC 2
Applicable to: RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-62-02A DMC 2
Applicable to: RP-C8988

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
All the Display Units are lost.
Apply the ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT alert procedure:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-24-ELECTRICAL-ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT..

Note:The AC ESS BUS and the DMC 1 are recovered when the AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to
ALTN.
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-005

(o) OpsProc 31-62-02A DMC 2


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector................................................................................... NORM

Note: F/O PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.

If the undue ECAM alerts stop:


‐ Pull EIS/DMC3/SPLY (121 VU Q09) C/B and EIS/DMC3/STBY/SPLY (49 VU E10) C/B
for more than 5 s and push them back.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector ............................................................................. F/O 3

If the undue ECAM alerts continue:


‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector...............................................................................F/O 3
‐ Wait for F/O PFD and ND recovery.
‐ Pull EIS/DMC1/SPLY (49 VU E11) C/B for more than 5 s and push it back.

(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-005

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-62-02 DMC 2
Applicable to: RP-C8897

31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-005

31-62-03 DMC 3
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

31-62-03B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-62-03B DMC 3

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF)
OVER LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags,
apply the below procedure:
‐ Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................. CAPT 3

Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.

If the undue ECAM alerts stop:


‐ Pull EIS/DMC1/SPLY (49 VU E11) C/B a for more than 5 s and push it back.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector ..............................................................................NORM

If the undue ECAM alerts continue:


‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector...............................................................................NORM
‐ Wait for CAPT PFD and ND recovery.
‐ Pull EIS/DMC2/SPLY (121 VU Q08) C/B for more than 5 s and push it back.

31-62-03 DMC 3
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

31-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.

31-62-03 DMC 3
Applicable to: RP-C8897 AND RP-C8988

31-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-63 - Display Unit (DU)

31-63-01 PFDU 1
Applicable to: ALL

31-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.

31-63-02 PFDU 2
Applicable to: ALL

31-63-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, NDU 1, NDU 2, EWDU and SDU are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-63-02A PFDU 2

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
PFDU 2 knob..................................................................................................................................OFF

31-63-03 NDU 1
Applicable to: ALL

31-63-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 2, EWDU and SDU are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-63-03A NDU 1

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
NDU 1 knob....................................................................................................................................OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-63-04 NDU 2
Applicable to: ALL

31-63-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, EWDU and SDU are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-63-04A NDU 2

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
NDU 2 knob....................................................................................................................................OFF

31-63-05 SDU
Applicable to: ALL

31-63-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, NDU 2 and EWDU are operative, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-63-05A SDU

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
SDU knob............................................................................................................................ OFF

In the case of alerts being displayed on the EWD:


Use the ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector to display the system page on the selected
NDU.

In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:


If all the Display Units are lost:
Apply the ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT alert procedure:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-24-ELECTRICAL-ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT.

Note: The AC ESS BUS is recovered when the AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to
ALTN.

(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-006

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-63-06 EWDU
Applicable to: ALL

31-63-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No
Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-68 - Switching Panel

31-68-01 AIR DATA SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal


Applicable to: ALL

31-68-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the AIR DATA SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.

31-68-02 ATT HDG SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal


Applicable to: ALL

31-68-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the ATT HDG SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.

31-68-03 ECAM/ND XFR SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal


Applicable to: ALL

31-68-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) Both ECAM DU are operative, and
2) The ECAM/ND XFR SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.

31-68-04 EIS DMC SWITCHING selector on the Center Pedestal


Applicable to: ALL

31-68-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 31 – INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM

31-68-05 PFD/ND XFR pb on the Lateral Instrument Panel


Applicable to: ALL

31-68-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFD and ND units are operative, and
2) The PFD to ND automatic switching is checked operative on the PF side before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-68-05A PFD/ND XFR pb on the Lateral Instrument Panel

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

On the side where the PFD/ND XFR pb is inoperative:


‐ PFD brightness control knob................................................................................................OFF
‐ Check that the PFD image is automatically displayed on the NDU.
‐ PFD brightness control knob.................................................................................................. On
If the PFD image is not automatically displayed on the NDU:
The affected side cannot be used by the Pilot Flying.

On the side where the PFD to ND automatic switching is inoperative:


‐ PFD brightness control knob................................................................................................OFF
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector (Affected side).................................................CAPT 3 (F/O 3)
‐ Check that the PFD image is displayed on the associated NDU.
‐ PFD brightness control knob.................................................................................................. On
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING knob (Affected side)....................................................................NORM

IN FLIGHT
If a PFDU fails with no automatic transfer to the associated NDU:
‐ PFD brightness control knob................................................................................................OFF
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector (Affected side).................................................CAPT 3 (F/O 3)
‐ Check that the PFD image is displayed on the associated NDU.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI31 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
MI-32 Landing Gear

MI-32-07 Indications on the WHEEL SD page


32-07-01 Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-02 L/G Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-03 L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-04 L/G CTL Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-05 UP LOCK Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-06 [Y] N/W STEERING Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-07 Tire Pressure Indication * on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-08 ANTI SKID Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-08 ANTI SKID, [1], [2] Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-09 AUTO BRK Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-10 [G] NORM BRK Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-11 Release Brake Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-12 ACCU PRESS/ACCU ONLY Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-13 [Y] ALTN BRK Indication on the WHEEL SD page

MI-32-09 ECAM Alerts


32-09-01 BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT Alert
32-09-02 WHEEL TYRE LO PR Alert *

MI-32-11 Main Gear


32-11-01 Main Gear Torque Link Damper

MI-32-12 Main Gear Doors


32-12-01 Ground Opening Cable

MI-32-31 Normal Extension and Retraction


32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-31-02 Landing Gear Retracting System

MI-32-32 Proximity Detector System


32-32-01 LGCIU 1 Proximity Detector
32-32-02 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
32-32-03 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
32-32-04 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
32-32-05 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
32-32-06 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
32-32-07 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
32-32-08 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
32-32-09 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
32-32-10 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
32-32-11 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
32-32-12 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
32-32-13 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
32-32-14 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
32-32-15 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
32-32-16 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector

MI-32-33 Free Fall Extension


32-33-01 Landing Gear Gravity Extension System

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

MI-32-41 Wheels
32-41-01 Nose Wheel Tie Bolt
32-41-02 Main Wheel Tie Bolt

MI-32-42 Normal Braking


32-42-01 Main Wheel Brake
32-42-02 Green System Brake
32-42-03 Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU) System 1
32-42-04 Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU) System 2
32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function
32-42-06 Tachometer
32-42-07 Nose Wheel Brake Pad
32-42-08 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw DECEL light
32-42-09 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw ON light

MI-32-44 Alternate Braking


32-44-01 Yellow System Brake
32-44-02 ACCU PRESS Indicator
32-44-03 BRAKES Pressure Indicator
32-44-04 Alternate Braking Control Unit (ABCU)

MI-32-45 Parking/Ultimate Emergency Braking


32-45-01 Parking Brake Control Valve Electrical Motor

MI-32-47 Brake Temperature System


32-47-01 Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit (BTMU)

MI-32-48 Brake Cooling


32-48-01 Brake Fan System *
32-48-02 BRK FAN pb-sw HOT * light
32-48-03 BRK FAN pb-sw ON * light

MI-32-51 Steering
32-51-01 Nose Wheel Steering Control System
32-51-02 Rudder PEDALS DISC pb
32-51-03 NWS Electrical Deactivation Box
32-51-04 PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS Electrical Deactivation Box

MI-32-61 Landing Gear Panel on the Center Instrument Panel


32-61-01 LDG GEAR Indicator Panel
32-61-02 DOWN Red Arrow light on the Landing Gear lever

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page

32-07-01 Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-01A BRAKES HOT alert not displayed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the ground brake cooling time is applied.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-07-01A Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8996, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988,


RP- C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.

BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH

If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.

If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO) :

‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW) and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS).
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING :

‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and


- Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the
manual braking speed in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
‐ Correct for brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting (LO, MED) or with MAX PEDAL
braking in the other cases.

Note: In the case of a dispatch with one brake inoperative (Refer to Item 32-42-01 Main Wheel
Brake or Refer to Item 32-42-02 Green System Brake), the brake energy accumulated is
increased by 34 %.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy with Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy without Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

BRAKE COOLING TIME TABLE

Determination of the brake cooling time:

EXAMPLE:

55 152 153 154 155 155 ====> TIME (min) WITHOUT BRAKE COOLING FAN
46 46 46 46 47 ====> TIME (min) WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN

If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent column/row.
For Example, with Energy = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy = 80 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:

‐ Without brake cooling fan: 189 min


‐ With brake cooling fan: 57 min

Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

AFTER ENGINE START

In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert displayed on the EWD:


EMER CANC pb..................................................................................................................... Press

Note: In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert due to a faulty BTMU or a faulty BSCU, the
"T.O CONFIG NORMAL” line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O
MEMO. Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed
during the T.O CONFIG TEST.

CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.

(o) OpsProc 32-07-01A Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.

BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH

If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.

If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO) :

‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW) and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS)
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING :

‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and


- Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the manual braking speed
in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
‐ Correct for brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting (LO, MED) or with MAX PEDAL
braking in the other cases.

Note: In the case of a dispatch with one brake inoperative (Refer to Item 32-42-01 Main Wheel Brake or Refer to Item
32-42-02 Green System Brake), the brake energy accumulated is increased by 34 %.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy with Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy without Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

BRAKE COOLING TIME TABLE

EXAMPLE:
55 152 153 154 155 155 ====> TIME (min) WITHOUT BRAKE COOLING FAN
46 46 46 46 47 ====> TIME (min) WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN

If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.

For Example, with Energy = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy= 80 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:

‐ Without brake cooling fan: 189 min


‐ With brake cooling fan: 57 min

Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
AFTER ENGINE START
In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert displayed on the EWD:
EMER CANC pb..................................................................................................................... Press
Note: In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert due to a faulty BTMU or a faulty BSCU, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL”
line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O MEMO. Consider normal configuration for
takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O CONFIG TEST.

CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.

32-07-01B BRAKES HOT alert displayed


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated sensor is deactivated if the BRAKES HOT alert is displayed on the EWD,
and
2) The ground brake cooling time is applied.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-07-01B Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8996, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988,


RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.

BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH


If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.

If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO) :

‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW) and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS).
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING :

‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and


- Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the
manual braking speed in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
‐ Correct for brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting (LO, MED) or with MAX PEDAL
braking in the other cases.

Note: In the case of a dispatch with one brake inoperative (Refer to Item 32-42-01 Main Wheel
Brake or Refer to Item 32-42-02 Green System Brake), the brake energy accumulated is
increased by 34 %.
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy with Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy without Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

BRAKE COOLING TIME TABLE

Determination of the brake cooling time:

EXAMPLE:

55 152 153 154 155 155 ====> TIME (min) WITHOUT BRAKE COOLING FAN
46 46 46 46 47 ====> TIME (min) WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN

If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent column/row.
For Example, with Energy = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy = 80 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:

‐ Without brake cooling fan: 189 min


‐ With brake cooling fan: 57 min

Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

AFTER ENGINE START

In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert displayed on the EWD:


EMER CANC pb..................................................................................................................... Press

Note: In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert due to a faulty BTMU or a faulty BSCU, the
"T.O CONFIG NORMAL” line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O
MEMO. Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed
during the T.O CONFIG TEST.

CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-47-00-040-001

(o) OpsProc 32-07-01B Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.

BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH

If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.

If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO) :

‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW) and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS)
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.

Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING :

‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and


- Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the manual braking speed
in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
‐ Correct for brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting (LO, MED) or with MAX PEDAL
braking in the other cases.

Note: In the case of a dispatch with one brake inoperative (Refer to Item 32-42-01 Main Wheel Brake or Refer to Item
32-42-02 Green System Brake), the brake energy accumulated is increased by 34 %.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy with Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
Brake Energy without Thrust Reverser Use

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

BRAKE COOLING TIME TABLE

EXAMPLE:
55 152 153 154 155 155 ====> TIME (min) WITHOUT BRAKE COOLING FAN
46 46 46 46 47 ====> TIME (min) WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN

If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.

For Example, with Energy = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy= 80 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:

‐ Without brake cooling fan: 189 min


‐ With brake cooling fan: 57 min

Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

AFTER ENGINE START

In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert displayed on the EWD:


EMER CANC pb..................................................................................................................... Press

Note: In the case of a false BRAKES HOT alert due to a faulty BTMU or a faulty BSCU, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL”
line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O MEMO. Consider normal configuration for
takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O CONFIG TEST.

CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-47-00-040-001

32-07-02 L/G Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the L/G gear position indications are
operative on the LDG GEAR indicator panel.

32-07-03 L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-07-03A L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page

IN FLIGHT
MAX SPEED....................................................................................................................250 kt or M 0.60

32-07-04 L/G CTL Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-07-05 UP LOCK Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

32-07-06 [Y] N/W STEERING Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

32-07-07 Tire Pressure Indication * on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

32-07-08 ANTI SKID Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

32-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

32-07-08 ANTI SKID, [1], [2] Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-07-09 AUTO BRK Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

32-07-10 [G] NORM BRK Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

32-07-11 Release Brake Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: ALL

32-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

32-07-12 ACCU PRESS/ACCU ONLY Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-07-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

32-07-13 [Y] ALTN BRK Indication on the WHEEL SD page


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-07-13A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-09 - ECAM Alerts

32-09-01 BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT Alert


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-09-01A Fault on an alternate braking system pressure transducer


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

May be displayed provided that:

1) The alert is confirmed to be caused by a fault on an alternate braking system pressure


transducer by troubleshooting, and

2) The associated BRAKES pressure indicator is considered inoperative.


Refer to Item 32-44-03 BRAKES Pressure Indicator

32-09-01C Both BRAKES pressure indicators operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
(o) (m) May be displayed provided that:

1) Both BRAKES pressure indicators are operative, and

2) The alternate braking system is checked operative before the first flight of each day, and

3) It is checked before each flight that the CFDS failure message related to the
BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT alert do not report a fault on an alternate pressure
transducer.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-09-01C BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT Alert (Alternate braking checked operative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


The ACCU PRESS indication must be in the green band.
If ACCU PRESS indication not in the green band:
Y ELEC PUMP pb-sw.............................................................................................ON then OFF
‐ CHOCKS......................................................................................................CHECK IN PLACE
‐ PARKING BRAKE handle...................................................................................................OFF
‐ PARKING PEDALS........................................................................................................PRESS
Apply maximum pressure on both pedals.
‐ BRAKE PRESSURE (on BRAKES pressure indicators)...............................................CHECK
Pressure must increase without delay symmetrically on left and right sides for the same
application simultaneously applied on left and right pedals. With full pedal deflection, the
pressure must be between 900 and 1100 psi.
‐ BRAKES PEDALS.................................................................................................... RELEASE
Check that no residual pressure in the brakes remains.
‐ PARKING BRAKE handle.....................................................................................................ON

(m) Refer to AMM 32-46-00-040-001


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-09-02 WHEEL TYRE LO PR Alert *


Applicable to: ALL

32-09-02A Associated monitoring channel deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

(m) May be displayed on one or more wheels provided that:

1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and


2) The associated pressure monitoring channel is deactivated, and
3) The tire pressure on the affected wheel is checked to be within the limits before the first
MEL dispatch and then every three days.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-49-00-040-001

32-09-02B TPIC deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(m) May be displayed on all wheels provided that:

1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and


2) The Tire Pressure Indicating Computer (TPIC) is deactivated, and
3) The tire pressure on each wheel is checked to be within the limits before the first MEL
dispatch and then every three days.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-49-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-11 - Main Gear

32-11-01 Main Gear Torque Link Damper


Applicable to: ALL

32-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative for 7 flights.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-12 - Main Gear Doors

32-12-01 Main Gear Door Ground Opening Cable


Applicable to: ALL

32-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be broken or missing.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-006

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-31 - Normal Extension and Retraction

32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)


Applicable to: ALL
32-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) The LGCIU 2 may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:

1) All ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, RAs, FACs, and ADIRSs are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The FLEX Takeoff Mode is not used, and
4) The operation of avionics equipment is time limited on ground.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-31-01A Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 (121VU Q35) C/B...............................................................................PULL

The following table gives the consequences on the systems affected when the LGCIU 2 is
inoperative and above mentioned C/B is pulled.

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURE


AVNCS VENT • The system remains in closed circuit • Time limitations on ground for
(on ground) configuration. ELEC PWR supply:
• The ground cooling system * is
inoperative. ‐ OAT ≤ 43 °C: No Limitation
‐ 44 °C ≤ OAT ≤ 52 °C: 3 h
‐ OAT ≥ 53 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning
system is operative.
HYD The PTU runs after the first engine start until the second
(on ground) engine is started.

The BLUE ELEC PUMP FAULT light and the YELLOW ENG
2 PUMP FAULT light come on when engines are off.

TPIS * The WHEEL TYRE LO PR alert threshold is set to flight level.

ATC 2 The ATC 2 is not inhibited. On ground, set the ATC selector to
(on ground) SYS 1.
LIGHTS The strobe lights * are not inhibited on ground when set to On ground, set the STROBE sw to
AUTO. OFF.

On ground, with flaps retracted, logo lights do not come on.

The taxi light, the runway turn-off light, and the takeoff light
are inoperative on ground and in flight.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURE


ELEC When only the APU generator or the GPU
(on ground) supplies the aircraft, the main galleys are not
supplied.
ENG 2 The FADEC supply is continuously on.
(on ground)
The automatic start abort is inoperative. Use the MAN START procedure.

The minimum idle is inoperative when Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A


slats/flaps are extended. Minimum Idle on Ground

When FLX TO is selected, MCT thrust is set. Use the TOGA for takeoff.

The thrust reverser is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust


Reverser
The BUMP function * is inoperative. Do not use the BUMP function.

SLATS The slats are slow from 1 to 0.


(on ground)
AIR COND Both air conditioning packs ram air inlet do not close.
(on ground)
WING A ICE On ground, when set to ON, the WING A
(on ground) ICE valve do not close at the end of the test sequence (30 s).
The WING A.ICE OPEN ON GND alert will be displayed on
the EWD.

ADIRU and The horn and the light are inoperative.


AVNCS VENT alert
WATER The preselect water servicing is inoperative.
SERVICING
(on ground)
CARGO DOOR Only the manual control is operative.
(FWD and AFT)
RECORDERS The CVR test and the CVR erase functions are inoperative.
(on ground) The CVR and the DFDR do not stop after
engine shutdown.

BRAKES The brakes cooling * is inoperative.


(on ground)
AIRSTAIRS * The airstairs * cannot be extended.

WEIGHT AND The WBS * is inoperative.


BALANCE SYSTEM *
ECAM • On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position
(in flight and on indications associated with the LGCIU 2 are displayed XX.
ground) • The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of loss of the LGCIU 1:
AP and FD are lost.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-31-02 Landing Gear Retracting System


Applicable to: ALL

32-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-31-02A Landing Gear Retracting System
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25-FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32 - Proximity Detector System

32-32-01 LGCIU 1 Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 16 16 No

All must be operative.

32-32-02 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) Both radio altimeters are operative, and
2) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
3) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-02A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


PITOTS The F/O pitot is set to high heating level when the EXT PWR Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON
(on ground) pb-sw is set to OFF. until the engine start.

AVNCS VENT • The system remains in the closed circuit • Time limitations on ground for
(on ground) configuration. ELEC PWR
• The ground cooling system * is supply:
inoperative. ‐ OAT ≤ 43 °C: No limitation
‐ OAT = 52 °C: 3 h
‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning
system is operative.

ADIRU and The horn and the light are inoperative.


AVNCS VENT alert
(on ground)

HYD alerts The BLUE ELEC PUMP FAULT light and the YELLOW ENG 2
(on ground) PUMP FAULT light come on when engines are off.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


WING A/ICE The wing anti-ice is not inhibited. On ground, do not set the WING
(on ground) ANTI ICE pb-sw to ON for more that
30 s. If required, set it to ON just
before takeoff.

TPIS * The WHEEL TYRE LO PR alert threshold is set to flight level.


(on ground)

ATC 2 The ATC 2 is not inhibited. On ground, set the ATC selector to
(on ground) SYS 1.

LIGHTS The strobe lights * are not inhibited. On ground, set the STROBE sw to
(on ground) OFF.
On ground, with flaps retracted, the logo lights do not come
on.

ELEC When only the APU generator or GPU supplies the aircraft, the
(on ground) main galleys are not supplied.

ENG 2 The FADEC supply is continuously on.


(on ground)
The automatic start abort is inoperative. Use the MAN START procedure.

The minimum idle is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A


Minimum Idle on Ground

When FLX TO is selected, MCT thrust is set. Use the TOGA for takeoff.

The thrust Reverser is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust


Reverser

The BUMP function * is inoperative. Do not use the BUMP function.

SLATS The slats are slow from 1 to 0.


(on ground)
CARGO DOOR Only the manual control is operative.
(on ground)
AIR COND The air conditioning pack 2 ram air inlet does not close.
(on ground)
WATER The preselect water servicing is inoperative.
SERVICING
(on ground)
AIRSTAIRS * The airstairs cannot be extended.
(on ground)
RECORDERS The CVR test and the CVR erase functions are inoperative.
(on ground) The CVR and the DFDR do not stop after engine shutdown.

ECAM • On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position


(in flight and indications associated with the LGCIU 2 are displayed XX.
on ground) • The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-02B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-03 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) Both radio altimeters are operative, and
2) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
3) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8996, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897


AND RP-C8988

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


PITOTS The CAPT pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to
(on ground) when the EXT PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. ON until
engine start.

AVNCS VENT • The system remains in the closed circuit configuration • Time limitations on ground for
(on ground) • The ground cooling system * is inoperative. ELEC PWR supply:
‐ OAT ≤ 42 °C: No limitation
‐ OAT = 53 °C: 3 h
‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning
system is operative.
ADIRU and The horn and the light are inoperative.
AVNCS VENT alert
(on ground)
HYD alerts The BLUE ELEC PUMP FAULT light and the YELLOW ENG 2
(on ground) PUMP FAULT light come on when engines are off.
TPIS * The WHEEL TYRE LO PR alert threshold is set
(on ground) to flight level.
LIGHTS The strobe lights * are not inhibited. On ground, set the STROBE sw
(on ground) to OFF.
On ground, with flaps retracted, the logo lights do not come on.
ELEC When only the APU generator or GPU supplies the aircraft, the
(on ground) main galleys are not supplied.
Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


ENG 2 The FADEC supply is continuously on.
(on ground)
The automatic start abort is inoperative. Use the MAN START procedure.

The minimum idle is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A


Minimum Idle on Ground
When FLX TO selected, MCT thrust is set. Use the TOGA for takeoff.

The thrust Reverser is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A


Thrust Reverser

The BUMP function * is inoperative. Do not use the BUMP function.

SLATS The slats are slow from 1 to 0.


(on ground)
AIR COND The air conditioning pack 1 ram air inlet does not close
(on ground)
CARGO DOOR Only the manual control is operative.

WATER The preselect water servicing is inoperative.


SERVICING
(on ground)
RECORDERS The CVR test and the CVR erase functions are
(on ground) inoperative.
The CVR and the DFDR do not stop after engine
shutdown.

ECAM • On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear


(in flight and position indications associated with the
on ground) LGCIU 2 are displayed XX.
• The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on
the EWD.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

(o) OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


PITOTS The CAPT pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to
(on ground) when the EXT PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. ON until engine start.

AVNCS VENT • The system remains in the closed circuit configuration • Time limitations on ground for
(on ground) • The ground cooling system * is inoperative. ELEC PWR supply:
‐ OAT ≤ 42 °C: No limitation
‐ OAT = 53 °C: 3 h
‐ OAT = 61 °C: 30 min
• Check that the air conditioning
system is operative.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 36
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


ADIRU and The horn and the light are inoperative.
AVNCS VENT alert
(on ground)

HYD alerts The BLUE ELEC PUMP FAULT light and the YELLOW ENG 2
(on ground) PUMP FAULT light come on when engines are off.

TPIS * The WHEEL TYRE LO PR alert threshold is set to flight level.


(on ground)

LIGHTS The strobe lights * are not inhibited. On ground, set the STROBE sw
(on ground) to OFF.

On ground, with flaps retracted, the logo lights do not come on.

ELEC When only the APU generator or GPU supplies the aircraft, the
(on ground) main galleys are not supplied.

ENG 2 The FADEC supply is continuously on.


(on ground)
The automatic start abort is inoperative. Use the MAN START procedure.

The minimum idle is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A


Minimum Idle on Ground

When FLX TO selected, MCT thrust is set. Use the TOGA for takeoff.

The thrust reverser is inoperative. Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A


Thrust Reverser

The BUMP function * is inoperative. Do not use the BUMP function.

SLATS The slats are slow from 1 to 0.


(on ground)
AIR COND The air conditioning pack 1 ram air inlet does not close.
(on ground)
CARGO DOOR Only the manual control is operative.

WATER The preselect water servicing is inoperative.


SERVICING
(on ground)
RECORDERS The CVR test and the CVR erase functions are inoperative.
(on ground) The CVR and the DFDR do not stop after engine shutdown.

ECAM • On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications


(in flight and associated with the LGCIU 2 are displayed XX.
on ground) • The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 37
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
32-32-03B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-04 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-04A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-04A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


PITOTS The STBY pitot is set to the high heating level when the EXT Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to
(on ground) PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. If displayed, disregard the ANTI ICE ON until the engine start.
CAPT(F/O) PITOT alert on the EWD when EXT PWR pb-sw is
set to OFF.
HYD The PTU runs after the first engine start until the second engine
(on ground) is started.
ENG 2 The minimum idle is inoperative when slats/flaps are extended.
(on ground)
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock
(in flight and on Absorber Proximity Detector "ECAM" line.
ground)

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-04B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 38
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-05 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-05A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-05A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


ENG 2 REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The REVERSER 2 is still
(on ground) column on the STATUS SD page. operative.

The minimum idle is inoperative when slats/flaps are


extended.

ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock
(in flight and on ground) Absorber Proximity Detector "ECAM" line.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-05B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 39
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-06 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-06A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:

1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and


2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-06A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


BRAKES The brakes cooling * is inoperative.

ENG 2 REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The REVERSER 2 is still


(on ground) column on the STATUS SD page. operative.

The minimum idle is inoperative when


slats/flaps are extended.

ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock
(in flight and Absorber Proximity Detector "ECAM" line.
on ground)

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-06B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 40
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-07 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-07A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:

1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and


2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-07A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES
WBS * (in flight and on ground) The WBS * is inoperative.

LIGHTS (in flight and on ground) The Taxi light and the takeoff light are inoperative.

ECAM (in flight and on ground) For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing
Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-07B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 41
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-08 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-08A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:

1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and


2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-08A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


ENG 2 REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS column The thrust Reverser 2 is still
(on ground) on the STATUS SD page. operative.

The minimum idle on ground is inoperative when


slats/flaps are extended.

ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and on ground) Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-08B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 42
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-09 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-09A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.

Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-09A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES

ENG 2 REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS column The thrust Reverser 2 is still
(on ground) on the STATUS SD page. operative.

The minimum idle on ground is inoperative when


slats/flaps are extended.

ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item


(in flight and on ground) 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit
(LGCIU) "ECAM" line.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-09B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 43
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-10 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-10A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:

1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and


2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-10A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector

GENERAL INFORMATION

SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES


ENG 2 REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still
(on ground) column on the STATUS SD page. operative.

The minimum idle on ground is inoperative


when slats/flaps are extended.

ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and on ground) Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-10B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-11 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-11A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-32-11A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
Refer to OpsProc 32-32-08A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 44
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-11B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-12 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-12A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:

1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and


2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-32-12A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
Refer to OpsProc 32-32-09A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-12B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-13 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-13A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-13A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
Refer to OpsProc 32-32-10A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector

(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 45
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
32-32-13B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-14 LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-14A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-32-14A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
Refer to OpsProc 32-32-08A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-14B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

32-32-15 LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-15A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-32-15A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
Refer to OpsProc 32-32-09A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-15B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 46
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-32-16 LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector


Applicable to: ALL

32-32-16A Other proximity detectors operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:


1) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
2) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-32-16A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
Refer to OpsProc 32-32-10A LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003

32-32-16B LGCIU 2 considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No

May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 47
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-33 - Free Fall Extension

32-33-01 Landing Gear Gravity Extension System


Applicable to: ALL

32-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-33-01A Landing Gear Gravity Extension System


Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25-FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 48
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-41 – Wheels

32-41-01 Nose Wheel Tie Bolt


Applicable to: ALL

32-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A – – No

(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 15 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel and the associated brake are checked for absence of damage.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-002

32-41-02 Main Wheel Tie Bolt


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

32-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A – – No

(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 15 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel and the associated brake are checked for absence of damage.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-003

32-41-02 Main Wheel Tie Bolt


Applicable to: RP-C8993

32-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A – – No

(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 5 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel and the associated brake are checked for absence of damage.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 49
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-42 - Normal Braking

32-42-01 Main Wheel Brake


Applicable to: ALL

32-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) The nose wheel steering is operative, and
2) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
3) The green and yellow systems are operative on operative brakes, and
4) The affected brake is deactivated or removed, and
5) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.


The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:

The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?

‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 50
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (see
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 25 %.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 51
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

FOR TAKEOFF

The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.


If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
In the case of engine failure at takeoff:
Retract the landing gear when positive climb.
Vibrations may occur during 1 or 2 min after the retraction of the landing gear.
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for 1 min.

FOR LANDING

The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-003

(o) OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND
RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.


The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no takeoff
and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
(V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of RTOW charts
established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW and
associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the case of
headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the actual
temperature.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 52
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.

Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.

Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 53
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (see
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 25 %.

FOR TAKEOFF
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
In the case of engine failure at takeoff:
Retract the landing gear when positive climb.
Vibrations may occur during 1 or 2 min after the retraction of the landing gear.
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for 1 min.

FOR LANDING
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-003

(o) OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake

Applicable to: RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.

Takeoff performance computation:


The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.

WARNING ‐ Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
‐ Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 54
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
How to proceed ?
‐ Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
‐ Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
‐ Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
‐ Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (see
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 55
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

Landing performance computation:


Increase the landing distances by 30 %.

FOR TAKEOFF
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.
If the above method was used for takeoff performance computation:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
In the case of engine failure at takeoff:
Retract the landing gear when positive climb.
Vibrations may occur during 1 or 2 min after the retraction of the landing gear.
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for 1 min.

FOR LANDING
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.

(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-003

32-42-02 Green System Brake


Applicable to: ALL

32-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No

(o) (m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:

1) The nose wheel steering is operative, and


2) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
3) The green hydraulic supply of affected brake is deactivated, and
4) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
5) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-42-02A Green System Brake


Refer to OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake

(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 56
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-42-03 Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU) System 1


Applicable to: ALL

32-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The BSCU system 2 is operative, and
2) The affected system is deactivated, and
3) It is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault related to the L/G SYS DISAGREE
alert before each flight, and
4) The AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw DECEL light and the AUTO/BRK (LO, MED,
MAX) pb-sw ON light are considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 32-42-08 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw DECEL light, and
Refer to Item 32-42-09 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw ON light
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-007

32-42-04 Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU) System 2


Applicable to: ALL

32-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The affected system is deactivated, and
2) It is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault related to the L/G SYS DISAGREE
alert before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-007
32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function
Applicable to: ALL

32-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
When T.O MEMO is displayed on the EWD, disregard the line:
AUTO BRK........................................................................................................................... MAX (blue)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 57
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-42-06 Tachometer
Applicable to: ALL

32-42-06B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 4 4 No

Must be operative.

32-42-07 Nose Landing Gear Wheel Brake Pad


Applicable to: RP-C8994

32-42-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that they are removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-006

32-42-08 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw DECEL light


Applicable to: ALL

32-42-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

32-42-09 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

32-42-09A AUTO/BRK mode arming displayed on the WHEEL SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that, when appropriate, the associated
AUTO/BRK mode arming is displayed on the WHEEL SD page.

32-42-09B AUTO/BRK function considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the AUTO/BRK function is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 58
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-44 - Alternate Braking

32-44-01 Yellow System Brake


Applicable to: ALL

32-44-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No

(m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:


1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The yellow hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-43-00-040-001

32-44-02 ACCU PRESS Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

32-44-02A Brakes pressure indicator operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that:


1) Both brakes pressure indicators are operative, and
2) The pressure on both brakes pressure indicators is checked with parking brake ON
before each flight.

32-44-02 ACCU PRESS Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-44-02A Brakes pressure indicator operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that:


1) Both brakes pressure indicators are operative, and
2) The pressure on both brakes pressure indicators is checked with parking brake ON
before each flight.

32-44-02B Checks on WHEEL SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The ACCU PRESS/ACCU ONLY indication is operative on the WHEEL SD page, and
2) The hydraulic pressure of the brake accumulator is checked on the WHEEL SD page
before each flight.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 59
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-44-03 BRAKES Pressure Indicator


Applicable to: ALL

32-44-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative provided that the BSCU system 1 and the BSCU system 2
are operative.

32-44-04 Alternate Braking Control Unit (ABCU)


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

32-44-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 60
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-45 - Parking/Ultimate Emergency Braking

32-45-01 Parking Brake Control Valve Electrical Motor


Applicable to: ALL

32-45-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The aircraft is not towed if the STBY motor is affected and when the batteries supply the
aircraft.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-45-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 61
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
32-47 - Brake Temperature System

32-47-01 Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit (BTMU)


Applicable to: ALL

32-47-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the ground brake cooling time is applied.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-47-01A Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit (BTMU)

DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

HYDRAULIC/BRK/TEMP/DET/UNIT (121VU M26 or M37) C/B................................................... PULL


Determine brake cooling time (Refer to OpsProc 32-07-01A(B) Brakes Temperature Indication on the
WHEEL SD page).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 62
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
32-48 - Brake Cooling

32-48-01 Brake Fan System *


Applicable to: ALL

32-48-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

32-48-02 BRK FAN pb-sw HOT * light


Applicable to: ALL

32-48-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

32-48-03 BRK FAN pb-sw ON * light


Applicable to: ALL

32-48-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 63
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
32-51 – Steering

32-51-01 Nose Wheel Steering Control System


Applicable to: ALL

32-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative for three flights provided that:


1) The failure is detected by the BSCU (the WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT alert is displayed
on the EWD), and
2) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
3) The runway is not contaminated, and
4) The crosswind component is below 20 kt at departure and arrival airports.
Note: For nose wheel steering offset, Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-32 Operation with Nosewheel
Steering Offset.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-51-01A Nose Wheel Steering Control System

GENERAL INFORMATION

The electrical and hydraulic control of NWS is inoperative. Do not reset the WHEEL N/W STRG
FAULT alert with A/SKID & N/W STRG selector . The WHEEL N/W STRG FAULTalert indicates that
no hydraulic pressure is applied on the NWS actuator.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Dispatch is not permitted from (or to) contaminated runways.


Maximum crosswind component for takeoff and landing: 20 kt.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

Note: the automatic roll out is not permitted (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and
CAT3).

For operations with crosswind component above 5 kt:


Reduce maximum takeoff performance limiting weight by 1 000 kg (2 200 lb)

DURING TAXI

Taxiing Procedure:
‐ Avoid high thrust settings, taxi speed limited to 20 kt .
‐ Check brakes temperature (if available) before takeoff.
If necessary, set the BRAKES FAN pb-sw * to ON.
‐ Minimum speed of 5 kt is required to initiate a turn.
‐ Apply asymmetrical thrust in straight taxi to compensate crosswind and differential braking for taxi
and line up as required.
‐ Avoid sharp turns and use maximum width of the runway.
‐ Do not apply too high asymmetrical thrust to avoid that nose landing gear get stuck to full travel
(90 °) (in that case release the aircraft by towing).

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 64
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR
FOR TAKEOFF
In the case of crosswind component above 5 kt:
‐ Set full nose down elevator till 80 kt regardless of the aircraft loading.
‐ Apply EPR = 1.05 on the brakes
‐ Release the brakes, and smoothly apply takeoff power
‐ Use asymmetric braking, if required, to keep on runway center-line until directional control is
available by use of rudder.
‐ Release stick progressively to reach neutral at about 100 kt.

FOR LANDING
Do not use autobrake for landing.
In the case of crosswing component above 5 kt:
‐ Aircraft lateral control is achieved with the rudder until slowing to approximately 50 kt IAS.
‐ Upon reaching 50 kt IAS use differential braking to achieve taxi speed as required.

AFTER LANDING
Disengage AP at touchdown when autoland is performed.

32-51-02 Rudder PEDALS DISC pb


Applicable to: ALL

32-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative (no disconnection is possible).


Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-51-02A Rudder PEDALS DISC pb


The purpose of the procedure is to explain how to perform the flight control check with one or both
PEDALS DISC pb failed in the released position.

GENERAL INFORMATION

When the disconnection is not possible on one side:


The flight control check can be performed on the operative side.

When the disconnection is not possible on both sides:


The flight control check must be performed while aircraft is stopped.
Note: it is not necessary to set the A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to OFF.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 65
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-51-03 NWS Electrical Deactivation Box


Applicable to: ALL

32-51-03A No towing mode when lever in the TOWING position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Note: The towing mode is not available when the lever is in the TOWING position.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-51-03A NWS Electrical Deactivation Box (towing mode is not available
when the lever is in the TOWING position)

BEFORE CONVENTIONAL OR TOWLESS PUSHBACK


A/SKID & N/W STRG selector........................................................................................................ OFF

AFTER PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG selector..........................................................................................................ON

32-51-03B NWS electrical deactivation box deactivated


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the NWS electrical deactivation box is deactivated.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-51-03B NWS Electrical Deactivation Box (NWS Electrical Deactivation
Box deactivated)

BEFORE CONVENTIONAL OR TOWLESS PUSHBACK

A/SKID & N/W STRG selector........................................................................................................ OFF


As a result of the NWS electrical box deactivation, the parking brake light on that box will not be
available.
The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel before pushback.

AFTER PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG selector..........................................................................................................ON

(m) Refer to AMM 32-51-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 66
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-51-04 PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS Electrical Deactivation Box


Applicable to: ALL

32-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 32-51-04A PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS Electrical Deactivation Box

BEFORE PUSHBACK

The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 67
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 32 – LANDING GEAR

32-61 - Landing Gear Panel on the Center Instrument Panel

32-61-01 LDG GEAR Indicator Panel


Applicable to: ALL

32-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

32-61-02 DOWN Red Arrow light on the Landing Gear lever


Applicable to: ALL

32-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN alert and the L/G GEAR NOT
DOWNLOCKED alert are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-61-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI32 - 68
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS
MI-33 Lights

MI-33-01 Overhead Panels

MI-33-01-01 ANN LT Overhead Panel


33-01-01-01 TEST Function of ANN LT sw
33-01-01-02 DIM Function of ANN LT sw
33-01-01-03 BRT Function of ANN LT sw

MI-33-01-02 SIGNS Overhead Panel


33-01-02-01 EMER EXIT LT OFF light
33-01-02-02 AUTO Function of SEAT BELT SIGNS sw *
33-01-02-03 AUTO Function of NO SMOKING SIGNS sw
33-01-02-03 AUTO Function of EXIT SIGNS sw

MI-33-10 Cockpit General Illumination


33-10-01 Cockpit General Illumination (Center & Main Instrument Lighting, Console and Floor Lighting, Dome
lights and Lighting Strips, Instrument and Panel Integral Lighting, Map Holder Lighting, Center Pedestal Lighting)

MI-33-20 Cabin General Illumination


33-20-01 Cabin General Illumination
33-20-02 Cabin Signs (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt/Return to Seat)
33-20-03 Lavatory Sign (Return to seat)

MI-33-30 Cargo and Service Compartment Lighting


33-30-01 Cargo and Service Compartment Lighting System

MI-33-40 Exterior Lighting


33-40-01 Navigation light System 1
33-40-02 Navigation light System 2
33-40-03 Landing light
33-40-04 Landing light Extension/Retraction System
33-40-05 Runway Turnoff light
33-40-06 Taxi and Takeoff light
33-40-07 Logo light
33-40-08 Beacon light
33-40-09 Wing Scan light
33-40-10 Strobe light

MI-33-51 Cabin Emergency Lighting


33-51-01 Exit Marking Sign
33-51-02 Exit Location Sign in the Main Aisle
33-51-03 Overhead Emergency Lighting System in the Main Aisle
33-51-04 Overhead Emergency Lighting System in the Door Vicinity
33-51-05 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System in the Main Aisle
33-51-07 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Exit Marker
33-51-08 Overwing Emergency light
33-51-09 Overwing Exit Handle light
33-51-10 Escape Slide Lighting
33-51-11 Lavatory Auxiliary light
33-51-12 BAT TEST pb on the PTP
33-51-13 SYS TEST pb on the PTP

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-01 - Overhead Panels


33-01-01 - ANN LT Overhead Panel

33-01-01-01 TEST Function of ANN LT sw


Applicable to: ALL

33-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

33-01-01-02 DIM Function of ANN LT sw


Applicable to: ALL

33-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

Dim lighting may be inoperative provided that the bright lighting is operative.

33-01-01-03 BRT Function of ANN LT sw


Applicable to: ALL

33-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

Bright lighting may be inoperative for night operation.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-01 - Overhead Panels


33-01-02 - SIGNS Overhead Panel

33-01-02-01 EMER EXIT LT OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

33-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the emergency lighting system is checked operative everyday.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 33-51-00-040-002

33-01-02-02 AUTO Function of SEAT BELT SIGNS sw


Applicable to: ALL

33-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-01-02-02A AUTO Function of SEAT BELT SIGNS selector *

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


SEAT BELTS selector.......................................................................................................................ON

AFTER TAKEOFF
SEAT BELTS selector..........................................................................................................As required

DURING APPROACH
SEAT BELTS selector.......................................................................................................................ON

33-01-02-03 AUTO Function of NO SMOKING SIGNS sw


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and RP-C8996

33-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING/EXIT/NO PORTABLE SIGNS selector

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and
RP-C8996
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Set the NO SMOKING selector ON as required.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-01-02-03 AUTO Function of EXIT SIGNS sw


Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

33-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.


Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING/EXIT/NO PORTABLE SIGNS selector

Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Set the EXIT selector ON as required.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-10 - Cockpit General Illumination

33-10-01 Cockpit General Illumination (Center & Main Instrument


Lighting, Console and Floor Lighting, Dome lights
and Lighting Strips, Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting, Map Holder Lighting, Center Pedestal Lighting)
Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

33-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative.

33-10-01 Cockpit General Illumination (Center & Main Instrument


Lighting, Console and Floor Lighting, Dome lights
and Lighting Strips, Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting, Map Holder Lighting, Center Pedestal Lighting)
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative, and
3) The left section of the center instrument panel flood lighting is operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-20 - Cabin General Illumination


33-20-01 Cabin General Illumination
Applicable to: ALL
33-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

The lighting must be sufficient for cabin attendants to perform their duties.

33-20-02 Cabin Signs (No Smoking/No Electronic Devices/Fasten Seat Belt/Return to Seat)
Applicable to: ALL

33-20-02A Passenger seat occupied


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative and the affected passenger seat may be occupied
provided that:
1) The passenger address system is operative, and can be heard throughout the cabin
during the flight, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the passengers when return to seat is
requested, seat belts should be fastened and smoking is prohibited.

33-20-02B Passenger seat not occupied


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
(m) One or more “No Smoking/No Electronic Devices/Fasten Seat Belt” sign may be inoperative
provided that:
1) No passenger seat is occupied from which a passenger cannot see a readily legible “No
smoking/No Electronic Devices/Fasten Seat Belt” sign, and
2) The affected seat is blocked and placarded inoperative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 33-20-00-040-001

33-20-03 Lavatory Sign (Return to seat)


Applicable to: ALL

33-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative and the affected lavatory may be used provided that:
1) The passenger address system is checked operative in the affected lavatory, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the occupant to return to his seat.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-20-03A Lavatory Sign (Return to seat)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the passenger address function is operative in the affected lavatory with the door
closed.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-30 - Cargo and Service Compartment Lighting

33-30-01 Cargo and Service Compartment Lighting System


Applicable to: ALL

33-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-40 - Exterior Lighting

33-40-01 Navigation light System 1


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-01A Daylight operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative for daylight operations.

33-40-01B Navigation light system 2 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the Navigation light system 2 is operative.

33-40-02 Navigation light System 2


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

33-40-03 Landing light


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-03A Nose, taxi and takeoff lights operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative provided that the nose, taxi and takeoff lights are operative.

33-40-03B Daylight operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative for daylight operations.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-40-04 Landing light Extension/Retraction System


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-04A Inoperative in extended position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative in the extended position.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-40-04A Landing light Extension/Retraction System

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel consumption is increased by 1 % per landing light extended.

33-40-04B Inoperative in retracted position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that the associated light is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 33-40-03 Landing light

33-40-05 Runway Turnoff light


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

33-40-06 Taxi and Takeoff light


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-40-07 Logo light


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.


33-40-08 Beacon light
Applicable to: ALL

33-40-08A Daylight operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative for daylight operations.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-40-08A Beacon light

BEFORE ENGINE START


If the bottom light is inoperative:
If this light is used to alert the ground crew of the engine start, an alternate procedure must be
established by each airline to alert the ground crew of the engine start.

33-40-08B Strobe lights operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the Strobe lights are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-40-08B Beacon light

BEFORE ENGINE START


If the bottom light is inoperative:
If this light is used to alert the ground crew of the engine start, an alternate procedure must be
established by each airline to alert the ground crew of the engine start.

33-40-09 Wing Scan light


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-09A Daylight operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative for daylight operations.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-40-09B Night operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative for night operations.

33-40-10 Strobe light


Applicable to: ALL

33-40-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-51 - Cabin Emergency Lighting

33-51-01 Exit Marking Sign


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-51-01A A maximum of three non-adjacent bulbs inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 6 No

A maximum of three non-adjacent bulbs may be inoperative in one or more signs.

33-51-01C Associated exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-01 Exit Marking Sign


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

33-51-01B A maximum of three non-adjacent LEDs inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 6 No

A maximum of three non-adjacent LEDs may be inoperative in one or more signs.

33-51-01C Associated exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-02 Exit Location Sign in the Main Aisle


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-51-02B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-51-02 Exit Location Sign in the Main Aisle


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

33-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

A maximum of three non-adjacent LEDs may be inoperative in one or more signs.

33-51-03 Overhead Emergency Lighting System in the Main Aisle


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

A maximum of three non-adjacent overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.

33-51-03 Overhead Emergency Lighting System in the Main Aisle


Applicable to: RP-C8990

33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

A maximum of two non-adjacent overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.

33-51-04 Overhead Emergency Lighting System in the Door Vicinity


Applicable to: ALL

33-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-05 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape


Path Marking System in the Main Aisle
Applicable to: ALL

33-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 – –

May be inoperative provided accumulative damage on one side is not more than 15 meters.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-51-07 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Exit Marker
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 8 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-07 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Exit Marker
Applicable to: RP-C8990

33-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 6 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-08 Overwing Emergency light


Applicable to: ALL

33-51-08A Daylight operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative for daylight operations.

33-51-08B Associated exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
O – – – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-09 Overwing Exit Handle light


Applicable to: ALL

33-51-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 33 – LIGHTS

33-51-10 Escape Slide Lighting


Applicable to: ALL

33-51-10A Daylight operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

May be inoperative for daylight operations.

33-51-10B Associated exit considered inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– – – No

May be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.


Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

33-51-11 Lavatory Auxiliary light


Applicable to: ALL

33-51-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

33-51-12 BAT TEST pb on the PTP


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-51-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the batteries are correctly charged.

33-51-13 SYS TEST pb on the PTP


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

33-51-13A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative provided that the operational test of the emergency lighting system is
performed as an alternative to this test.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 33-51-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI33 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

MI-34 Navigation

MI-34-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


34-00-01 ADR (1)(2)(3) MAINTENANCE Message
34-00-02 IR MAINTENANCE Message

MI-34-01 Overhead Panels

MI-34-01-01 ADIRS Overhead Panel


34-01-01-01 ADR pb-sw FAULT light
34-01-01-02 ADR pb-sw OFF light
34-01-01-03 IR FAULT light
34-01-01-04 IR ALIGN light
34-01-01-04 IR pb-sw OFF light
34-01-01-05 ON BAT light
34-01-01-31 ADR pb-sw
34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw
34-01-01-33 IR Mode selector
34-01-01-34 DATA DISPLAY selector of ADIRS CDU
34-01-01-35 SYS DISPLAY selector of ADIRS CDU
34-01-01-36 Display Unit of ADIRS CDU
34-01-01-37 Keyboard of ADIRS CDU

MI-34-01-02 GPWS Overhead Panel


34-01-02-01 GPWS SYS FAULT light

MI-34-05 Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)


34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD
34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD
34-05-03 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD
34-05-04 Altitude Indication on the PFD
34-05-05 Baro Reference Indication on the PFD
34-05-06 Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
34-05-07 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
34-05-08 Attitude Indication on the PFD
34-05-09 Heading Indication on the PFD

MI-34-06 Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)


34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND
34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND
34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND
34-06-05 Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND
34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND

MI-34-10 Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)


34-10-01 ADR 1
34-10-02 ADR 2
34-10-03 ADR 3
34-10-04 IR 1
34-10-05 IR 2
34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)
34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

MI-34-11 Sensors
34-11-01 Angle of Attack (AOA) Sensor
34-11-02 CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to ADR 1
34-11-03 CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to ADR 3
34-11-04 F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to ADR 2

MI-34-21 Altitude and Airspeed Standby Data


34-21-01 Standby ALT Indicator
34-21-02 Bugs on the Standby ALT Indicator
34-21-03 Standby IAS Indicator
34-21-04 Bugs on the Standby IAS Indicator
34-21-05 Standby ALT Metric Indicator *

MI-34-22 Attitude and Heading Standby Data


34-22-01 Standby Compass Indicator
34-22-02 Standby Compass Lighting
34-22-03 Standby Horizon Indicator

MI-34-23 Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)


34-23-01 ISIS Baro-Altitude Function
34-23-02 ISIS Airspeed Function
34-23-03 ISIS Bugs Function
34-23-04 ISIS Horizon Function
34-23-05 ISIS ILS Function
34-23-06 ISIS Mach Number Function

MI-34-30 Landing and Taxiing Aid


34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)

MI-34-40 GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar


34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) *
34-40-02 Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout
34-40-03 Radio Altimeter System
34-40-04 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)
34-40-05 Weather Radar System
34-40-06 Predictive Windshear Detection Function *
34-40-07 GPWS-G/S pb-sw
34-40-07 PULL UP-GPWS pb-sw
34-40-07 PULL UP-G/S pb-sw

MI-34-50 ATC and Radio / GPS Navigation Systems


34-50-01 ATC
34-50-03 ADF *
34-50-04 DME
34-50-05 VOR
34-50-06 MARKER
34-50-07 DDRMI
34-50-08 RMI ADF
34-50-09 Global Positioning System (GPS) *

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

34-00-01 ADR (1)(2)(3) MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

34-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

ADR (1)(2)(3) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

34-00-02 IR MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

34-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

IR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-01 - Overhead Panels


34-01-01 - ADIRS Overhead Panel

34-01-01-01 ADR pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

34-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.


34-01-01-02 ADR pb-sw OFF light
Applicable to: ALL

34-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.


34-01-01-03 IR FAULT light
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.


34-01-01-03 IR pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to: RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

34-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

34-01-01-04 IR ALIGN light


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-01-01-04 IR pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative.

34-01-01-05 ON BAT light


Applicable to: ALL

34-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

34-01-01-31 ADR pb-sw


Applicable to: ALL

34-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes

(o) ADR 2 or ADR 3 pb-sw may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with the two operative ADRs pb-sw are
operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-01-01-31A ADR pb-sw

IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated ADR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the ADR is set to OFF:
The associated IR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes

(o) IR 2 or IR 3 pb-sw may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with the two operative IRs pb-sw are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated IR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.

Note: If the IR is set to OFF:


The associated ADR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

34-01-01-33 IR Mode selector


Applicable to RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes

IR 2 or IR 3 mode selector may be inoperative provided that the associated ADIRS is


considered inoperative.
Refer to the associated Items.

34-01-01-33 IR Mode selector


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-01-01-34 DATA DISPLAY selector of ADIRS CDU


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-34A MCDU 1 and MCDU 2 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the MCDU 1 and the MCDU 2 are operative.

34-01-01-34B Navigation not planned on inertial data


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the navigation is not planned on inertial data.

34-01-01-35 SYS DISPLAY selector of ADIRS CDU


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-35A MCDU 1 and MCDU 2 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The MCDU 1 and the MCDU 2 are operative, and
2) The IRS initialization is available through the FMGC.

34-01-01-35B Navigation not planned on inertial data


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the navigation is not planned on inertial data.

34-01-01-36 Display Unit of ADIRS CDU


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-36A MCDU 1 and MCDU 2 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the MCDU 1 and the MCDU 2 are operative.

34-01-01-36B Navigation not planned on inertial data


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the navigation is not planned on inertial data.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-01-01-37 Keyboard of ADIRS CDU


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-01-01-37A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the MCDU 1 and the MCDU 2 are operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-01 - Overhead Panels


34-01-02 - GPWS Overhead Panel

34-01-02-01 GPWS SYS FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

34-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 – No

May be inoperative provided associated system function is inoperative.


Refer to 34-40-01.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)

34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD
Applicable to: ALL

34-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-05-02A One indication inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

34-05-02B Both indications inoperative – FCU operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
Both may be inoperative provided that the SPD/MACH selection window on the FCU is
operative.

34-05-02C Both indications inoperative – FL limitation


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the flight altitude is limited to 25 000 ft.

34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-05-02A One indication inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-05-02B Both indications inoperative – FCU operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the SPD/MACH selection window on the FCU is
operative.

34-05-02C Both indications inoperative – FL limitation


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the flight altitude is limited to 25 000 ft.

34-05-02D Both indications inoperative – ISIS Mach Number Function operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the ISIS Mach Number indication is operative.

34-05-03 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

34-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

34-05-04 Altitude Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

34-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

34-05-05 Baro Reference Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

34-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-05-06 Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

34-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

34-05-07 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD


Applicable to: ALL

34-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-05-07A Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD

GENERAL INFORMATION
For F, S, Green Dot determination, refer to the QRH/FPE-SPD Speeds.
For VAPP determination, refer to QRH/FPE-IFL VAPP Determination.
For VFE or VLE determination, refer to the corresponding placard in the cockpit.
34-05-08 Attitude Indication on the PFD
Applicable to: ALL

34-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-05-08A Attitude Indication on the PFD

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
34-05-09 Heading Indication on the PFD
Applicable to: ALL

34-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)

34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative provided that the heading indications are operative on both PFDs.

34-06-05 Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND


Applicable to: ALL

34-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-10 - Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)

34-10-01 ADR 1
Applicable to: ALL

34-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

34-10-02 ADR 2
Applicable to: ALL

34-10-02B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 1, IR 3, ADR 1 and ADR 3 are operative, and
2) The takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-02B ADR 2

Applicable to RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ADR 2 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA (location 121VU N08 or N09) C/B....................................Pull

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Use the RCL pb-sw on the ECAM control panel, in order to recall the NAV ADR 2 FAULT alert.
‐ On the EWD, check that the ADR 2...OFF procedure is not displayed.

FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS n°2
Flap channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with the ADR 2
airspeed coming from the SFCS n°2 Slat channel. This may lead to an uncommanded flap
retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted when
the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

(o) OpsProc 34-10-02B ADR 2

Applicable to RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
RVSM operations are not permitted.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ADR 2 pb-sw...........................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector..........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA (location 121VU N08 or N09) C/B................................... Pull

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Use the RCL pb-sw on the ECAM control panel, in order to recall the NAV ADR 2 FAULT alert.
‐ On the EWD, check that the ADR 2...OFF procedure is not displayed.

FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS
n°2 Flap channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with
the ADR 2 airspeed coming from the SFCS n°2 Slat channel. This may lead to an
uncommanded flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF 1+F
is not permitted when the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-10-03 ADR 3
Applicable to: ALL

34-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that the IR 1, IR 2, ADR 1 and ADR 2 are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-03A ADR 3

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ADR 3 pb-sw..............................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA (location 121VU N07 or N08) C/B.......................................Pull

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Use the RCL pb-sw on the ECAM control panel, in order to recall the NAV ADR 3 FAULT alert.
‐ On the EWD, check that the ADR 3...OFF procedure is not displayed.

34-10-04 IR 1
Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8989, RP-C8991 and RP-C8996

34-10-04B GPS 1 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 1 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 2 and IR 3 are operative, and
3) The GPS 1 * is operative, and
4) The terrain function of the TAWS * is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness
and Warning System (TAWS)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-04B IR 1

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector................................................................................ CAPT 3
‐ IR 1 mode selector...........................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 1 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

(o) OpsProc 34-10-04B IR 1

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector............................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ IR 1 mode selector...........................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 1 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-04C GPS 1 inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 1 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 2 and IR 3 are operative, and
3) The Flight remains within radio navaids coverage, and
4) The terrain function of the TAWS * is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness
and Warning System (TAWS)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-04C IR 1

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector........................................................................................ CAPT 3
‐ IR 1 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 1 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

(o) OpsProc 34-10-04C IR 1

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector........................................................................................ CAPT 3
‐ IR 1 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 1 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-04 IR 1
Applicable to: RP-C8988

34-10-04B GPS 1 operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 1 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 2 and IR 3 are operative, and
3) The GPS 1 * is operative, and
4) The terrain function of the TAWS * is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness
and Warning System (TAWS) (If Installed), and
5) The FMGC 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-04B IR 1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector....................................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ IR 1 mode selector..................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 1 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-04C GPS 1 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 1 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 2 and IR 3 are operative, and
3) The Flight remains within radio navaids coverage, and

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION
4) The terrain function of the TAWS * is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness
and Warning System (TAWS) (If Installed), and
5) The FMGC 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-04C IR 1

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector....................................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ IR 1 mode selector..................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 1 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-05 IR 2
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-10-05B IR 2 totally inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 2 mode selector is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 3, the ADR 1 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
3) The takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-05B IR 2 (IR 2 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992 and RP-C8897

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 2 mode selector................................................................................................................. OFF
Note: 1. ADR 2 is consequently set to OFF.
2. The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector..........................................................................................F/O 3

FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS n°2 Flap
channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with the ADR 2
airspeed coming from the SFCS n°2 Slat channel. This may lead to an
uncommanded flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF
1+F is not permitted when the ADR 2 is set to OFF.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

(o) OpsProc 34-10-05B IR 2 (IR 2 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
RVSM operations are not permitted because the ADR 2 is set to OFF.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 2 mode selector................................................................................................................. OFF
‐ ADR 2 is consequently set to OFF.
‐ The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector..........................................................................................F/O 3

FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS n°2 Flap
channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with the ADR 2
airspeed coming from the SFCS n°2 Slat channel. This may lead to an uncommanded
flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not
permitted when the ADR 2 is set to OFF.

34-10-05C Only NAV mode of IR 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 2 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 3 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-05C IR 2 (only NAV mode of IR 2 inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ IR 2 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 2 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-10-05 IR 2
Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-10-05B IR 2 totally inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 3 the two ADRs are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-05B IR 2 (IR 2 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 2 pb-sw...............................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3

34-10-05C Only NAV mode of IR 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 2 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 3 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-05C IR 2 (only NAV mode of IR 2 inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ IR 2 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU keyboard for the IR 2 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-10-05 IR 2
Applicable to: RP-C8988

34-10-05B IR 2 totally inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 2 mode selector is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 3, the ADR 1 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
3) The takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F, and
4) The FMGC 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-05B IR 2 (IR 2 totally inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 2 mode selector................................................................................................................. OFF
Note: 1. ADR 2 is consequently set to OFF.
2. The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector..........................................................................................F/O 3

FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS n°2 Flap
channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with the ADR 2
airspeed coming from the SFCS n°2 Slat channel. This may lead to an
uncommanded flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF
1+F is not permitted when the ADR 2 is set to OFF.

34-10-05C Only NAV mode of IR 2 inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 2 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 3 are operative, and
3) The FMGC 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-83-01 Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-05C IR 2 (only NAV mode of IR 2 inoperative)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...........................................................................................F/O 3
‐ IR 2 mode selector..................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 2 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-10-06A IR 3 mode selector set to OFF


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 3 mode selector is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 2, the ADR 1, and the ADR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-06A IR 3
(for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with IR 3 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and
RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


IR 3 mode selector......................................................................................................................OFF
Note: 1. The ADR 3 is consequently set to OFF.
2. The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

34-10-06B IR 3 operated in ATT mode


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 3 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 2 are operative

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-06B IR 3
(for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with only NAV mode of IR 3 inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 3 mode selector...........................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 3 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-06 IR 3 (for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-10-06A IR 3 pb-sw set to OFF


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 3 pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 2, the ADR 1 and the ADR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-06A IR 3
(for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with IR 3 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


IR 3 pb-sw...................................................................................................................................... OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

34-10-06B IR 3 operated in ATT mode


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:
1) The IR 3 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-06B IR 3
(for aircraft without Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with only NAV mode of IR 3 inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991


Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 3 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 3 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-10-07A IR 3 mode selector set to OFF


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 3 mode selector is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 2, the ADR 1, and the ADR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-07A IR 3
(for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with IR 3 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995


and RP-C8996

GENERAL INFORMATION
For aircraft fitted with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU, disregard the characteristic speeds (Vls, F, S, Green
Dot) displayed on the PFD. For characteristic speeds (Vls, F, S, Green Dot) determination, refer to
QRH/FPE-SPD Speeds. The “CHECK GW” (or “CHECK WEIGHT”) message may be displayed on the
MCDU.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


IR 3 mode selector................................................................................................................OFF
Note: 1. The ADR 3 is consequently set to OFF.
2. The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

34-10-07B IR 3 operated in ATT mode


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
` C 1 0 Yes
(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:
1) The IR 3 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-07B IR 3
(for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with only NAV mode of IR 3 inoperative)
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995
and RP-C8996
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ IR 3 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 3 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).

34-10-07 IR 3 (for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU)


Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-10-07A IR 3 mode selector set to OFF


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The IR 3 pb-sw is set to OFF, and
2) The IR 1, the IR 2, the ADR 1, and the ADR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-07A IR 3 (for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with IR 3 totally inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION
For aircraft fitted with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU, disregard the characteristic speeds (Vls, F, S,
Green Dot) displayed on the PFD. For characteristic speeds (Vls, F, S, Green Dot) determination,
refer to QRH/FPE-SPD Speeds. The “CHECK GW” (or “CHECK WEIGHT”) message may be
displayed on the MCDU.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 3 pb-sw...................................................................................................................................... OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

34-10-07B IR 3 operated in ATT mode


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) The NAV mode may be inoperative provided that:
1) The IR 3 is operated in ATT mode, and
2) The IR 1 and the IR 2 are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-07B IR 3
(for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with only NAV mode of IR 3 inoperative)

Applicable to: RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ IR 3 mode selector...................................................................................................................ATT
‐ The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 3 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-11 - Sensors

34-11-01 Angle of Attack (AOA) Sensor


Applicable to: ALL
34-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

The F/O or the STBY Angle Of Attack sensor may be inoperative provided that the
associated ADR is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-10-02 ADR 2, or
Refer to Item 34-10-03 ADR 3

34-11-02 CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT)


Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 1
Applicable to: ALL
34-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The CAPT sensor element connected to the ADR 3 is operative, and
2) The F/O sensor connected to the ADR 2 is operative, and
3) The ADR 2 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
4) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative, and
5) The TAS indication on the ND 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-11-02A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 1
Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD

34-11-03 CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT)


Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 3
Applicable to: ALL

34-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The CAPT sensor element connected to the ADR 1 is operative, and
2) The F/O sensor connected to the ADR 2 is operative, and
3) The ADR 1 and the ADR 2 are operative, and
4) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-11-03A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 3

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check that the TAT is displayed on the SD permanent data.
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-11-04 F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 2
Applicable to: ALL

34-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) Both CAPT TAT sensor elements are operative, and
2) The ADR 1 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
3) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative, and
4) The TAS indications on the ND 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-11-04A F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 2
Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-21 - Altitude and Airspeed Standby Data

34-21-01 Standby ALT Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
34-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.

34-21-02 Bugs on the Standby ALT Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
34-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

34-21-03 Standby IAS Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
34-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The three ADRs are operative, and
2) The three Probe Heat Computers are operative, and
3) The Standby horizon is operative, and
4) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the PFD/ND
XFR pb are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-21-03A Standby IAS Indicator

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the AIR DATA, PFD/ND, and EIS DMC switching:
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector.......................................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector..............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector............................................................................................ NORM
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................... F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..............................................................................................NORM


‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ Check that the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND images are exchanged.
‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press
‐ Check that the F/O PFD and the F/O ND images are exchanged.
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press

34-21-04 Bugs on the Standby IAS Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-21-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

34-21-05 Standby ALT Metric Indicator *


Applicable to: ALL

34-21-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-22 - Attitude and Heading Standby Data

34-22-01 Standby Compass Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

34-22-01A Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU


except P/N 465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD
30650/SB 25-1248, or Mod 30872)

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

34-22-01B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT/HDG SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-22-01B Standby Compass Indicator

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the ATT HDG, PFD/ND, and EIS DMC switching:
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector........................................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD, the CAPT ND, and the RMI VOR.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector.............................................................................................NORM
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................... F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..............................................................................................NORM
‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ Check that the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND images are exchanged.
‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press
‐ Check that the F/O PFD and the F/O ND images are exchanged.
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-22-01 Standby Compass Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8993 and RP-C8996

34-22-01A Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU


except P/N 465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD
30650/SB 25-1248, or MOD 30872)

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

34-22-01B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT/HDG SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-22-01B Standby Compass Indicator

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the ATT HDG, PFD/ND, and EIS DMC switching:
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector........................................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD, the CAPT ND, and the RMI VOR.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector.............................................................................................NORM
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................... F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..............................................................................................NORM
‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ Check that the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND images are exchanged.
‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press
‐ Check that the F/O PFD and the F/O ND images are exchanged.
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-22-01C Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (Mod 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The DDRMI is operative.

34-22-01 Standby Compass Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8991

34-22-01A Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU


except P/N 465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD
30650/SB 25-1248, or MOD 30872)

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

34-22-01B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT/HDG SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-22-01B Standby Compass Indicator

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the ATT HDG, PFD/ND, and EIS DMC switching:
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector........................................................................................... CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD, the CAPT ND, and the RMI VOR.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector...............................................................................................F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector.............................................................................................NORM
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................CAPT 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector............................................................................................... F/O 3
‐ Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

‐ EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..............................................................................................NORM


‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ Check that the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND images are exchanged.
‐ CAPT PFD/ND XFR pb............................................................................................................ Press
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press
‐ Check that the F/O PFD and the F/O ND images are exchanged.
‐ F/O PFD/ND XFR pb................................................................................................................Press

34-22-02 Standby Compass Lighting


Applicable to: ALL

34-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

34-22-03 Standby Horizon Indicator


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-22-03A Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU


except P/N 465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD
30650/SB 25-1248, or MOD 30872)

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– 1 1 No

Must be operative.

34-22-03B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-22-03B Standby Horizon Indicator

Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-23 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)

34-23-01 ISIS Altitude Indication


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.

34-23-02 ISIS Airspeed Indication


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that:


1) The ISIS Horizon Function is operative, and
2) The ADRs, DMCs and probe heat computers are operative, and
3) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are operative.

34-23-03 ISIS Bugs Indication


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-23-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

34-23-04 ISIS Attitude Indication


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-23-04A Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU


except P/N 465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD
30650/SB 25-1248, or MOD 30872)
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 1 1 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 36
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-23-04B Applicable to aircraft fitted with NORTHROP GRUMMAN (LITTON) ADIRU P/N
465020-0303-0316 or subsequent, having the shelf modified (MOD 30650/SB
25-1248, or MOD 30872) or HONEYWELL ADIRU
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-23-04B ISIS Attitude Indication

Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

34-23-05 ISIS ILS Indication


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

34-23-06 ISIS Mach Number Indication


Applicable to: RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 AND RP-C8991

34-23-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 37
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-30 - Landing and Taxiing Aid

34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)


Applicable to: ALL

34-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 1 No
(o) Note: When the ILS 1 is inoperative, the GPWS * or the reactive modes of TAWS *
are inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-30-04A Instrument Landing System (ILS)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one ILS is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is ILS CAT 1.
When both ILS are inoperative:
CAT 1 ILS approaches are not permitted.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 38
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar

34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain


Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) *
Applicable to: ALL

34-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) Flight crew increases awareness of airplane configuration, altitude and flight path. This may include
flight crew use of all airplane systems available (autoflight, autoland, ILS, FMC) and flight crew
review of Minimum Enroute Altitudes and altitude call-outs, and
2) Repairs are made within three flight days.

34-40-02 Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout


Applicable to: ALL

34-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-40-02A Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 39
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-40-03 Radio Altimeter System


Applicable to: ALL

34-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that both FCU channels, all ELACs, SECs, ADIRUs,
SFCCs, LGCIUs and FACs are operative.
Note: When the radio altimeter 1 is inoperative, the GPWS * or the reactive modes of
TAWS * are inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-40-03A Radio Altimeter System

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If RA 1 is inoperative:
COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 (121VU K11) C/B...........................................................................Pull
If RA 2 is inoperative:
COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 (121VU K12) C/B...........................................................................Pull

34-40-04 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)


Applicable to: ALL

34-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No

34-40-05 Weather Radar System


Applicable to: ALL

34-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided aircraft is operated during daytime/VMC only and other
potentially hazardous weather conditions that can be detected with airborne weather radar are
not expected along the route to be flown as advised by weather forecast and no reported
windshear on the arrival/departure aerodrome.

Note: When the weather radar system is inoperative, the predictive Windshear Detection
System * is inoperative .
Refer to Item 34-40-06 Predictive Windshear Detection Function (If Installed)
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 40
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-40-06 Predictive Windshear Detection Function *


Applicable to: ALL

34-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided:


1) Flight crew increases awareness of airplane configuration, altitude, flight path, and meteorological
conditions conducive to windshear. This may include use of all airplane systems available (Autopilot, ILS,
FMS), and
2)“Adverse Weather - Operations in Windshear or Downburst” in FCOM/PRO-SUP-91-20 are
reviewed and applied as required.

34-40-07 GPWS-G/S pb-sw


Applicable to: RP-C8992

34-40-07A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the GPWS or the TAWS aural and visual warnings
are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-40-07A GPWS/PULL UP-G/S pb-sw

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the GPWS (or TAWS) aural and visual warnings:
‐ GPWS – G/S pb-sw (operative)............................................................................................ Press
‐ Check that the GPWS (or the TAWS) aural and visual warnings are operative.
Refer to FCOM/DSC-34-70 GPWS

34-40-07B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 0 Yes

Both may be inoperative provided that the GPWS or the TAWS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness and
Warning System (TAWS)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 41
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-40-07 PULL UP-GPWS pb-sw


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

34-40-07A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that the GPWS or the TAWS aural and visual warnings
are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-40-07A GPWS/PULL UP-G/S pb-sw

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Check of the GPWS (or TAWS) aural and visual warnings:
‐ PULL UP – GPWS pb-sw (operative).......................................................................................Press
‐ Check that the GPWS (or the TAWS) aural and visual warnings are operative.
Refer to FCOM/DSC-34-70 GPWS

34-40-07B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 Yes
Both may be inoperative provided that the GPWS or the TAWS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness and
Warning System (TAWS)

34-40-07 PULL UP-G/S pb-sw


Applicable to: RP-C8993

34-40-07A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the GPWS or the TAWS aural and visual warnings
are checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-40-07A GPWS/PULL UP-G/S pb-sw
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the GPWS (or TAWS) aural and visual warnings:
‐ PULL UP – G/S pb-sw (operative)....................................................................................... Press
‐ Check that the GPWS (or the TAWS) aural and visual warnings are operative.
Refer to FCOM/DSC-34-70 GPWS.

34-40-07B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 0 Yes
Both may be inoperative provided that the GPWS or the TAWS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness and
Warning System (TAWS)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 42
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-50 - ATC and Radio / GPS Navigation Systems

34-50-01 ATC
Applicable to: ALL

34-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 1 No

One may be inoperative

34-50-03 ADF *
Applicable to: ALL

34-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided enroute operations do not require its use.

34-50-04 DME
Applicable to: ALL

34-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

Note: If DME becomes inoperative enroute, the pilot shall notify the ATC of that failure as soon as it
occurs.

34-50-05 VOR
Applicable to: ALL

34-50-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

34-50-06 MARKER
Applicable to: ALL

34-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 43
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 34 – NAVIGATION

34-50-07 DDRMI
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

34-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 0 No

Note: No entry in the logbook is necessary when the DDRMI is intentionally deactivated.

34-50-07 DDRMI
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8993 and RP-C8996

34-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

34-50-08 RMI ADF


Applicable to: RP-C8996

34-50-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

34-50-09 Global Positioning System (GPS) *


Applicable to: ALL

34-50-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI34 - 44
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

MI-35 Oxygen

MI-35-01 Overhead Panels

MI-35-01-01 OXYGEN Overhead Panel


35-01-01-01 CREW SUPPLY pb-sw OFF light
35-01-01-02 PASSENGER SYS ON light
35-01-01-03 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ON light
35-01-01-31 MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb
35-01-01-32 AUTO Control of the MASK MAN ON pb
35-01-01-33 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw

MI-35-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page


35-07-01 Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
35-07-02 Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

MI-35-10 Crew Oxygen


35-10-01 Crew Oxygen Mask
35-10-02 Crew Oxygen Mask Microphone
35-10-03 Exterior Crew Oxygen Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green Disc)

MI-35-20 Passenger Oxygen


35-20-01 Passenger Oxygen Unit
35-20-02 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit
35-20-03 Lavatory Oxygen Unit
35-20-04 Galley Oxygen Unit
35-20-05 Manual Release Tool

MI-35-30 Portable Oxygen


35-30-01 Flight Crew Portable Device
35-30-02 Cabin Attendant Portable Device

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-01 - Overhead Panels


35-01-01 - OXYGEN Overhead Panel

35-01-01-01 CREW SUPPLY pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

35-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

35-01-01-02 PASSENGER SYS ON light


Applicable to: ALL

35-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

35-01-01-03 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: RP-C8994 and RP-C8996

35-01-01-03A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-01-01-31 MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb


Applicable to: ALL

35-01-01-31A AUTO control function checked operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that the AUTO control function is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 35-23-00-040-008

35-01-01-31B FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
`
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The operating altitude is limited to FL 250, and
2) The minimum operating altitude is in accordance with applicable operating regulations,
and
3) The portable oxygen units (supplemental oxygen) are provided in accordance with
applicable regulations.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-01-01-31B MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be used.
‐ The affected occupants are briefed appropriately.
‐ The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with EU OPS/JAR-OPS
1.770(b).

35-01-01-32 AUTO Control of the MASK MAN ON pb


Applicable to: ALL

35-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the operating altitude is limited to FL 300.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-01-01-33 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw


Applicable to: RP-C8994 and RP-C8996

35-01-01-33A Passenger oxygen AUTO control checked operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the passenger oxygen AUTO control is checked operative.
Reference(s)

(o) OpsProc 35-01-01-33A HI ALT LANDING pb-sw

ON GROUND
Inform the cabin crew that if the cabin altitude exceeds 12 500 ft, the oxygen masks may drop down.

(m) Refer to AMM 35-23-00-040-001

35-01-01-33B Passenger oxygen AUTO control considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the passenger oxygen AUTO control is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 35-01-01-32 AUTO Control of the MASK MAN ON pb

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page

35-07-01 Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page


Applicable to: ALL

35-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked by direct reading before
each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-07-01A Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD Page

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


After application of the maintenance procedure:
Check that the oxygen pressure is sufficient for the intended flight. Refer to
FCOM/LIM-35 Cockpit Fixed Oxygen System

(m) Refer to AMM 35-10-00-040-001

35-07-02 Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page


Applicable to: ALL

35-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked before the first flight of
each day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, disregard the REGUL LO PR indication and the associated OXY
indication.

(m) Refer to AMM 35-10-00-040-002

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-10 - Crew Oxygen

35-10-01 Crew Oxygen Mask


Applicable to: ALL

35-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes

Each occupant of the cockpit must have his assigned mask operative.

35-10-02 Crew Oxygen Mask Microphone


Applicable to: ALL

35-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 2 Yes

One must be operative for each pilot.

35-10-03 Exterior Crew Oxygen Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green Disc)


Applicable to: ALL

35-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) May be missing or damaged.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-10-03A Exterior Crew Oxygen Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green Disc)

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


Before the first flight of each day, check that the oxygen pressure does not decrease:
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check the OXY pressure indication twice.
A 15 min interval must be applied between both checks.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-20 - Passenger Oxygen

35-20-01 Passenger Oxygen Unit


Applicable to: ALL

35-20-01A Associated seats considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seats are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat

35-20-01B FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative and the associated seats may be occupied provided that:
1) The operating altitude is limited to FL 250, and
2) The minimum operating altitude is in accordance with applicable operating regulations,
and
3) Portable oxygen units (supplemental oxygen) are provided in accordance with applicable
regulations.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-20-01B Passenger Oxygen Unit

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be used.
‐ The affected occupants are briefed appropriately.
‐ The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with EU OPS/JAR-OPS
1.770(b).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-20-02 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit


Applicable to: ALL

35-20-02A Associated seats considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seats are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-03 Cabin Attendant Seat

35-20-02B FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative and the associated seats may be occupied provided that:
1) The operating altitude is limited to FL 250, and
2) The minimum operating altitude is in accordance with applicable operating regulations,
and
3) Portable oxygen units (supplemental oxygen) are provided in accordance with applicable
regulations.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-20-02B Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be used.
‐ The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with EU OPS/JAR-OPS
1.770(b).

35-20-03 Lavatory Oxygen Unit


Applicable to: ALL

35-20-03A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The associated lavatory door is placarded inoperative and locked closed, and
2) The lavatory is not used for storage or any other purpose.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-20-04 Galley Oxygen Unit


Applicable to: ALL
_________________________________________________________________________________

Note: For an inoperative cabin attendant oxygen unit located within the galley area:
Refer to Item 35-20-02 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit
_________________________________________________________________________________

35-20-04A Adjacent cabin attendant oxygen unit available


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative and the associated galley area may be occupied provided
that an adjacent cabin attendant individual oxygen unit is available for each occupants of
the associated galley area.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-20-04A Galley Oxygen Unit (cabin attendant oxygen unit available near the galley)

IN FLIGHT
The number of galley area occupants must be in accordance with the available adjacent cabin
attendant oxygen units.

35-20-04B Portable oxygen available in the associated galley area


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative and the associated galley area may be occupied provided
that a cabin attendant portable oxygen device is available for each occupants of the
associated galley area.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 35-20-04B Galley Oxygen Unit (cabin attendant portable oxygen device
available near the galley)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Before the flight, the flight crew shall brief the cabin crew that the galley oxygen unit is inoperative
and that the cabin attendant portable oxygen device should be used instead.

35-20-04C Associated galley area not occupied


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated galley area is not occupied.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-20-05 Manual Release Tool


Applicable to: ALL

35-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D – 1 No

One must be available.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 35 – OXYGEN

35-30 - Portable Oxygen

35-30-01 Flight Crew Portable Device


Applicable to: ALL

35-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

35-30-02 Cabin Attendant Portable Device


Applicable to: ALL

35-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 4 4 No

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI35 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

MI-36 Pneumatic

MI-36-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD Page


36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

MI-36-01 AIR COND Overhead Panel


36-01-01 ENG BLEED pb-sw FAULT light
36-01-02 ENG BLEED pb-sw OFF light
36-01-03 APU BLEED pb-sw FAULT light
36-01-04 APU BLEED pb-sw ON light

MI-36-07 Indications on the BLEED SD page


36-07-01 APU Bleed Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page
36-07-02 Engine Bleed Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page
36-07-03 Engine Bleed HP Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page
36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet Pressure Indication on the BLEED SD page
36-07-05 Engine Bleed Precooler Outlet Temperature Indication on the BLEED SD page
36-07-06 X Bleed Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page

MI-36-11 Engine Bleed Air Supply System


36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-02 Engine Bleed Valve (PRV)
36-11-03 Engine Bleed Overpressure Valve
36-11-04 Engine Bleed Fan Air Valve
36-11-05 Engine Bleed Air Precooler
36-11-06 Engine Bleed IP Check Valve
36-11-07 Engine Bleed HP Valve
36-11-08 Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC)

MI-36-12 APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems


36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System
36-12-02 APU Bleed Valve
36-12-03 APU Bleed Check Valve
36-12-04 Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve

MI-36-22 Leak Detection Loop


36-22-01 Pylon Leak Detection System
36-22-02 Wing Leak Detection System
36-22-03 APU Leak Detection Loop

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD Page

36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

36-00-01A No fault on BMC or on pylon leak detection loop


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(m) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that it
is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault on a BMC or on a pylon leak detection loop.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-11-00-040-004

36-00-01B No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) Only the LH side or the RH side is affected, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-00-01B AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................OFF


‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw............................................................................................. OFF
‐ X BLEED selector...........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw....................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-00-01C Limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – – No

(o) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) Only the LH side or the RH side is affected, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-00-01C AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................OFF


‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw............................................................................................. OFF
‐ X BLEED selector...........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw....................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8990

36-00-01A No fault on BMC or on pylon leak detection loop


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – –
No
(
(m) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that it
is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault on a BMC or on a pylon leak detection loop.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-11-00-040-004

36-00-01B Limitation to 37000 ft


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(o) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) Only one side is affected, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The altitude is limited to 37 000 ft (11 200 m), and
9) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-00-01B AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................OFF


‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw............................................................................................. OFF
‐ X BLEED selector...........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw....................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-00-01C Limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – – No

(o) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) Only the LH side or the RH side is affected, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-00-01C AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................OFF


‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw............................................................................................. OFF
‐ X BLEED selector...........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw....................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.
IN FLIGHT

In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-00-01D No FL limitation

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – – No

(o) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) Only the LH side or the RH side is affected, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.

Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37 000 ft (11 200 m), oxygen masks may
drop during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-00-01D AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................OFF


‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw............................................................................................. OFF
‐ X BLEED selector...........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw....................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to FCOM 3.02.36 (AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT procedure), and
‐ Refer to QRH 2.02 (AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT procedure)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8989

36-00-01A No fault on BMC or on pylon leak detection loop


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

(m) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that it
is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault on a BMC or on a pylon leak detection loop.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-11-00-040-004

36-00-01E Only one side affected


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided that:

1) Only the LH side or the RH side is affected, and


2) The associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: RP-C8991

36-00-01F
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-01 - AIR COND Overhead Panel

36-01-01 ENG BLEED pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

36-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

36-01-02 ENG BLEED pb-sw OFF light


Applicable to: ALL

36-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

36-01-03 APU BLEED pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

36-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

36-01-04 APU BLEED pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

36-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-07 - Indications on the BLEED SD page

36-07-01 APU Bleed Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

36-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

36-07-02 Engine Bleed Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

36-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

36-07-03 Engine Bleed HP Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

36-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet Pressure


Indication on the BLEED SD page
Applicable to: ALL

36-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-07-05 Engine Bleed Precooler Outlet Temperature


Indication on the BLEED SD page
Applicable to: ALL

36-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

36-07-06 X Bleed Valve Indication on the BLEED SD page


Applicable to: ALL

36-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System

36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996
__________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The HP ground connection is near the engine 1 hazardous area. If the bleed air supply system 2 is inoperative, it
is better to use the APU bleed for engine start. If the APU bleed is not available, a ground cart can be used as long as
the pneumatic pipe is kept out of the hazardous area.
__________________________________________________________________________________________

36-11-01A Non ETOPS flight – no FL limitation

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
4) The speedbrakes are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01A Engine Bleed Air Supply System (Non-ETOPS flights)

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw.......................................................................................OFF

In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01B ETOPS flight – no FL limitation

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 2 1 Yes

(o) For ETOPS, one may be inoperative for one flight provided that:
1) The APU bleed air supply system is operative, and
2) The APU is running throughout the flight, and
3) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
5) The speedbrakes are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01B Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):

APU ON (IDLE)

FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390

KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20

LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.................................................................................................. ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01E Non ETOPS flight – limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
4) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01E Engine Bleed Air Supply System (Non-ETOPS flights)

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw.......................................................................................OFF

In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01F ETOPS flight – limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 2 1 Yes

(o) For ETOPS, one may be inoperative for one flight provided that:
1) The APU bleed air supply system is operative, and
2) The APU is running throughout the flight, and
3) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
5) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01F Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):

APU ON (IDLE)

FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390

KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20

LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.................................................................................................. ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED
pb-sw to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System


Applicable to: RP-C8990
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The HP ground connection is near the engine 1 hazardous area. If the bleed air supply system 2 is inoperative, it
is better to use the APU bleed for engine start. If the APU bleed is not available, a ground cart can be used as long as
the pneumatic pipe is kept out of the hazardous area.
______________________________________________________________________________________________

36-11-01C Non ETOPS flight – limitation to 37000 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
4) The speedbrakes are operative, and
5) The altitude is limited to 37 000 ft (11 200 m).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01C Engine Bleed Air Supply System (Non-ETOPS flights)

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw.......................................................................................OFF

In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01D ETOPS flight – limitation to 37000 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 2 1 Yes

(o) For ETOPS, one may be inoperative for one flight provided that:
1) The APU bleed air supply system is operative, and
2) The APU is running throughout the flight, and
3) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
5) The altitude is limited to 37 000 ft (11 200 m), and
6) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01D Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):

APU ON (IDLE)

FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390

KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20

LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.................................................................................................. ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED
pb-sw to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01E Non ETOPS flight – limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
4) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01E Engine Bleed Air Supply System (Non-ETOPS flights)

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED
pb-sw to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw.......................................................................................OFF

In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01F ETOPS flight – limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 2 1 Yes

(o) For ETOPS, one may be inoperative for one flight provided that:

1) The APU bleed air supply system is operative, and


2) The APU is running throughout the flight, and
3) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
5) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01F Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):

APU ON (IDLE)

FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390

KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20

LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.................................................................................................. ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01G Non ETOPS flight – no FL limitation

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 2 1 Yes

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN.
4) The speedbrakes are operative, and

Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37 000 ft (11 200 m), oxygen masks may
drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01G Engine Bleed Air Supply System (Non-ETOPS flights)

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw.......................................................................................OFF

In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-01H ETOPS flight – no FL limitation

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 2 1 Yes

(o) For ETOPS, one may be inoperative for one flight provided that:

1) The APU bleed air supply system is operative, and


2) The APU is running throughout the flight, and
3) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The X-BLEED selector is set to OPEN, and
5) The speedbrakes are operative.

Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37 000 ft (11 200 m), oxygen masks may
drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01H Engine Bleed Air Supply System (ETOPS flights)

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):

APU ON (IDLE)

FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390

KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20

LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44

AFTER ENGINE START


‐ Refer to FCOM/OEB 40 (AIR ENG (affected) BLEED FAULT and AIR ENG (affected) BLEED
ABNORM PR)
‐ Consider the severity of forecast icing conditions, if any (The wing anti-ice will be lost if the
remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative).

BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.................................................................................................. ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Consider selecting the air conditioning packs OFF or the APU bleed air supply system ON.

AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff, set the APU BLEED pb-sw
to OFF.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-02 Engine Bleed Valve (PRV)


Applicable to: ALL

36-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) The affected engine bleed valve is secured in the closed position, and
2) The associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System


Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-11-00-040-001

36-11-03 Engine Bleed Overpressure Valve


Applicable to: ALL

36-11-03A Associated bleed considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative provided that the associated bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

36-11-03B Associated Bleed still available


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT alert or the
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORM PR alert was not displayed during the previous flight.

36-11-04 Engine Bleed Fan Air Valve


Applicable to: ALL

36-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-05 Engine Bleed Air Precooler


Applicable to: ALL

36-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes

One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

36-11-06 Engine Bleed IP Check Valve


Applicable to: ALL

36-11-06A Associated bleed considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

36-11-06B Associated HP valve secured in the closed position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative in the open position provided that the associated HP valve is secured
in the closed position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-06B Engine Bleed IP Check Valve
DURING TAXI

When the engines operate in idle thrust:


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw..............................................................................OFF
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................... OPEN

If wing anti-ice is required:


One PACK pb-sw.......................................................................................................OFF

DURING TAKEOFF, CLIMB, AND CRUISE


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................On
‐ X BLEED selector...................................................................................................... AUTO

DURING DESCENT
When the engines operate in idle thrust:
‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw.................................................................................OFF
‐ X BLEED selector....................................................................................................... OPEN

If wing anti-ice is required:


One PACK pb-sw..........................................................................................................OFF

(m) Refer to AMM 36-11-00-040-002


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-11-07 Engine Bleed HP Valve


Applicable to: ALL

36-11-07A Associated bleed considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the associated engine bleed air supply
system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

36-11-07B HP valve secured in the closed position


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that the affected engine bleed HP valve is secured in the
closed position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-07B Engine Bleed HP Valve
Refer to OpsProc 36-11-06B Engine Bleed IP Check Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 36-11-00-040-003

36-11-08 Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC)


Applicable to: RP-C8991

36-11-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
O
ne may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-12 - APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems

36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System


Applicable to: ALL

36-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF.

36-12-02 APU Bleed Valve


Applicable to: ALL

36-12-02A APU bleed considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative provided that:

1) The APU bleed valve is secured in the closed position, and


2) The APU bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

36-12-02B APU not used


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative in the open position provided that the APU is not used in flight.

Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-12-02B APU Bleed Valve
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
When the APU runs:
APU BLEED pb-sw..........................................................................................................ON

After APU shutdown:


APU BLEED pb-sw........................................................................................................OFF

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-12-03 APU Bleed Check Valve


Applicable to: ALL

36-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the APU bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System


36-12-04 Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve
Applicable to: ALL

36-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that the manual control is checked operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-12-04A Automatic control of the X Bleed Valve

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION

Check of the manual control of the X BLEED valve:


‐ X BLEED selector....................................................................................................... OPEN
‐ On the BLEED, check that the cross bleed valve is indicated open.
‐ X BLEED selector.........................................................................................................SHUT
‐ On the BLEED, check that the cross bleed valve is indicated closed.
‐ X BLEED selector....................................................................................................... AUTO

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-22 - Leak Detection Loop

36-22-01 Pylon Leak Detection System


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

36-22-01B No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-22-01B Pylon Leak Detection System

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw..................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector..........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS
36-22-01C Limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-22-01C Pylon Leak Detection System

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw..................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector..........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-22-01 Pylon Leak Detection System


Applicable to: RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

36-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and


2) The AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
3) The associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001

36-22-01 Pylon Leak Detection System


Applicable to: RP-C8990

36-22-01B Limitation to 37000 ft


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The altitude is limited to 37 000 ft (11 200 m), and
9) The speedbrakes are operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-22-01B Pylon Leak Detection System

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw..................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector..........................................................................................................SHUT

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001

36-22-01C Limitation to 31500 ft

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The altitude is limited to 31 500 ft (9 600 m).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-22-01C Pylon Leak Detection System

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw..................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector..........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-22-01D No FL limitation

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
3) The associated BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X-BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if the LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.

Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37 000 ft (11 200 m), oxygen masks may
drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-22-01D Pylon Leak Detection System

Applicable to: RP-C8990

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ENG (affected side) BLEED pb-sw..................................................................................OFF
‐ PACK (affected side) pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector..........................................................................................................SHUT

If the LH side is affected:


APU BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................................... OFF

Note: The use of the APU bleed air supply system for Main Engine Start is permitted.

IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
‐ Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
‐ Refer to QRH/ABN-36 AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT.

(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 36 – PNEUMATICS

36-22-02 Wing Leak Detection System


Applicable to: ALL

36-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Must be operative.

Note: Failure of one loop in one or both wing leading edges is indicated by a
MAINTENANCE message displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Refer to Item 36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message

36-22-03 APU Leak Detection Loop


Applicable to: ALL

36-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI36 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 46 – AIRCRAFT INFORMATION NETWORK
SYSTEM

MI-46 Information Systems

MI-46-11 Aircraft Information Network Systems


46-11-01 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) *

MI-46-21 Air Traffic and Information Management System


46-21-01 Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
46-21-02 Datalink Control and Display Unit (DCDU) *
46-21-03 ATC MSG pb *

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI46 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 46 – AIRCRAFT INFORMATION NETWORK
SYSTEM

46-11 - Aircraft Information Network Systems


46-11-01 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) *
Applicable to: ALL

46-11-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– – – –

Reserved

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI46 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 46 – AIRCRAFT INFORMATION NETWORK
SYSTEM

46-21 - Air Traffic and Information Management System


46-21-01 Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991 and RP-C8992

46-21-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– – – –

Reserved

46-21-02 Datalink Control and Display Unit (DCDU) *


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991 and RP-C8992

46-21-02A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– – – –

Reserved

46-21-03 ATC MSG pb *


Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991 and RP-C8992

46-21-03A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– – – –

Reserved

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI46 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

MI-49 Airborne Auxiliary Power

MI-49-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


49-00-01 APU MAINTENANCE Message

MI-49-01 APU Overhead Panel


49-01-01 APU MASTER SW pb-sw FAULT light
49-01-02 APU MASTER SW pb-sw ON light
49-01-03 APU START pb-sw AVAIL light
49-01-04 APU START pb-sw ON light

MI-49-07 Indications on the APU SD page


49-07-01 Indications on the APU SD page

MI-49-10 Power Plant


49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
49-10-02 APU Air Intake Flap

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI49 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

49-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

49-00-01 APU MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

49-00-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – – No

APU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI49 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

49-01 - APU Overhead Panel

49-01-01 APU MASTER SW pb-sw FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

49-01-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the N and the EGT indications are operative on the APU SD page.

49-01-02 APU MASTER SW pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

49-01-02A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

49-01-03 APU START pb-sw AVAIL light


Applicable to: ALL

49-01-03A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the N indication is operative on the APU SD page.

49-01-04 APU START pb-sw ON light


Applicable to: ALL

49-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI49 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

49-07 - Indications on the APU SD page

49-07-01 Indications on the APU SD page


Applicable to: ALL

49-07-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI49 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

49-10 - Power Plant

49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)


Applicable to: ALL

49-10-01A Non ETOPS flight

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 49-10-01A Power Plant (APU)

GENERAL INFORMATION

No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


APU MASTER SW pb-sw....................................................................................................Off

49-10-01B ETOPS 120 min flight

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative for four flights provided that ETOPS beyond 120 min is not conducted.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 49-10-01B Power Plant (APU)

GENERAL INFORMATION

No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


APU MASTER SW pb-sw....................................................................................................Off

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI49 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 49 – AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER

49-10-01C APU deactivated or removed

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


D 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:

1) ETOPS is not conducted, and


2) The APU is deactivated or removed.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)

GENERAL INFORMATION

No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


APU MASTER SW pb-sw....................................................................................................Off

(m) Refer to AMM task

49-10-02 APU Air Intake Flap


Applicable to: ALL

49-10-02A APU not used

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 No

May be inoperative in the closed position provided that the APU is not used.

49-10-02B APU used

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative in the open position for 10 days.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI49 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52 Doors

MI-52-01 Overhead Panels

MI-52-01-01 CKPT DOOR CONT Normal Overhead Panel


52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
52-01-01-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel

MI-52-01-02 CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel


52-01-02-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-02-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-02-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel

MI-52-01-03 CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel


52-01-03-01 CTL pb FAULT light on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-03-02 CTL pb OPEN light on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-03-31 CTL pb on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-03-32 BK UP Function of the LKG SYS sw on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-03-33 NORM Function of the LKG SYS sw on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
52-01-03-34 OFF Function of the LKG SYS sw on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel

MI-52-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page


52-07-01 Passenger Door Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-02 Passenger Door Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-04 Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-05 Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-06 Avionics Compartment Access Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

MI-52-10 Passenger/Crew Door


52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door
52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit
52-10-03 Passenger Exit Stop Fitting
52-10-04 Door Damper Function
52-10-05 Door Emergency Opening Function
52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW Message on the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page*
52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)*
52-10-07 Passenger Door Stay Mechanism
52-10-08 CABIN PRESSURE light (on Doors)

MI-52-30 Cargo Door


52-30-01 Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK* )
52-30-02 Cargo Door Actuator
52-30-03 Cargo Door Electrical Control
52-30-04 Cargo Door Locking Hooks and Spools (Rollers)
52-30-05 Cargo Door Hand Pump
52-30-06 Cargo Door Drift Pin
52-30-07 Cargo Doors Open/Locked Indicator light

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

MI-52-33 Bulk Cargo Compartment Door


52-33-01 Cargo Door Balance Mechanism

MI-52-51 Reinforced Cockpit Door (CDLS)


52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer,
Keypad)
52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Panel)
52-51-03 CDLS Buzzer
52-51-04 CDLS Keypad
52-51-05 CDLS Keypad Green and Red LEDs
52-51-06 CDLS Door Release Strike (Catch, Spring, Solenoid, Bolt)
52-51-07 CDLS Deadbolt

MI-52-53 COCKPIT DOOR Panel on the Center Pedestal


52-53-01 COCKPIT DOOR FAULT light
52-53-02 COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light
52-53-03 LOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw
52-53-04 UNLOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-01 - Overhead Panels


52-01-01 - CKPT DOOR CONT Normal Overhead Panel

52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Applicable to: ALL

52-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
May be inoperative provided associated FAULT light is verified to operate normally.

52-01-01-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the


CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Applicable to: ALL

52-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 3 – –
Reserved

52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Applicable to: ALL

52-01-01-03A One inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 Yes
(m) One may be inoperative for 60 consecutive calendar days provided that the remaining pressure
rate sensor is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-011

52-01-01-03B Both inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No
Both may be inoperative provided that the CDLS normal system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad).

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-01 - Overhead Panels


52-01-02 - CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel

52-01-02-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-02-01A CTL pb FAULT light checked operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the CTL pb FAULT light is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-01-02-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel

Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ANN LT selector........................................................................................................TEST
‐ Check that the associated CTL pb FAULT light comes on.

52-01-02-01B CDLS back-up system considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR BK UP Panel)

52-01-02-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the


CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-02-02A CTL pb FAULT light checked operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the CTL pb FAULT light is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-01-02-02A STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP
Overhead Panel

Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


‐ ANN LT selector........................................................................................................TEST
‐ Check that the associated CTL pb FAULT light comes on.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-01-02-02B CDLS back-up system considered inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


D 3 0 Yes

One or more may be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR BK UP Panel)

52-01-02-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT


DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-02-03A One inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 2 1 Yes

(m) One may be inoperative for 60 consecutive calendar days provided that the remaining pressure
rate sensor is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-012

52-01-02-03B Both inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


D 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR BK UP Panel)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-01 - Overhead Panels


52-01-03 - CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel

52-01-03-01 CTL pb FAULT light on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel


Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-03-01A ‘C’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-01-03-01A CTL pb FAULT light on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead
Panel

Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


To ensure that the door is closed and locked:
On the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP panel, check that the three STRIKE LEDs are off.

52-01-03-01B ‘D’ repair interval and CDLS back-up system considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on
the CKPT DOOR BK UP Panel)

52-01-03-02 CTL pb OPEN light on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel


Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-03-02A ‘C’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-01-03-02A CTL pb OPEN light on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel

Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


To ensure that the door is closed and locked:
On the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP panel, check that the three STRIKE LEDs are off.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-01-03-02B ‘D’ repair interval and CDLS back-up system considered inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on
the CKPT DOOR BK UP Panel)

52-01-03-31 CTL pb on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel


Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-03-31A ‘C’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-01-03-31A CTL pb on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
‐ Manual opening from the cockpit has to be performed by the cockpit crew.
‐ Procedure must be established to restrict cockpit access to the strict necessary.

52-01-03-31B ‘D’ repair interval and CDLS back-up system considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on
the CKPT DOOR BK UP Panel)

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-01-03-32 BK UP Function of the LKG SYS sw on


the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-03-32A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the CDLS back-up system is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL pb and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR BK UP Panel)

52-01-03-33 NORM Function of the LKG SYS sw on


the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-03-33A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the CDLS normal system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)

52-01-03-34 OFF Function of the LKG SYS sw on


the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-01-03-34A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No

(m) May be inoperative.

Note: For maintenance purpose only, the CDLS normal and the CDLS back-up systems can be
deactivated by performing the associated maintenance procedure.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-008

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page

52-07-01 Passenger Door Permanently Indicated


Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: ALL

52-07-01A Check of associated door and ‘C’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:

1) The associated door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The white SLIDE ARMED light on the associated door does not come on when the door is
closed and locked and the slide arming lever is in the armed position.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-01A Passenger Door/Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED light operative)

GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP* may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb.................................................................................................... Press
Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST"
line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-01B Check of associated door and ‘B’ repair interval

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that the
associated door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-01B Passenger Door/Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open
on the DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED light may be permanently illuminated)

GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
The SLIDE ARMED light on passenger doors may be permanently illuminated.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb...........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .TEST"
line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

52-07-01C No night operations

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-01C Passenger Door/Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED light may be permanently illuminated)

GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
The SLIDE ARMED light on passenger doors may be permanently illuminated.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb...........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST"
line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O
CONFIG TEST.

52-07-01D Slide of the associated door not armed

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


- 4 - No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:
1) The associated door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The slide of the associated door is not armed, and
3) The associated door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-01D Passenger Door/Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED light may be permanently illuminated)

GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
The SLIDE ARMED light on passenger doors may be permanently illuminated.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb...........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-02 Passenger Door Permanently Indicated


Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: ALL

52-07-02A No night operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated closed when actually open provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-02A Passenger Door/Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated
Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.

52-07-02B Check of associated door

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


- 4 - No

(o) One or more may be permanently indicated closed when actually open provided that:
1) The associated door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The associated door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-02B Passenger Door/Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently


Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

52-07-03A Check of associated exit and ‘C’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:

1) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The associated SLIDE indication is displayed in white on the DOOR/OXY SD page.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03A Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-03B Check of associated exit and ‘B’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
B 4 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that the
associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03B Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

52-07-03C No night operations

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 4 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:

1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and


2) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03C Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 14
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

52-07-03D Both exits on the same side considered inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


- 4 - No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:

1) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) Both exits on the same side are considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03D Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 15
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently


Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: RP-C8990

52-07-03A Check of associated exit and ‘C’ repair interval


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or both may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:
1) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The relevant SLIDE indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page is normally displayed in white.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03A Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 16
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS
52-07-03B Check of associated exit and ‘B’ repair interval

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


B 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or both may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that the
associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03B Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF

CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.

T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

52-07-03C No night operations

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or both may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03C Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 17
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

52-07-03D Associated exit considered inoperative

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– 2 - No

(o) (m) One or both may be permanently indicated open when actually closed provided that:

1) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The associated exit is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-03D Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press

Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-010

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 18
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-04 Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently


Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

52-07-04A No night operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated closed when actually open provided that:

1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and


2) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-04A Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-011

52-07-04B Both exits on the same side considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 - No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated closed when actually open provided that:

1) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) Both exits on the same side are considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-04B Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-011

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 19
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-04 Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently


Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: RP-C8990

52-07-04A No night operations


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated closed when actually open provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated at night, and
2) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.

(o) OpsProc 52-07-04A Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-011

52-07-04B Associated exit considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 - No

(o) (m) One or more may be permanently indicated closed when actually open provided that:

1) The associated exit is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The associated exit is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-04B Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY
SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP * may be affected.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-011

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 20
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-05 Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page


Applicable to: ALL

52-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-05A Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
If cargo indication is inoperative due to a proximity switch failure:
The relevant cargo heating* is inhibited. For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal
Transportation Calculation Tool.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press
Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb..........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 21
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-07-06 Avionics Compartment Access Door


Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to: ALL

52-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-07-06A Avionics Compartment Access Door Indication on the
DOOR/OXY SD page

GENERAL INFORMATION
If cargo indication is inoperative due to a proximity switch failure:
The relevant cargo heating* is inhibited. For livestock transportation refer to livestock
transportation manual.

AFTER ENGINE START


In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb...................................................................................................... Press
Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA remains displayed on the STATUS SD page.

BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
‐ T.O CONFIG pb..........................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . .
TEST" line.
‐ Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-004

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 22
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-10 - Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door


Applicable to: ALL

52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No

One cabin door and/or its slide may be inoperative provided:


1) The maximum numbers of passenger are reduced by 24 for 144 configuration, and 30 for 168 to 180
configurations.
2) Both overwing emergency exits are operative, and
3) All remaining door are capable of being operated in the emergency mode, and
4) It is positively established that the inoperative exit is safe to fly either at maximum differential
pressure or completely unpressurized, and
5) Tapes or ropes are used to block the exit and will be installed prior to passenger boarding. The
tapes and ropes shall be of conspicuous color and,
6) Emergency exit sign/light associated with the inoperative exit must be covered to obscure the
sign/light and a placard attached to indicate “NO EXIT” and,
7) The Captain of the aircraft must ensure that prior to commencement of the flight, the cabin staff have
been briefed on the situation and how it affects their emergency evacuation procedures, and
8) During the pre takeoff briefing of the passenger by the cabin staff, the inoperative exit MUST NOT
be included in the exit location briefing, and
9) Restricted seating areas are clearly indicated with placard or tape barrier.

FOR A319 ONLY

INOP DOOR SEAT ROWS BLOCKED


FWD 1-4

AFT 22-25

FOR A320 ONLY

INOP DOOR SEAT ROWS BLOCKED


FWD 1-5

AFT 24-28

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 23
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 – No

(m) One Overwing Emergency Exit and/or its slide may be inoperative provided:
1) The maximum numbers of passenger are reduced by 30 for 168 to180 configurations.
2) Both overwing emergency exits are operative, and
3) All remaining door are capable of being operated in the emergency mode, and
4) It is positively established that the inoperative exit is safe to fly either at maximum differential
pressure or completely unpressurized, and
5) Tapes or ropes are used to block the exit and will be installed prior to passenger boarding. The
tapes or ropes shall be of conspicuous color and,
6) Emergency exit sign/light associated with the inoperative exit must be covered to obscure the
sign/light and a placard attached to indicate “NO EXIT” and,
7) The Captain of the aircraft must ensure that prior to commencement of the flight, the cabin staff have
been briefed on the situation and how it affects their emergency evacuation procedures, and
8) During the pre takeoff briefing of the passenger by the cabin staff, the inoperative exit MUST NOT
be included in the exit location briefing, and
9) Restricted seating areas are clearly indicated with placard or tape barrier.

INOP DOOR SEAT ROWS BLOCKED

OVERWING 168 to 180 Configuration


EMERGENCY
EXIT 10 - 14/15 Rows

52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit


Applicable to: RP-C8990

52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

52-10-03 Passenger Exit Stop Fitting


Applicable to: ALL

52-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

A maximum of one per exit may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 24
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-10-04 Door Damper Function


Applicable to: ALL

52-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

52-10-05 Door Emergency Opening Function


Applicable to: ALL

52-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door

52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW Message on the Programming


and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page *
Applicable to: RP-C8990, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

52-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

(m) One or more messages may be displayed provided that the door bottle pressure is checked on the
associated bottle pressure gauge before the first MEL dispatch and then every 8 days.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-00-00-040-001

52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message


on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) *
Applicable to: RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

52-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No

(m) One or more messages may be displayed provided that the door bottle pressure is checked on the
associated bottle pressure gauge before the first MEL dispatch and then every 8 days.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-00-00-040-003

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 25
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-10-07 Passenger Door Stay Mechanism


Applicable to: ALL

52-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door

52-10-08 CABIN PRESSURE light (on Doors)


Applicable to: ALL

52-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 26
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-30 - Cargo Door

52-30-01 Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK * )


Applicable to: ALL

52-30-01A Cargo door indicated locked on the DOOR/OXY SD page


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative in the closed and locked position provided that they are
indicated locked on the DOOR/OXY SD page.

52-30-01B Visual check of the cargo door


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative in the closed and locked position provided that the
associated cargo door is visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-30-00-040-001

52-30-02 Cargo Door Actuator


Applicable to: ALL

52-30-02A A maximum of one actuator inoperative per cargo door


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

A maximum of one per cargo door may be inoperative provided that:


1) The integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected, and
2) The wind velocity during loading and unloading operations is below 30 kt, and
3) The operation of the door with a single actuator is limited to 100 open/close cycles.

52-30-02B One or more actuator inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:


1) The integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected, and
2) The associated cargo door is manually closed and locked.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-36-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 27
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-30-03 Cargo Door Electrical Control


Applicable to: ALL

52-30-03A Cargo door operated using hand pump


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo doors can be operated
using the hand pump.

52-30-03B Cargo door considered inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo doors are considered
inoperative.

Refer to Item 52-30-01 Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK ( If Installed))

52-30-04 Cargo Door Locking Hooks and Spools (Rollers)


Applicable to: ALL

52-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

A maximum of one locking hook or one spool per cargo door may be inoperative provided
that:
1) All the others have no damage, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.

52-30-05 Cargo Door Hand Pump


Applicable to: ALL

52-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

May be inoperative provided that the integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 28
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-30-06 Cargo Door Drift Pin


Applicable to: ALL
52-30-06A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


A 4 0 No

One or both on each cargo door may be inoperative for one flight.

52-30-07 Cargo Doors Open/Locked Indicator light


Applicable to: ALL
52-30-07A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


D 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door is in the fully open
position during loading and unloading operations.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-30-07A Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light

ON GROUND
When the Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light is inoperative, it is necessary to inform
the ground personnel:
‐ To visually check that the affected cargo door is in the fully open position, with no
downward movement after releasing the lever of the manual selector valve.
‐ To visually check that the lever of the manual selector valve stays in the neutral
position.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 29
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-33 - Bulk Cargo Compartment Door

52-33-01 Cargo Door Balance Mechanism


Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and RP-C8995

52-33-01A

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


C 1 0 Yes

(m) May be inoperative or damaged provided that:


1) A safety hold device is used to maintain the cargo door in the open position during
loading and unloading operations, and
2) The associated cargo door is visually checked to be closed and locked.

Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-33-00-040-001

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 30
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-51 - Reinforced Cockpit Door (CDLS)

52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch


and Lights on the CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)
Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994 and RP-C8996

52-51-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The LKG SYS selector is set to the BK UP position on CKPT DOOR BK UP panel, and
3) The back-up control unit is operative.

(o) OpsProc 52-51-01B CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993 and RP-C8994

LKG SYS sel ........................................................................................................ BK UP

Note: The keypad operation is not available in back-up mode.


At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will
be established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 31
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch


and Lights on the CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-51-01A CDLS back-up control unit operative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The LKG SYS selector on the CKPT DOOR BK UP panel is set to the BK UP position ,and
3) The CDLS back-up control unit is operative.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-51-01A CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)

Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

Alternate normal procedures must be established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to
use the cabin interphone to communicate with the cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


LKG SYS sw..................................................................................................................BK UP
The CDLS keypad operation is not available in back-up mode.
The cockpit crew must brief the cabin crew that the CDLS keypad is inoperative.

IN FLIGHT
At least two people must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

52-51-01B

Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard


– 1 – –

Reserved

52-51-02 CDLS BK UP System (Back-up Control Unit, CTL


pb and Lights on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Panel)
Applicable to: RP-C8990 and RP-C8995

52-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes

May be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 32
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-51-03 CDLS Buzzer


Applicable to: ALL

52-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided that:


1) Keypad is deactivated and
2) Interphone between cabin and cockpit is operative

(o) OpsProc 52-51-03A CDLS Buzzer

At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will be
established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

52-51-04 CDLS Keypad


Applicable to: ALL

52-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes

(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:


1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The CDLS keypad is deactivated.

Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-51-04A CDLS Keypad

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Alternate normal procedures must be established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to
use the cabin interphone to communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.
The cockpit crew must brief the cabin crew that the CDLS keypad is inoperative.

IN FLIGHT
At least two people must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-007

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 33
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-51-05 CDLS Keypad Green and Red LEDs


Applicable to: ALL

52-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided alternate procedures are established and used.

(o) OpsProc 52-51-05A CDLS Keypad Green and Red LEDs

At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will be
established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

52-51-06 CDLS Door Release Strike (Catch, Spring, Solenoid, Bolt)


Applicable to: ALL

52-51-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No

(m) Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative door release strike is failed in
the locked position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-010

52-51-07 CDLS Deadbolt


Applicable to: RP-C8989, RP-C8991 and RP-C8994

52-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 NO

May be inoperative provided for 30 calendar days provided the interphone system between the cabin
and the cockpit is operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 34
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-53 - COCKPIT DOOR Panel on the Center Pedestal

52-53-01 COCKPIT DOOR FAULT light


Applicable to: ALL

52-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided:


1) LOCK and NORM functions are verified to operate normally, and
2) Control unit LED’s operate normally.

(o) OpsProc 52-53-01A COCKPIT DOOR FAULT light

At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will be
established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

52-53-02 COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light


Applicable to: ALL

52-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided The Interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative

(o) OpsProc 52-53-02A COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light

At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will be
established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 35
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 52 – DOORS

52-53-03 LOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw


Applicable to: ALL

52-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided:


1) Keypad is deactivated.
2) The Interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative.

(o) OpsProc 52-53-03A LOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw

At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will be
established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

52-53-04 UNLOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw


Applicable to: ALL

52-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No

(o) May be inoperative provided The Interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative

(o) OpsProc 52-53-04A UNLOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw

At least two people must be always present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.

BEFORE THE FLIGHT


Cockpit crew will brief cabin crew that the keypad is inoperative. Alternate normal procedures will be
established before departure in order to remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to
communicate with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI52 - 36
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 56 - WINDOWS

MI-56 Windows

MI-56-10 Cockpit
56-10-01 Front Windshield
56-10-02 Lateral Fixed/Sliding Window
56-10-03 Sliding Window Opening/Closing Mechanism

MI-56-20 Cabin
56-20-01 Cabin Window

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI56 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 56 - WINDOWS

56-10 – Cockpit

56-10-01 Front Windshield


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
________________________________________________________________________________________

56-10-01A For SPS Windshields (Except P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1) and for
PPG Windshields and for PAL Windshields (Only P/N PAL 06282 & 06283)
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 2 No

(o) (m) One front windshield external ply may be cracked for ten flights provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 56-10-01A Front Windshield
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When PNF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.

(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-001

56-10-01B For SPS Windshields (Except P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1) and for
PPG Windshields and for PAL Windshields (Only P/N PAL 06282 & 06283)
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 2 No

(o) (m) One front windshield may have burn spots in the bus bar area beyond the limits provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 56-10-01B Front Windshield
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When PNF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.

(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-001

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI56 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 56 - WINDOWS

56-10-01C For SPS Windshields (only P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1)


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield external ply may be cracked for one flight provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 56-10-01C Front Windshield

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When PNF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-001

56-10-01D For SPS Windshields (only P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1)


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 2 No

(o) (m) One front windshield may have burn spots in the bus bar area beyond the limits provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 56-10-01D Front Windshield

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When PNF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.

(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-001

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI56 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 56 - WINDOWS

56-10-02 Lateral Fixed/Sliding Window


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

56-10-02A For Acrylic Window (LUCAS/ACT Supplier, P/N starting with NH)
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 4 No

(m) One or more lateral windows may have burn spots in the bus bar area provided that:
1) The diameter of the mark is less than 10 mm, and
2) The associated lateral window heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-002

56-10-02B For Glass Window (SPS Supplier (P/N starting with SPS) and PPG Supplier
(P/N starting with NP))
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 4 No

(m) External ply may be cracked for one flight provided that:
1) The other lateral windows are not damaged, and
2) The associated lateral window heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-002

56-10-02C For Glass Window (SPS Supplier (P/N starting with SPS) and PPG Supplier
(P/N starting with NP))
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 4 No
(m) One or more lateral windows may have burn spots in the bus bar area provided that:
1) The diameter of the mark is less than 10 mm, and
2) The associated lateral window heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-002

56-10-03 Sliding Window Opening/Closing Mechanism


Applicable to: ALL
56-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI56 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 56 - WINDOWS

56-20 - Cabin

56-20-01 Cabin Window


Applicable to: ALL

56-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No

One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI56 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 70 - ENGINE

MI-70 Engine

MI-70-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page


70-00-01 ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE Message
70-00-02 ENG EIU MAINTENANCE Message
70-00-03 ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE Message

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI70 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 70 - ENGINE

70-00 - MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page

70-00-01 ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

70-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

70-00-02 ENG EIU MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

70-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

ENG EIU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

70-00-03 ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE Message


Applicable to: ALL

70-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No

ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI70 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

MI-73 Engine Fuel and Control

MI-73-07 Indications on the ENGINE SD page


73-07-01 F. USED Indication on the ENGINE SD page
73-07-02 Fuel Filter Clog Indication on the ENGINE SD page

MI-73-08 Indications on the EWD


73-08-01 F. F. (Fuel Flow) Indication on the EWD

MI-73-09 ECAM Alert


73-09-01 ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG Alert

MI-73-10 Distribution
73-10-04 Engine HP Fuel Valve

MI-73-20 Controlling
73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode
73-20-04 EPR Control Mode
73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground
73-20-06 EEC ACFT 28V Power Supply

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

73-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page

73-07-01 F. USED Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

73-07-01A One indication inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity indications of the associated tanks
are operative on the FUEL SD page.

73-07-01B Both indications inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The fuel quantity indications of the associated tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page.

73-07-02 Fuel Filter Clog Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

73-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

73-08 - Indications on the EWD

73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

73-09 - ECAM Alert

73-09-01 ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG Alert


Applicable to: ALL

73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be displayed provided that:


1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

73-10 - Distribution

73-10-04 Engine HP Fuel Valve


Applicable to: ALL

73-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Both must be operative.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

73-20 – Controlling

73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode


Applicable to: ALL

73-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No

May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that the maximum thrust is used for takeoff.

73-20-04 EPR Control Mode


Applicable to: ALL

73-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) The EPR control mode may be inoperative on one or both engines provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The N1 rated control mode is operative on both engines (ENG 1(2) N1 DEGRADED
MODE message is not displayed on the STATUS SD page), and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 73-20-04A EPR Control Mode

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8996 and RP-C8897

GENERAL INFORMATION

The autothrust function is inoperative.


α floor is not available.
β target is not available.
Bump * is inoperative.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Takeoff performance:

The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure case
taken into account) is available.

Method:
‐ Determine the MTOW and the associated speeds in normal conditions.
‐ Apply the following decrements function of the MTOW in normal conditions:

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

Normal TOW 40 000 45 000 50 000 55 000 60 000


kg (lb) (90 000) (100 000) (110 000) (120 000) (130 000)
Weight decrement 5 200 5 900 6 500 7 200 7 800
kg (lb) (11 700) (13 000) (14 300) (15 600) (16 900)
V1, VR and V2 decrement
7 8 9 9 10
(kt)

Normal TOW 65 000 70 000 75 000 80 000 85 000


kg (lb) (140 000) (160 000) (170 000) (180 000) (190 000)
Weight decrement 8 500 9 100 9 800 10 400 11 000
kg (lb) (18 200) (20 800) (22 100) (23 400) (24 700)
V1, VR and V2 decrement
11 12 13 14 15
(kt)

Check that the takeoff speeds are equal to or above the minimum control speeds.
If no minimum speed value is available on the RTOW charts, use the conservative values
provided in Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS).
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 1 000 kg (2 200 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Decrease VR and V2 by 1.3 kt per kt increase in V1

Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMU/VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
‐ Determine V1, VR and V2 for the MTOW
‐ Decrease V1, VR and V2 by 1.3 kt per 1 000 kg (0.6 kt per 1 000 lb) difference
between the MTOW and the actual TOW
V1, VR, and V2 must not decrease below the minimum speeds defined above.

Single engine cruise:


See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL.

Go-Around performance:
See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

BEFORE ENGINE START


‐ ENG 1 N1 MODE pb-sw..................................................................................... ON
‐ ENG 2 N1 MODE pb-sw..................................................................................... ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Flexible takeoff is not permitted.

(o) OpsProc 73-20-04A EPR Control Mode

Applicable to: RP-C8990

GENERAL INFORMATION

The autothrust function is inoperative.


α floor is not available.
β target is not available.
Bump * is inoperative.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Takeoff performance:

The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure case
taken into account) is available.

Method:
‐ Determine the MTOW and the associated speeds in normal conditions.
‐ Apply the following decrements function of the MTOW in normal conditions:

Normal TOW 45 000 50 000 55 000 60 000 65 000 70 000


kg (lb) (100 000) (110 000) (120 000) (130 000) (140 000) (160 000)
Weight decrement 5 850 6 500 7 150 7 800 8 450 9 100
kg (lb) (13 000) (14 300) (15 600) (16 900) (18 200) (20 800)
V1, VR and V2
decrement 8 9 9 10 11 12
(kt)

Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 2 000 kg (4 420 lb) per kt difference between both values.

Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCA limitation).

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation.
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be retained
provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.

Single engine cruise:


See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL.

Go-Around performance:
See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL.

BEFORE ENGINE START

‐ ENG 1 N1 MODE pb-sw..................................................................................... ON


‐ ENG 2 N1 MODE pb-sw..................................................................................... ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Flexible takeoff is not permitted.

(o) OpsProc 73-20-04A EPR Control Mode

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and RP-C8991

GENERAL INFORMATION

The autothrust function is inoperative.


α floor is not available.
β target is not available.
Bump * is inoperative.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 9
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Takeoff performance:

The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available.

Method:
‐ Determine the MTOW and the associated speeds in normal conditions.
‐ Apply the following decrements function of the MTOW in normal conditions:

Normal TOW 40 000 45 000 50 000 55 000 60 000


kg (lb) (90 000) (100 000) (110 000) (120 000) (130 000)
Weight decrement 5 200 5 900 6 500 7 200 7 800
kg (lb) (11 700) (13 000) (14 300) (15 600) (16 900)
V1, VR and V2 decrement
7 8 9 9 10
(kt)

Normal TOW 65 000 70 000 75 000 80 000 85 000


kg (lb) (140 000) (160 000) (170 000) (180 000) (190 000)
Weight decrement 8 500 9 100 9 800 10 400 11 000
kg (lb) (18 200) (20 800) (22 100) (23 400) (24 700)
V1, VR and V2 decrement
11 12 13 14 15
(kt)

Check that the takeoff speeds are equal to or above the minimum control speeds.
If no minimum speed value is available on the RTOW charts, use the conservative values
provided in Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS).
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCG limitation).

If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:


Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 1 000 kg (2 200 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Decrease VR and V2 by 1.3 kt per kt increase in V1

Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMCA limitation).

If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW chart
(due to VMU/VMCA limitation).

If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:


Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 10
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
‐ Determine V1, VR and V2 for the MTOW
‐ Decrease V1, VR and V2 by 1.3 kt per 1 000 kg (0.6 kt per 1 000 lb) difference between
the MTOW and the actual TOW
V1, VR, and V2 must not decrease below the minimum speeds defined above.

Single engine cruise:


See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL.

Go-Around performance:
See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL.

BEFORE ENGINE START


‐ ENG 1 N1 MODE pb-sw....................................................................................... ON
‐ ENG 2 N1 MODE pb-sw....................................................................................... ON

FOR TAKEOFF
Flexible takeoff is not permitted.

The takeoff must be performed without FDs as follows:


‐ Set both FDs to OFF
‐ Select V2 on the FCU
‐ Acquire pitch attitude about 15 ° to maintain the speed target with two engines operative,
about 12.5 ° in the case of an engine failure.

Above 100 ft AGL, when appropriate:


‐ Set both FDs to ON (basic guidance modes engage)
‐ Engage OP CLB and select appropriate speed and lateral mode
‐ AP use as required.

When reaching the thrust reduction altitude :


Set both thrust levers to CL detent.

When reaching the acceleration altitude :


Resume normal acceleration and climb procedures.

Note: CLB or LVR CLB will not flash on the FMA as the A/THR is not available.

GO-AROUND

Note: To perform a manual Go-Around with no FD, the PF simultaneously announces


his/her intention, disengages the AP, applies TOGA and initiates the rotation.

The Go-Around must be performed without FDs as follows:


‐ Set AP (if engaged) to OFF
‐ Set both FDs (if engaged) to OFF
‐ Acquire pitch attitude about 15 ° to maintain the speed target with two engines operative,
about 12.5 ° in the case of an engine failure.
‐ Adjust pitch to maintain VAPP.

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 11
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL

When appropriate:
‐ Set both FDs to ON (basic guidance modes engage)
‐ Engage OP CLB and select appropriate speed and lateral mode
‐ AP use as required.

When reaching the thrust reduction altitude :


Set both thrust levers to CL detent.

When reaching the acceleration altitude :


Resume normal acceleration and climb procedures.

Note: CLB or LVR CLB will not flash on the FMA as the A/THR is not available. FMS does not
engage the GO AROUND phase.

73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground


Applicable to: ALL

73-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground

Applicable to: RP-C8990

GENERAL INFORMATION

Continuous ignition is permanently on.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Takeoff performance:
Use the following penalties for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure case
taken into account) is available. Takeoff must be performed with full thrust.

VMCG/VMCA limitation No VMCG/VMCA limitation


Weight decrement (kg/lb) 1 700/3 800 200/500
V1, VR, V2 decrement (kt IAS) 0 1

Landing performance:
No penalty.

(o) OpsProc 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground

Applicable to: RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989, RP-C8991, RP-C8993, RP-C8994,


RP-C8995 and RP-C8996

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 12
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 73 – ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
GENERAL INFORMATION

Continuous ignition is permanently on.

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS

Takeoff performance:
Use the following penalties for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure case
taken into account) is available. Takeoff must be performed with full thrust.

VMCG/VMCA limitation No VMCG/VMCA limitation


Weight decrement (kg/lb) 2 900/6 400 400/900
V1, VR, V2 decrement (kt IAS) 0 1

Landing performance:
No penalty.

73-20-06 EEC ACFT 28V Power Supply


Applicable to: ALL

73-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

The channel B power supply may be inoperative on one or both engines.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI73 - 13
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 74 - IGNITION

MI-74 Ignition

MI-74-07 Indications on the ENGINE SD page


74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page

MI-74-09 ECAM Alert


74-09-01 ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT Alert

MI-74-31 Ignition Starting and Continuous Relight


74-31-01 Ignition System A
74-31-02 Ignition System B

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI74 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 74 - IGNITION

74-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page

74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

74-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B)
FAULT alert is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 74-07-01A Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page

AFTER ENGINE START


If engine 1 is affected:
‐ ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A (49VU A03) C/B.................................................................PULL
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 1/ SYS A BAT (121VU P39) C/B.........................................................PULL
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 1/ SYS B (121VU P41) C/B.................................................................PULL

If engine 2 is affected:
‐ ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A (49VU A03) C/B.................................................................PULL
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 2/ SYS A BAT (121VU P40) C/B.........................................................PULL
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 2/ SYS B (121VU P42) C/B.................................................................PULL

On the EWD, check that the ENG 1(2) A+B IGN FAULT alert is displayed.

If engine 1 is affected:
‐ ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A (49VU A03) C/B................................................................PUSH
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 1/ SYS A BAT (121VU P39) C/B........................................................PUSH
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 1/ SYS B (121VU P41) C/B................................................................PUSH

If engine 2 is affected:
‐ ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A (49VU A03) C/B................................................................PUSH
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 2/ SYS A BAT (121VU P40) C/B........................................................PUSH
‐ ENGINE/IGN/ENG 2/ SYS B (121VU P42) C/B................................................................PUSH

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI74 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 74 - IGNITION

74-09 - ECAM Alert

74-09-01 ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT Alert


Applicable to: ALL

74-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No

One or two may be displayed.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI74 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 74 - IGNITION

74-31 - Ignition Starting and Continuous Relight

74-31-01 Ignition System A


Applicable to: ALL

74-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated engine ignition system B is operative.
Note: System A is considered inoperative on both engines (NO DISPATCH) when the
common power supply line from 401XP 115VAC ESS BUS is inoperative as a
result of either a loss of electrical continuity or a short circuit (ENGINE/1 AND 2
IGN/SYS A (49VUA03) C/B tripped).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 74-31-01A Ignition System A

BEFORE ENGINE START


For the affected engine, prefer a manual engine start.

74-31-02 Ignition System B


Applicable to: ALL

74-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative.


Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-02A Ignition System B

BEFORE ENGINE START


For the affected engine, prefer a manual engine start.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI74 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 76 – ENGINE CONTROL

MI-76 Engine Controls

MI-76-11 Throttle Control


76-11-01 Thrust lever Position Sensor

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI76 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 76 – ENGINE CONTROL

76-11 - Throttle Control

76-11-01 Thrust lever Position Sensor


Applicable to: ALL

76-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No

One may be inoperative on one engine for three days provided that:
1) The A/THR is operative, and
2) Both LGCIUs are operative, and
3) The L/G shock absorbers proximity detectors are operative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI76 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 77 – ENGINE INDICATING

MI-77 Engine Indicating

MI-77-07 Indications on SD pages

MI-77-07-01 Indications on the CRUISE SD page


77-07-01-01 N1 Vibration Indication on the CRUISE SD page
77-07-01-02 N2 Vibration Indication on the CRUISE SD page
77-07-01-03 F. USED (Fuel Used) Indication on the CRUISE SD page
77-07-01-04 OIL QT (Oil Quantity) Indication on the CRUISE SD page

MI-77-07-02 Indications on the ENGINE SD page


77-07-02-01 Engine Bleed Pressure Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-02 Fuel Filter Clog Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-03 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-04 Nacelle Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-06 N2 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-07 Oil Filter Clog Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-08 Oil Pressure Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-09 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-10 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-11 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-12 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page

MI-77-08 Indications on the EWD


77-08-01 EGT Indication on the EWD
77-08-02 EPR Indication on the EWD
77-08-03 F.F. (Fuel Flow) Indication on the EWD
77-08-04 N1 Indication on the EWD
77-08-05 N2 Indication on the EWD

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI77 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 77 – ENGINE INDICATING

77-07 - Indications on SD pages


77-07-01 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page

77-07-01-01 N1 Vibration Indication on the CRUISE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-01-02 N2 Vibration Indication on the CRUISE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 77-07-02-06 N2 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-01-03 F. USED (Fuel Used) Indication on the CRUISE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-01-04 OIL QT (Oil Quantity) Indication on the CRUISE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI77 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 77 – ENGINE INDICATING

77-07 - Indications on SD pages


77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-01 Engine Bleed Pressure Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet Pressure Indication on the BLEED SD page

77-07-02-02 Fuel Filter Clog Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-07-02 Fuel Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-03 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-04 Nacelle Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI77 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 77 – ENGINE INDICATING

77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-05A One indication inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative.

77-07-02-05B Both indications inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No

Both may be inoperative for three flights provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) No vibration advisory was displayed during the previous flight.

77-07-02-06 N2 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-06A One indication inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative

77-07-02-06B Both indications inoperative


Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
Both may be inoperative for three flights provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) No vibration advisory was displayed during the previous flight.

77-07-02-07 Oil Filter Clog Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-01 CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI77 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 77 – ENGINE INDICATING

77-07-02-08 Oil Pressure Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-02 Oil Pressure Indication and Advisory on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-09 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-10 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-11 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page

77-07-02-12 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

77-07-02-12A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI77 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 77 – ENGINE INDICATING

77-08 - Indications on the EWD

77-08-01 EGT Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

77-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Must be operative.

77-08-02 EPR Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

77-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-20-04 EPR Control Mode

77-08-03 Fuel Flow Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

77-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the EWD

77-08-04 N1 Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

77-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Must be operative.

77-08-05 N2 Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

77-08-05A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Must be operative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI77 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST

MI-78 Exhaust

MI-78-08 Indications on the EWD


78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD

MI-78-30 Thrust Reversers


78-30-01 Thrust Reverser
78-30-02 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Relay sw
78-30-03 Thrust Reverser Shutoff Valve

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST

78-08 - Indications on the EWD

78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD


Applicable to: ALL

78-08-01B
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated thrust reverser is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST

78-30 - Thrust Reversers

78-30-01 Thrust Reverser


Applicable to: ALL

78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:


1) The inoperative reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) Both LVDTs on the inoperative reverser are checked operative, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert is not displayed on the EWD after deactivation,
and
4) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser

Applicable to: RP-C8990

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:

Performance Adjustments
Runway State

Takeoff Dry, or No performance adjustments necessary (basic


Landing Dry, or performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser Use performance data computed with either:
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or ‐ All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Takeoff Contaminated, or ‐ One thrust reverser inoperative.
Landing Contaminated On contaminated runway, increase required landing
distance computed with one reverser inoperative by
55 m.

Runway State Performance Adjustments

Takeoff Dry, or
No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or
performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Both Thrust Landing Wet
Reversers
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or
Use performance data computed with all thrust
Takeoff Contaminated, or
reversers inoperative.
Landing Contaminated

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If the affected engine is fitted with the EEC Software standard SCN21:
o After application of the maintenance procedure
and
When the FADEC have power:
Check that the ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the
EWD.
Continued on next page
Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST
FOR TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers

REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent, then:
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note:
If the affected engine is not fitted with the EEC Software standard SCN21:
ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
after selection of the reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.

IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occur with "LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY" message displayed on the
STATUS SD page,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, use, as a conservative approach, the
LDG DIST factors "WITHOUT REV" (Refer to QRH/ABN-80 Miscellaneous-LDG CONF/APP
SPD/LDG DIST FOLLOWING FAILURES).

DURING APPROACH
During the approach briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers

FOR LANDING
Before the touchdown, ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent for the flare.
After touchdown, if one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
For automatic roll-out with one thrust reverser inoperative, Refer to AFM/LIM-22-FGS CAT II /
CAT III Operations.
Note:
o If the affected engine is not fitted with the EEC Software standard SCN21:
ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
after selection of the reverse thrust.

After touchdown, if both thrust reversers are inoperative:


Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.

(m) Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-013

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST

(o) OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser

Applicable to: RP-C8993, RP-C8994, RP-C8995, RP-C8992, RP-C8897, RP-C8988, RP-C8989 and
RP-C8991

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:

Runway State Performance Adjustments


Takeoff Dry, or No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser Use performance data computed with either:
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or ‐ All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Takeoff Contaminated, or ‐ One thrust reverser inoperative.
Landing Contaminated On contaminated runway, increase required landing
distance computed with one reverser inoperative by
55 m.

Runway State Performance Adjustments

Takeoff Dry, or No performance adjustments necessary (basic


Both Thrust Landing Dry, or performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Reversers Landing Wet
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with all thrust
Takeoff Contaminated, or reversers inoperative.
Landing Contaminated

DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION


If the affected engine is fitted with the EEC Software standard SCN21:
o After application of the maintenance procedure
and
When the FADEC have power:
Check that the ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the
EWD.

FOR TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers

REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent, then:
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note:
o If the affected engine is not fitted with the EEC Software standard SCN21:
ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
after selection of the reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.

Continued on next page

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 5
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST
IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occur with "LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY" message displayed on the
STATUS SD page,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, use, as a conservative approach, the
LDG DIST factors "WITHOUT REV" (Refer to QRH/ABN-80 Miscellaneous-LDG CONF/APP
SPD/LDG DIST FOLLOWING FAILURES).

DURING APPROACH
During the approach briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers

FOR LANDING
Before the touchdown, ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent for the flare.
After touchdown, if one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note:
o If the affected engine is not fitted with the EEC Software standard SCN21:
ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
after selection of the reverse thrust.

After touchdown, if both thrust reversers are inoperative:


Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.

(m) Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-013

(o) OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser

Applicable to: RP-C8996

FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:

Runway State Performance Adjustments


Takeoff Dry, or No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser Use performance data computed with either:
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or ‐ All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Takeoff Contaminated, or ‐ One thrust reverser inoperative.
Landing Contaminated On contaminated runway, increase required landing
distance computed with one reverser inoperative by
55 m.

Runway State Performance Adjustments


Takeoff Dry, or No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Both Thrust Landing Dry, or performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Reversers Landing Wet
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with all thrust
Takeoff Contaminated, or reversers inoperative.
Landing Contaminated

Continued on next page


Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 6
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST
FOR TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers

REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent, then:
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note: ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD after
selection of the reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.

IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occur with "LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY" message displayed on the
STATUS SD page,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, use, as a conservative approach, the
LDG DIST factors "WITHOUT REV" (Refer to QRH/ABN-80 Miscellaneous-LDG CONF/APP
SPD/LDG DIST FOLLOWING FAILURES).

DURING APPROACH
During the approach briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers, and
‐ The use of the thrust reversers

FOR LANDING
Before the touchdown, ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent for the flare.
After touchdown, if one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note: ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD after
selection of the reverse thrust.
After touchdown, if both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.

(m) Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-013

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 7
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 78 – EXHAUST

78-30-02 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Relay sw


Applicable to: ALL

78-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No

One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated thrust reverser is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser

78-30-03 Thrust Reverser Shutoff Valve


Applicable to: ALL

78-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative in the open position.

Issued Date: 21 May 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 01 Control Page: MI78 - 8
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 79 – OIL

MI-79 Oil

MI-79-07 Indications on the ENGINE SD page


79-07-01 CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
79-07-02 Oil Pressure Indication and Advisory on the ENGINE SD page
79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
79-07-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page

MI-79-09 ECAM Alerts


79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
79-09-03 ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS Alert

MI-79-20 Distribution
79-20-01 Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI79 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 79 – OIL

79-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page

79-07-01 CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

79-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

One or both may be inoperative.

79-07-02 Oil Pressure Indication and Advisory on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the ENG 1(2)
PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine oil low pressure
switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
_____________________________________________________________________________________

79-07-02C
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

One may be inoperative provided that:


1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is operative, and
3) The associated oil quantity indication is operative on the ENGINE SD page.

79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

79-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated oil quantity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM task

79-07-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

79-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
- 2 2 No

Must be operative.
Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A
Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI79 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 79 – OIL

79-09 - ECAM Alerts

79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert


Applicable to: ALL

79-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be displayed.


Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 79-09-01A ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert

AFTER ENGINE START


If both engines are affected:
RCDR GND CTL pb-sw................................................................................................CHECK ON

79-09-03 ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS Alert


Applicable to: ALL

79-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No

One or both may be displayed for 3 days provided that the ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS alert is not
associated with the HI PRESS message.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI79 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 79 – OIL

79-20 - Distribution

79-20-01 Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve


Applicable to: ALL

79-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(o) One or both may be inoperative in the open position provided that the fuel temperature in the inner
tank is checked to be above -20 °C.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 79-20-01A Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve

BEFORE TAKEOFF
On the FUEL SD page, check that the fuel temperature in the inner tank is above -20 °C.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI79 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 80 – STARTING

MI-80 Starting

MI-80-01 ENG MAN START Overhead Panel


80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw

MI-80-07 Indication on the ENGINE SD page


80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page

MI-80-11 Pneumatic Starter and Valve System


80-11-01 Start Valve

MI-80-12 ENG MASTER Panel on the Center Pedestal


80-12-01 FAULT light on the ENG MASTER Panel

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI80 - 1
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 80 – STARTING

80-01 - ENG MAN START Overhead Panel

80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw


Applicable to: ALL

80-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI80 - 2
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 80 – STARTING

80-07 - Indication on the ENGINE SD page

80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page


Applicable to: ALL

80-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No

(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated start valve is checked closed
after the start of the affected engine.

Reference(s)

(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI80 - 3
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 80 – STARTING

80-11 - Pneumatic Starter and Valve System

80-11-01 Start Valve


Applicable to: ALL

80-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No

(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that the start valve is manually closed after the start of the
affected engine.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 80-11-01A Start Valve

BEFORE ENGINE START


Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Start Valve Manual Operation.

(m) Refer to AMM task

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI80 - 4
A319/A320 Issue 3
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS 80 – STARTING

80-12 - ENG MASTER Panel on the Center Pedestal

80-12-01 FAULT light on the ENG MASTER Panel


Applicable to: ALL

80-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr Installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes

One or both may be inoperative.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: MI80 - 5
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-21 AIR CONDITIONING


CDL-21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap
Ram Air Inlet Flap
Illustration Ram Air Inlet Flap
CDL-21-03 Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge
Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge
Illustration Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap


Applicable to: A319

21-01 Quantity installed


RAM AIR INLET FLAP 2

All may be missing.


Note: System performance in heating mode will be decreased.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing flap:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 190 kg
(418 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 216 kg (476 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.53 %.

ILLUSTRATION RAM AIR INLET FLAP


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

21-03 Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge


Applicable to: A319

21-03 Quantity installed


RAM AIR INLET LEADING EDGE 2

One may be missing provided the associated pack is turned off (Refer to MEL/MI-21-52 Air
Conditioning Pack).

ILLUSTRATION RAM AIR INLET LEADING EDGE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-23 COMMUNICATION
CDL-23-01 Static Discharger
Static Discharger
Illustration Static Discharger

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C23 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

23-01 Static Discharger


Applicable to: A319

23-01 Quantity installed


STATIC DISCHARGER -

20 % of static dischargers may be missing or inoperative on each the following areas:


‐ RH wing
‐ LH wing
‐ Vertical stabilizer (including rudder)
‐ RH horizontal stabilizer (including elevator)
‐ LH horizontal stabilizer (including elevator).
Note: 1. If a static discharger is missing or inoperative on a flap track fairing, it is
recommended to replace it before flight.
2. When combined with the case of dispatch with a wing tip fence missing, 20 % of
the remaining static dischargers of the affected wing are allowed to be inoperative
or missing (Refer to 57-01 Wing Tip Fence).

ILLUSTRATION STATIC DISCHARGER


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C23 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-27 FLIGHT CONTROL


CDL-27-01 Flap Track Fairing
Flap Track Fairing
Illustration Flap track fairing
CDL-27-03 Slat Track Closing Plate
Slat Track Closing Plate
Illustration Slat track closing plate
CDL-27-05 Access Panel for Bearings at Elevator
Access Panel for Bearings at Elevator
Illustration Access panel for bearings at elevator
CDL-27-06 Flap Track Fairing Rear Top Cover and Tail Cone
Flap Track Fairing Rear Top Cover and Tail Cone
Illustration Flap track fairing rear top cover and tail cone
CDL-27-07 Rubber Seal under Slat
Rubber Seal under Slat
Illustration Rubber seal under slat
CDL-27-08 Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap
Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap
Illustration Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap
CDL-27-09 Inboard Aileron Edge to Wing Seal
Inboard Aileron Edge to Wing Seal
Illustration Inboard Aileron to Wing Seal
CDL-27-10 Slat End Seal and Weather Seal
Slat End Seal and Weather Seal
Illustration Slat End Seal and Weather Seal
CDL-27-11 Slat Track Filler Block
Slat Track Filler Block
Illustration Slat track filler block
CDL-27-12 Slat Track Sealing Packer
Slat Track Sealing Packer
Illustration Slat track sealing packer
CDL-27-13 Inter-flap Cushion Seal
Inter-flap Cushion Seal
Illustration Inter-flap cushion seal
CDL-27-14 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal
Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal
Illustration Moveable flap track fairing seal
CDL-27-15 Flap Track Fixed Fairing Seal
Flap Track Fixed Fairing seal
Illustration Fixed flap track fairing seal
CDL-27-16 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover
Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover
Illustration Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-01 Flap Track Fairing


Applicable to: A319

27-01 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK FAIRING 6

(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-001


One fairing may be partly or completely missing.
Note: 1. When the forward part of the fairing is missing, the aft part must be removed.
2. When the aft part of the fairing is missing, the forward part may remain installed.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 1 180 kg
(2 601 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 620 kg (3 571 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 3.14 %.

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK FAIRING


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-03 Slat Track Closing Plate


Applicable to: A319

27-03 Quantity installed


SLAT TRACK CLOSING PLATE 24

Two may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK CLOSING PLATE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-05 Access Panel for Bearings at Elevator


Applicable to: A319

27-05 Quantity installed


ACCESS PANEL FOR BEARINGS AT ELEVATOR 8
Two may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS PANEL FOR BEARINGS AT ELEVATOR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 4
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-06 Flap Track Fairing Rear Top Cover and Tail Cone
Applicable to: A319

27-06 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK FAIRING REAR TOP COVER AND TAIL CONE –
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-002
Both may be missing on two flap track fairings.
Note: 1. When the tail cone is missing, the rear top cover may remain installed.
2. When the rear top cover is missing, the associated tail cone must be removed.

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK FAIRING REAR TOP COVER AND TAIL CONE
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 5
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-07 Rubber Seal under Slat


Applicable to: A319

27-07 Quantity installed


RUBBER SEAL UNDER SLAT –
(m) Refer to AMM 57-40-00-040-001
1 m (39.3 in) per slat may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION RUBBER SEAL UNDER SLAT


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 6
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-08 Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap


Applicable to: A319

27-08 Quantity installed


SEAL BETWEEN INBOARD AND OUTBOARD FLAP 6
Three may be missing.
Note: For dispatch with inter-flap cushion seal missing, Refer to 27-13 Inter-flap Cushion Seal.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
per missing seal
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb) per missing seal
‐ If two or more seals are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.16 % per missing seal.

ILLUSTRATION SEAL BETWEEN INBOARD AND OUTBOARD FLAP


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 7
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-09 Inboard Aileron Edge to Wing Seal


Applicable to: A319

27-09 Quantity installed


INBOARD AILERON EDGE TO WING SEAL 4
One seal per aileron may be partially or completely missing provided that any loose or flapping
seal material is cut off.

ILLUSTRATION INBOARD AILERON TO WING SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 8
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-10 Slat End Seal and Weather Seal


Applicable to: A319

27-10 Quantity installed


SLAT END SEAL AND WEATHER SEAL 12
One seal per wing may be partially or completely missing provided any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.

ILLUSTRATION SLAT END SEAL AND WEATHER SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 9
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-11 Slat Track Filler Block


Applicable to: A319

27-11 Quantity installed


SLAT TRACK FILLER BLOCK 6
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-12 (Refer to 27-12 Slat Track Sealing Packer).

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK FILLER BLOCK


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 10
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-12 Slat Track Sealing Packer


Applicable to: A319

27-12 Quantity installed


SLAT TRACK SEALING PACKER 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-11 (Refer to 27-11 Slat Track Filler Block).

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK SEALING PACKER


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 11
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-13 Inter-flap Cushion Seal


Applicable to: A319

27-13 Quantity installed


INTER-FLAP CUSHION SEAL 4

One cushion seal may be missing per wing.

ILLUSTRATION INTER-FLAP CUSHION SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 12
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-14 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal


Applicable to: A319

27-14 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK MOVEABLE FAIRING SEAL 12
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-004
50 % of the seal length may be missing on each side of the flap track fairing for 100 flight
hours provided that a visual inspection is performed before each flight to ensure there is no
flapping seal on the aircraft.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-15 (Refer to 27-15 Flap Track Fixed Fairing Seal).

ILLUSTRATION MOVEABLE FLAP TRACK FAIRING SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 13
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-15 Flap Track Fixed Fairing seal


Applicable to: A319

27-15 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK FIXED FAIRING SEAL 18
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-004
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-14 (Refer to 27-14 Flap Track Moveable
Fairing Seal).

ILLUSTRATION FIXED FLAP TRACK FAIRING SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 14
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-16 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover


Applicable to: A319

27-16 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK MOVEABLE FAIRING PIVOT COVER 12
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-005
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: A visual inspection must be performed daily to ensure that tape is still in position and
in good condition.

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK MOVEABLE FAIRING PIVOT COVER


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 15
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-28 FUEL
CDL-28-01 Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM Or 41 QM
Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM Or 41 QM
Illustration Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM or 41 QM
CDL-28-02 Refuel Panel Door 192MB
Refuel Panel Door
Illustration Refuel Panel Door 192MB

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C28 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

28-01 Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM Or 41 QM


Applicable to: A319

28-01 Quantity installed


REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLING CAP 101 QM OR 41 QM –
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-003
All may be missing provided seal integrity of coupling is positively confirmed (i.e. no fuel leak
reported).
Note: 1. If the coupling or O-ring is damaged and the cap cannot be fitted, dispatch is
permitted in accordance with this CDL item provided the cap is removed and
coupling integrity is verified.
2. If only the lanyard is missing, the removal of the cap is not necessary.

ILLUSTRATION REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLING CAP 101 QM OR 41 QM


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C28 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

28-02 Refuel Panel Door


Applicable to: A319

28-02 Quantity installed


REFUEL PANEL DOOR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-42-00-040-001
Belly fairing mounted refuel panel door 192 MB may be missing (if installed).
Note: If belly fairing mounted refuel panel door 192 MB is not installed, underwing mounted
refuel panel doors (622KB, 522KB) must not be missing.

ILLUSTRATION REFUEL PANEL DOOR 192MB


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C28 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


CDL-30-01 Icing Indicator
Icing Indicator
Illustration Icing Indicator

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C30 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

30-01 Icing Indicator


Applicable to: A319

30-01 Quantity installed


ICING INDICATOR 1
May be missing.
• Procedures:
If icing conditions expected:
For icing conditions definition, Refer to LIM-GEN Icing Conditions Definition.
Turn on engine and wing anti-ice.

ILLUSTRATION ICING INDICATOR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C30 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-32 LANDING GEAR


CDL-32-03 Nose Wheel Hubcap
Nose Wheel Hubcap
Illustration Nose Wheel Hubcap
CDL-32-04 Nose Fitting Towing
Nose Fitting Towing
Illustration Nose Fitting Towing

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C32 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

32-03 Nose Wheel Hubcap


Applicable to: A319

32-03 Quantity installed


NOSE WHEEL HUBCAP 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-001
One may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE WHEEL HUBCAP


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C32 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

32-04 Nose Fitting Towing


Applicable to: A319

32-04 Quantity installed


NOSE FITTING TOWING 1
(m) Refer to AMM 32-21-00-040-001
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE FITTING TOWING


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C32 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-33 LIGHTS
CDL-33-01 Wing/Engine Scan light Cover 3LX, 4LX
Wing/Engine Scan Light Cover 3LX, 4LX
Illustration Wing/Engine Scan light Cover 3LX, 4LX
CDL-33-02 Taxi Light Lamp 8LR
Taxi Light Lamp 8LR
Illustration Taxi Light Lamp 8LR
CDL-33-03 Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA
Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA
Illustration Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA
CDL-33-04 Upper 7LV and Lower 6LV Anti-Collision (Beacon) Light Cover
Upper 7LV and Lower 6LV Anti-collision (Beacon) Light Cover
Illustration Upper and Lower Anti-Collision ( Beacon) Light Cover
CDL-33-05 Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY
Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY
Illustration Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY
CDL-33-07 Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB
Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB
Illustration Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB
CDL-33-08 Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2
Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2
Illustration Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2
CDL-33-09 Takeoff Light Lamp 7LR
Takeoff light lamp 7LR
Illustration Takeoff Light Lamp 7LR

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-01 Wing/Engine Scan Light Cover 3LX, 4LX


Applicable to: A319

33-01 Quantity installed


WING/ENGINE SCAN LIGHT COVER 3LX, 4LX 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-49-00-040-001
One may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: If non transparent high speed tape is used, the affected light must be deactivated
(Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Wing Scan light).

ILLUSTRATION WING/ENGINE SCAN LIGHT COVER 3LX, 4LX


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-02 Taxi Light Lamp 8LR


Applicable to: A319

33-02 Quantity installed


TAXI LIGHT LAMP 8LR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 33-46-00-040-001
May be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Taxi and Takeoff light).

ILLUSTRATION TAXI LIGHT LAMP 8LR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-03 Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA


Applicable to: A319

33-03 Quantity installed


REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT LENS 15LA 1
(m) Refer to AMM 33-41-00-040-002
May be missing for 5 flight cycles provided visual inspection is performed before each flight to
check that there is no structural buckling.

ILLUSTRATION REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT LENS 15LA


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 4
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-04 Upper 7LV and Lower 6LV Anti-collision (Beacon) Light Cover
Applicable to: A319

33-04 Quantity installed


UPPER 7LV AND LOWER 6LV ANTI-COLLISION (BEACON) 2
LIGHT COVER
(m) Refer to AMM 33-48-00-040-001
All may be missing provided the lamp is covered with high speed tape and affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Beacon light).
• Performance:
If upper and lower light covers are missing, the following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 80 kg (177 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 90 kg (199 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.22 %.

ILLUSTRATION UPPER AND LOWER ANTI-COLLISION ( BEACON) LIGHT COVER


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 5
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-05 Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY


Applicable to: A319

33-05 Quantity installed


LOGO LIGHT LENS (COVER) 3LY, 4LY 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-47-00-040-001
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: If non transparent high speed tape is used, the affected light must be deactivated.
(Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Logo light).

ILLUSTRATION LOGO LIGHT LENS (COVER) 3LY, 4LY


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 6
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-07 Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB


Applicable to: A319

33-07 Quantity installed


LANDING LIGHT LENS 7LB, 8LB 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-42-00-040-001
One may be missing provided the associated light is retracted and deactivated and the hole is
covered with high speed tape (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Landing light).

ILLUSTRATION LANDING LIGHT LENS 7LB, 8LB


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 7
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-08 Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2


Applicable to: A319

33-08 Quantity installed


TURN OFF LIGHT LAMP 3LC1, 3LC2 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-43-00-040-002
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Runway Turnoff light).

ILLUSTRATION TURN OFF LIGHT LAMP 3LC1, 3LC2


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 8
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-09 Takeoff light lamp 7LR


Applicable to: A319

33-09 Quantity installed


TAKEOFF LIGHT LAMP 7LR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 33-46-00-040-002
May be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Taxi and Takeoff light).

ILLUSTRATION TAKEOFF LIGHT LAMP 7LR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 9
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-49 APU
CDL-49-01 APU Overpressure Release Door
APU Overpressure Release Door
Illustration APU Overpressure Release Door

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C49 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

49-01 APU Overpressure Release Door


Applicable to: A319

49-01 Quantity installed


APU OVERPRESSURE RELEASE DOOR 1
May be missing provided APU is not used in flight and on ground.
• Limitations:
Flights for which APU is mandatory are not allowed.

ILLUSTRATION APU OVERPRESSURE RELEASE DOOR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C49 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-51 STRUCTURE
CDL-51-01 Radome Conductive Strip
Radome conductive strip
Illustration Radome Conductive Strip
CDL-51-02 Passenger Door Scuff Plate
Passenger Door Scuff Plate
Illustration Passenger Door Scuff Plate
CDL-51-04 Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311 AL
Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311 AL
Illustration Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311AL

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-01 Radome conductive strip


Applicable to: A319

51-01 Quantity installed


RADOME CONDUCTIVE STRIP 8
One may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION RADOME CONDUCTIVE STRIP


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-02 Passenger Door Scuff Plate


Applicable to: A319

51-02 Quantity installed


PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE –
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-04 Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311 AL


Applicable to: A319

51-04 Quantity installed


FAIRING AFT SAFETY STAY POINT 311 AL 1
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION FAIRING AFT SAFETY STAY POINT 311AL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 4
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-52 DOORS
CDL-52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door
Toilet Servicing And Drainage Door 172 AR
Illustration Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door
CDL-52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
Access Door To Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
Illustration Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
CDL-52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage
Access Door To Potable Water Filling And Drainage 133 AL - 171 AL - 192 NB
Illustration Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage
CDL-52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on Ground 195 BB–196 BB
Access Door To Opening Control Of Landing Gear Doors On Ground 195 BB - 196 BB
Illustration Access door to opening control of landing gear doors on ground 195 BB - 196 BB
CDL-52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB
Access Door To Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB
Illustration Access door to air conditionning ground supply 191 CB
CDL-52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door
Forward Jacking Point Access Door
Illustration Forward jacking point access door
CDL-52-07 External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL
External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL
Illustration External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL
CDL-52-08 Access Door of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR
Access Door Of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR
Illustration Access Door of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR
CDL-52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)
Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)
CDL-52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)
Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)
CDL-52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)
Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)
CDL-52-12 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear up)
Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear up)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742)
CDL-52-13 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (flight with gear up)
Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (flight with gear up)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743)

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-52-14 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear down)
Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (Flight with gear down)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742)
CDL-52-15 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (Flight with gear down)
Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (Flight with gear down)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743)
CDL-52-16 Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744) (Flight with gear down)
Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744) (Flight with gear down)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744)
CDL-52-18 Main Landing Gear Door : Seal on Secondary Hinged Fairing
Main Landing Gear Door : Seal On Secondary Hinged Fairing
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door : Seal on Secondary Hinged Fairing
CDL-52-19 Pax Door Upper Cover Plate
Pax Door Upper Cover Plate
Illustration Pax Door Upper Cover Plate
CDL-52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB
Access Door To HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB
Illustration Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB
CDL-52-21 Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB
Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB
Illustration Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB
CDL-52-22 Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR
Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR
Illustration Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR
CDL-52-23 Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR
Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR
Illustration Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-01 Toilet Servicing And Drainage Door 172 AR


Applicable to: A319

52-01 Quantity installed


TOILET SERVICING AND DRAINAGE DOOR 172 AR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-42-00-040-002
May be missing.
Note: 1. Toilet system is inoperative on ground.
2. May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB -
197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors
on Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb).

ILLUSTRATION TOILET SERVICING AND DRAINAGE DOOR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-02 Access Door To Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB


Applicable to: A319

52-02 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO HYDRAULIC GROUND CONNECTORS 3
197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
One may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb).

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO HYDRAULIC GROUND CONNECTORS 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 4
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-03 Access Door To Potable Water Filling And Drainage 133 AL - 171 AL - 192 NB
Applicable to: A319

52-03 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO POTABLE WATER FILLING AND 3
DRAINAGE 133 AL - 171 AL - 192 NB
One may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197
EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO POTABLE WATER FILLING AND DRAINAGE
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 5
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-04 Access Door To Opening Control Of Landing Gear Doors On Ground 195 BB - 196 BB
Applicable to: A319

52-04 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO OPENING CONTROL OF LANDING 2
GEAR DOORS ON GROUND 195 BB - 196 BB
One may be missing for five flight cycles.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197
EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
• Limitations:
Flight in forecasted thunderstorm condition is not allowed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb).

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO OPENING CONTROL OF LANDING GEAR DOORS


ON GROUND 195 BB - 196 BB
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 6
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-05 Access Door To Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB


Applicable to: A319

52-05 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO AIR CONDITIONING GROUND SUPPLY 191 CB 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197
EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO AIR CONDITIONNING GROUND SUPPLY 191 CB


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 7
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door


Applicable to: A319

52-06 Quantity installed


FORWARD JACKING POINT ACCESS DOOR 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197
EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
ILLUSTRATION FORWARD JACKING POINT ACCESS DOOR
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 8
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-07 External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL


Applicable to: A319

52-07 Quantity installed


EXTERNAL POWER GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR ASSY 121 AL 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-42-00-040-003
May be missing for five flight cycles provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and that
a visual inspection is performed before each flight.
• Limitations:
Flight in forecasted thunderstorm condition is not allowed.

ILLUSTRATION EXTERNAL POWER GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR ASSY 121 AL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 9
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-08 Access Door Of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR


Applicable to: A319

52-08 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR OF CARGO OPENING SYSTEM 134 AR – 154 AR 2

All may be missing.


• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 79 kg (175 lb)
per missing access door
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 108 kg (239 lb) per missing access
door
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.27 % per missing access door.

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR OF CARGO OPENING SYSTEM 134 AR - 154 AR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 10
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)


Applicable to: A319

52-09 Quantity installed


NOSE LANDING GEAR MAIN DOOR (713, 714) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-22-00-040-001
May be missing provided both main doors (713, 714) are removed and both aft doors (715,
716) (Refer to 52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)) are removed.
Note: May be combined with MCDL item 52-11 (Refer to 52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg
Door (712))
• Limitations:
Passengers transportation is not allowed.
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
Maximum speed: 220 kt IAS/ M 0.5
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing
gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 918 kg
(2 024 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 000 kg (2 205 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 2 %.
ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR MAIN DOOR (713, 714)
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 11
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)


Applicable to: A319

52-10 Quantity installed


NOSE LANDING GEAR AFT DOOR (715, 716) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-22-00-040-002
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 52-11 (Refer to 52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg
Door (712))
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing
gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 79 kg (175 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 100 kg (221 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.25 %.
When combined with CDL item 52-09 (Refer to 52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main Door
(713, 714)), the performance penalties published in 52-09 are applicable.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR AFT DOOR (715, 716)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 12
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)


Applicable to: A319

52-11 Quantity installed


NOSE LANDING GEAR LEG DOOR (712) 1
(m) Refer to AMM 32-22-00-040-003
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items 52-09 (Refer to 52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main
Door (713, 714)) and 52-10 (Refer to 52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)).
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR LEG DOOR (712)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 13
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-12 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear up)
Applicable to: A319

52-12 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR UP) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-005
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Passengers transportation is not allowed.
Flight in forecasted icing conditions is not allowed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 394 kg
(869 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 540 kg (1 191 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.22 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 14
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-13 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (flight with gear up)
Applicable to: A319

52-13 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR UP) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-005
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Passengers transportation is not allowed.
Flight in forecasted icing conditions is not allowed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 111 kg
(245 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 126 kg (278 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.28 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 15
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-14 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (Flight with gear down)
Applicable to: A319

52-14 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-001
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing
gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 394 kg
(869 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 450 kg (993 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.00 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 16
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-15 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (Flight with gear down)
Applicable to: A319

52-15 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-001
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing
gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 111 kg
(245 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 200 kg (441 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.30 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 17
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-16 Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744) (Flight with gear down)
Applicable to: A319

52-16 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (734, 744) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-001
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing
gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 623 kg
(1 374 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 700 kg (1 544 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.50 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (734, 744)


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 18
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-18 Main Landing Gear Door : Seal On Secondary Hinged Fairing


Applicable to: A319

52-18 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR : SEAL ON SECONDARY HINGED FAIRING 6
All may be missing.
• Performance:
If three or more seals are missing, the following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 24 kg (53 lb)
per missing seal
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 27 kg (60 lb) per missing seal
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.07 % per missing seal.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR : SEAL ON SECONDARY HINGED FAIRING


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 19
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-19 Pax Door Upper Cover Plate


Applicable to: A319

52-19 Quantity installed


PAX DOOR UPPER COVER PLATE 4
All may be missing.
Note: The affected door must be considered as inoperative (Refer to MEL/MI-52-10
Cabin Passenger Door).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 66 kg (146 lb)
per missing plate
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 90 kg (199 lb) per missing plate
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.23 % per missing plate.

ILLUSTRATION PAX DOOR UPPER COVER PLATE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 20
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-20 Access Door To HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB


Applicable to: A319

52-20 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO HP AIR GROUND CONNECTOR 191 DB 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197
EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door).
ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO HP AIR GROUND CONNECTOR 191 DB
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 21
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-21 Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB


Applicable to: A319

52-21 Quantity installed


BLUE HYDRAULIC ACCESS DOOR 197 FB 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-41-00-040-001
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION BLUE HYDRAULIC ACCESS DOOR 197 FB


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 22
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-22 Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR


Applicable to: A319

52-22 Quantity installed


FORWARD CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 825 AR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-31-00-040-004
May be missing provided all latching hooks are checked latched and locked before each flight.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 234 kg
(516 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 266 kg (587 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.64 %.
ILLUSTRATION FORWARD CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 825 AR
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 23
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-23 Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR


Applicable to: A319

52-23 Quantity installed


AFT CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 826 AR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-32-00-040-004
May be missing provided all latching hooks are checked latched and locked before each flight.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 190 kg
(419 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 216 kg (477 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.53 %.
ILLUSTRATION AFT CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 826 AR
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 24
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-53 FUSELAGE
CDL-53-01 Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane
Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane
Illustration Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane
CDL-53-03 Root Fillet Fairing
Root Fillet Fairing
Illustration Root Fillet Fairing

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C53 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

53-01 Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane


Applicable to: A319

53-01 Quantity installed


BELLY FAIRING VENT LOUVER VANE –
(m) Refer to AMM 53-35-00-040-002
Three may be missing per vent louver.
Note: Vane with a crack length higher than 50 % must be removed before next flight.

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING VENT LOUVER VANE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C53 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

53-03 Root Fillet Fairing


Applicable to: A319

53-03 Quantity installed


ROOT FILLET FAIRING 2
(m) Refer to AMM 53-35-00-040-001
All may be missing.
Note: Must not be combined with CDL item 54-01 (Refer to 54-01 Nacelle Strake)
or CDL item 54-03 (Refer to 54-03 Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL -
414(424) BR).
• Performance:
The following performance penalty is applicable:
‐ Takeoff performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 800 kg (3 969 lb).
Note: The above performance penalty is not applicable if the flight crew can check V2
greater than 1.15 VS1G.

ILLUSTRATION ROOT FILLET FAIRING


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C53 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-54 NACELLE / PYLON


CDL-54-01 Nacelle Strake
Nacelle Strake
Illustration Nacelle Strake
CDL-54-03 Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
Illustration Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
CDL-54-04 Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR
Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR
Illustration Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR
CDL-54-05 Pylon Fairing Seal
Pylon Fairing seal
Illustration Pylon Fairing Seal
CDL-54-06 Aerodynamic Seal
Aerodynamic Seal
Illustration Aerodynamic Seal

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-01 Nacelle Strake


Applicable to: A319

54-01 Quantity installed


NACELLE STRAKE 4
All may be missing.
Note: Must not be combined with MCDL item 53-03 (Refer to 53-03 Root Fillet Fairing).
• Procedures:
Approach speed: VLS + 3 kt.
Landing distance: multiply by 1.05.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If no internal strakes and one or both external strakes are missing, takeoff performance
limiting weight is reduced by 4 800 kg (10 583 lb)
‐ If one or both internal strakes are missing (with or without external strakes missing),
takeoff performance limiting weight is reduced by 6 400 kg (14 110 lb)
‐ Increase V2 and VR by 1 kt.
Note: The performance penalties are not applicable if the flight crew can check V2
greater than 1.18 VS1G.

ILLUSTRATION NACELLE STRAKE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-03 Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR


Applicable to: A319

54-03 Quantity installed


PYLON PRESSURE RELIEF DOOR 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR 4
(m) Refer to AMM 54-52-00-040-001
All may be missing for 5 flight cycles only.
Note: 1. If one door is missing on a pylon, the other door on the same pylon must be removed.
2. Must not be combined with MCDL item 53-03 (Refer to 53-03 Root Fillet Fairing).
• Limitations:
Maximum cruise speed: M 0.78.
• Procedures:
Approach speed: VLS + 4 kt.
Landing distance: multiply by 1.07.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff performance limiting weight is reduced by 3 840 kg (8 466 lb)
‐ Increase V2 and VR by 1 kt
Note: The above performance penalty is not applicable if the flight crew can check
V2 greater than 1.16 VS1G.
‐ If two or more doors are missing, en route performance limiting weight is reduced by
40 kg (89 lb) per missing door
‐ If three or more doors are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.09 % per missing door.
ILLUSTRATION PYLON PRESSURE RELIEF DOOR 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-04 Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR


Applicable to: A319

54-04 Quantity installed


PYLON ACCESS DOOR 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR –
All may be missing for 5 flight cycles provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
• Limitations:
Flight in forecasted thunderstorm conditions is not allowed.

ILLUSTRATION PYLON ACCESS DOOR 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 4
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-05 Pylon Fairing seal


Applicable to: A319

54-05 Quantity installed


PYLON FAIRING SEAL 4
One may be missing per pylon.

ILLUSTRATION PYLON FAIRING SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 5
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-06 Aerodynamic Seal


Applicable to: A319

54-06 Quantity installed


AERODYNAMIC SEAL 2
(m) Refer to AMM 54-53-00-040-001
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION AERODYNAMIC SEAL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 6
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-57 WINGS
CDL-57-01 Wing Tip Fence
Wing Tip Fence
Illustration Wing Tip Fence
CDL-57-02 Belly Fairing Sliding Panel
Belly Fairing Sliding Panel
Illustration Belly Fairing Sliding Panel
CDL-57-03 Outboard Flaps Rubbing Strip
Outboard Flap Rubbing Strip Items 10, 15, 20, 40
Illustration Outboard Flap Rubbing Strip
CDL-57-04 Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip
Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip items 1, 5, 10, 30
Illustration Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-01 Wing Tip Fence


Applicable to: A319

a)
57-01 Quantity installed
WING TIP FENCE 2
(m) Refer to AMM 57-31-00-040-001
One lower part of a wing tip fence may be missing provided the broken part is removed and
holes are covered.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 4 480 kg
(9 877 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 378 kg (834 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.88 %.

– or –

b)
57-01 Quantity installed
WING TIP FENCE 2
(m) Refer to AMM 57-31-00-040-001
One complete wing tip fence may be missing provided exposed interior structure is covered,
protective material is inspected before each flight and replaced if necessary.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 10 080 kg
(22 223 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 756 kg (1 667 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.69 %.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

ILLUSTRATION WING TIP FENCE


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-02 Belly Fairing Sliding Panel


Applicable to: A319

57-02 Quantity installed


BELLY FAIRING SLIDING PANEL 2
All may be missing.
• Performance:
If two panels are missing, the following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 96 kg (212 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 108 kg (238 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.28 %.

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING SLIDING PANEL


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 4
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-03 Outboard Flap Rubbing Strip Items 10, 15, 20, 40


Applicable to: A319

57-03 Quantity installed


OUTBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP ITEMS 10, 15, 20, 40 12
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION OUTBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 5
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-04 Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip items 1, 5, 10, 30


Applicable to: A319

57-04 Quantity installed


INBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP ITEMS 1, 5, 10, 30 8
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION INBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 6
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-71 POWER PLANT


CDL-71-09 Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod
Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod
Illustration Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C71 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

71-09 Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod


Applicable to: A319

71-09 Quantity installed


FAN COWL HOLD OPEN ROD 8
(m) Refer to AMM 71-13-00-010-011
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL HOLD OPEN ROD


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C71 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-78 EXHAUST
CDL-78-01 Duct Opening Actuator
Duct Opening Actuator
Illustration Duct Opening Actuator
CDL-78-03 Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
Illustration Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
CDL-78-04 Lockout Pin
Lockout Pin
Illustration Lockout Pin

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 1
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

78-01 Duct Opening Actuator


Applicable to: A319

78-01 Quantity installed


DUCT OPENING ACTUATOR 4
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION DUCT OPENING ACTUATOR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 2
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

78-03 Thrust Reverser Blocker Door


Applicable to: A319

78-03 Quantity installed


THRUST REVERSER BLOCKER DOOR 20
(m) Refer to AMM 78-32-00-040-011
One may be missing provided the associated linkage is removed.
Note: The associated thrust reverser must be deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-78-30 Thrust
Reverser).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 249 kg
(549 lb)
‐ Enroute performance limiting weight is reduced by 166 kg (366 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.36 %.

ILLUSTRATION THRUST REVERSER BLOCKER DOOR


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 3
A319 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

78-04 Lockout Pin


Applicable to: A319

78-04 Quantity installed


LOCKOUT PIN 4
(m) Refer to AMM 78-32-00-040-010
All may be missing from stowage position provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: Without lockout pin, the associated thrust reverser cannot be deactivated.

ILLUSTRATION LOCKOUT PIN


Applicable to: A319

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-21 AIR CONDITIONING


CDL-21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap
Ram Air Inlet Flap
Illustration Ram Air Inlet Flap
CDL-21-02 Ram Air Outlet Flap
Ram Air Outlet Flap
Illustration Ram Air Outlet Flap
CDL-21-03 Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge
Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge
Illustration Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap


Applicable to: A320

21-01 Quantity installed


RAM AIR INLET FLAP 2
All may be missing.
Note: 1. May be combined with MCDL item 21-02 (Refer to 21-02 Ram Air Outlet Flap).
2. System performance in heating mode may be decreased.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing inlet flap:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 127 kg
(279 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 144 kg (317 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.32 %.
When combined with MCDL item 21-02 (Refer to 21-02 Ram Air Outlet Flap) of the same
pack, the following performance penalties are applicable per affected pack:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 190 kg
(418 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 216 kg (476 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.47 %.

21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap


Applicable to: A320

21-01 Quantity installed


RAM AIR INLET FLAP 2
All may be missing.
Note: System performance in heating mode will be decreased.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing flap:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 190 kg
(418 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 216 kg (476 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.53 %.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

ILLUSTRATION RAM AIR INLET FLAP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

21-02 Ram Air Outlet Flap


Applicable to: A320

21-02 Quantity installed


RAM AIR OUTLET FLAP 2

All may be missing.


Note: 1. May be combined with CDL item 21-01 (Refer to 21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap).
2. System performance in heating mode may be decreased.
• Performance:
When combined with CDL item 21-01 (Refer to 21-01 Ram Air Inlet Flap) of the same
pack, the following performance penalties are applicable per affected pack:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 190 kg
(418 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 216 kg (476 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.47 %.

ILLUSTRATION RAM AIR OUTLET FLAP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

21-03 Ram Air Inlet Leading Edge


Applicable to: A320

21-03 Quantity installed


RAM AIR INLET LEADING EDGE 2
One may be missing provided the associated pack is turned off (Refer to MEL/MI-21-52 Air
Conditioning Pack).

ILLUSTRATION RAM AIR INLET LEADING EDGE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C21 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-23 COMMUNICATION
CDL-23-01 Static Discharger
Static Discharger
Illustration Static Discharger

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C23 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

23-01 Static Discharger


Applicable to: A320

23-01 Quantity installed


STATIC DISCHARGER –
20 % of static dischargers may be missing or inoperative on each the following areas:
‐ RH wing
‐ LH wing
‐ Vertical stabilizer (including rudder)
‐ RH horizontal stabilizer (including elevator)
‐ LH horizontal stabilizer (including elevator).
Note: 1. If a static discharger is missing or inoperative on a flap track fairing, it is
recommended to replace it before flight.
2. When combined with the case of dispatch with a wing tip fence missing, 20 % of
the remaining static dischargers of the affected wing are allowed to be inoperative
or missing (Refer to 57-01 Wing Tip Fence).
ILLUSTRATION STATIC DISCHARGER
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C23 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-27 FLIGHT CONTROL


CDL-27-01 Flap Track Fairing
Flap Track Fairing
Illustration Flap track fairing
CDL-27-03 Slat Track Closing Plate
Slat Track Closing Plate
Illustration Slat track closing plate
CDL-27-05 Access Panel for Bearings at Elevator
Access Panel for Bearings at Elevator
Illustration Access panel for bearings at elevator
CDL-27-06 Flap Track Fairing Rear Top Cover and Tail Cone
Flap Track Fairing Rear Top Cover and Tail Cone
Illustration Flap track fairing rear top cover and tail cone
CDL-27-07 Rubber Seal under Slat
Rubber Seal under Slat
Illustration Rubber seal under slat
CDL-27-08 Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap
Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap
Illustration Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap
CDL-27-09 Inboard Aileron Edge to Wing Seal
Inboard Aileron Edge to Wing Seal
Illustration Inboard Aileron to Wing Seal
CDL-27-10 Slat End Seal and Weather Seal
Slat End Seal and Weather Seal
Illustration Slat End Seal and Weather Seal
CDL-27-11 Slat Track Filler Block
Slat Track Filler Block
Illustration Slat track filler block
CDL-27-12 Slat Track Sealing Packer
Slat Track Sealing Packer
Illustration Slat track sealing packer
CDL-27-13 Inter-flap Cushion Seal
Inter-flap Cushion Seal
Illustration Inter-flap cushion seal
CDL-27-14 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal
Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal
Illustration Moveable flap track fairing seal
CDL-27-15 Flap Track Fixed Fairing Seal
Flap Track Fixed Fairing seal
Illustration Fixed flap track fairing seal
CDL-27-16 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover
Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover
Illustration Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-01 Flap Track Fairing


Applicable to: A320

27-01 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK FAIRING 6
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-001
One fairing may be partly or completely missing.
Note: 1. When the forward part of the fairing is missing, the aft part must be removed.
2. When the aft part of the fairing is missing, the forward part may remain installed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 1 180 kg
(2 601 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 620 kg (3 571 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 3.14 %.

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK FAIRING


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-03 Slat Track Closing Plate


Applicable to: A320

27-03 Quantity installed


SLAT TRACK CLOSING PLATE 24
Two may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK CLOSING PLATE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-05 Access Panel for Bearings at Elevator


Applicable to: A320

27-05 Quantity installed


ACCESS PANEL FOR BEARINGS AT ELEVATOR 8
Two may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS PANEL FOR BEARINGS AT ELEVATOR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-06 Flap Track Fairing Rear Top Cover and Tail Cone
Applicable to: A320

27-06 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK FAIRING REAR TOP COVER AND TAIL CONE –
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-002
Both may be missing on two flap track fairings.
Note: 1. When the tail cone is missing, the rear top cover may remain installed.
2. When the rear top cover is missing, the associated tail cone must be removed.
ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK FAIRING REAR TOP COVER AND TAIL CONE
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-07 Rubber Seal under Slat


Applicable to: A320

27-07 Quantity installed


RUBBER SEAL UNDER SLAT –
(m) Refer to AMM 57-40-00-040-001
1 m (39.3 in) per slat may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION RUBBER SEAL UNDER SLAT


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 6
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-08 Seal Between Inboard and Outboard Flap


Applicable to: A320

27-08 Quantity installed


SEAL BETWEEN INBOARD AND OUTBOARD FLAP 6
Three may be missing.
Note: For dispatch with inter-flap cushion seal missing, Refer to 27-13 Inter-flap Cushion Seal.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
per missing seal
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb) per missing seal
‐ If two or more seals are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.16 % per missing seal.

ILLUSTRATION SEAL BETWEEN INBOARD AND OUTBOARD FLAP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 7
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-09 Inboard Aileron Edge to Wing Seal


Applicable to: A320

27-09 Quantity installed


INBOARD AILERON EDGE TO WING SEAL 4
One seal per aileron may be partially or completely missing provided that any loose or flapping
seal material is cut off.

ILLUSTRATION INBOARD AILERON TO WING SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 8
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-10 Slat End Seal and Weather Seal


Applicable to: A320

27-10 Quantity installed


SLAT END SEAL AND WEATHER SEAL 12
One seal per wing may be partially or completely missing provided any loose or flapping seal
material is cut off.

ILLUSTRATION SLAT END SEAL AND WEATHER SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 9
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-11 Slat Track Filler Block


Applicable to: A320

27-11 Quantity installed


SLAT TRACK FILLER BLOCK 6
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-12 (Refer to 27-12 Slat Track Sealing Packer).

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK FILLER BLOCK


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 10
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-12 Slat Track Sealing Packer


Applicable to: A320

27-12 Quantity installed


SLAT TRACK SEALING PACKER 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with MCDL item 27-11 (Refer to 27-11 Slat Track Filler Block).

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK SEALING PACKER


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 11
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-13 Inter-flap Cushion Seal


Applicable to: A320

27-13 Quantity installed


INTER-FLAP CUSHION SEAL 4
One cushion seal may be missing per wing.

ILLUSTRATION INTER-FLAP CUSHION SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 12
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-14 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal


Applicable to: A320

27-14 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK MOVEABLE FAIRING SEAL 12
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-004
50 % of the seal length may be missing on each side of the flap track fairing for 100 flight
hours provided that a visual inspection is performed before each flight to ensure there is no
flapping seal on the aircraft.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-15 (Refer to 27-15 Flap Track Fixed Fairing Seal).

ILLUSTRATION MOVEABLE FLAP TRACK FAIRING SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 13
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-15 Flap Track Fixed Fairing seal


Applicable to: A320

27-15 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK FIXED FAIRING SEAL 18
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-004
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 27-14 (Refer to 27-14 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Seal).

ILLUSTRATION FIXED FLAP TRACK FAIRING SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 14
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

27-16 Flap Track Moveable Fairing Pivot Cover


Applicable to: A320

27-16 Quantity installed


FLAP TRACK MOVEABLE FAIRING PIVOT COVER 12
(m) Refer to AMM 57-55-00-040-005
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: A visual inspection must be performed daily to ensure that tape is still in position and
in good condition.

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK MOVEABLE FAIRING PIVOT COVER


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C27 - 15
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-28 FUEL
CDL-28-01 Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM Or 41 QM
Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM Or 41 QM
Illustration Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM or 41 QM
CDL-28-02 Refuel Panel Door 192MB
Refuel Panel Door
Illustration Refuel Panel Door 192MB

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C28 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

28-01 Refuel/Defuel Coupling Cap 101 QM Or 41 QM


Applicable to: A320

28-01 Quantity installed


REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLING CAP 101 QM OR 41 QM –
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-003
All may be missing provided seal integrity of coupling is positively confirmed (i.e. no fuel leak
reported).
Note: 1. If the coupling or O-ring is damaged and the cap cannot be fitted, dispatch is
permitted in accordance with this CDL item provided the cap is removed and
coupling integrity is verified.
2. If only the lanyard is missing, the removal of the cap is not necessary.

ILLUSTRATION REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLING CAP 101 QM OR 41 QM


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C28 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

28-02 Refuel Panel Door


Applicable to: A320

28-02 Quantity installed


REFUEL PANEL DOOR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-42-00-040-001
Belly fairing mounted refuel panel door 192 MB may be missing (if installed).
Note: If belly fairing mounted refuel panel door 192 MB is not installed, underwing mounted
refuel panel doors (622KB, 522KB) must not be missing.

ILLUSTRATION REFUEL PANEL DOOR 192MB


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C28 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


CDL-30-01 Icing Indicator
Icing Indicator
Illustration Icing Indicator

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C30 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

30-01 Icing Indicator


Applicable to: A320

30-01 Quantity installed


ICING INDICATOR 1

May be missing.
• Procedures:
If icing conditions expected:
For icing conditions definition, Refer to LIM-GEN Icing Conditions Definition.
Turn on engine and wing anti-ice.

ILLUSTRATION ICING INDICATOR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C30 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-32 LANDING GEAR


CDL-32-03 Nose Wheel Hubcap
Nose Wheel Hubcap
Illustration Nose Wheel Hubcap
CDL-32-04 Nose Fitting Towing
Nose Fitting Towing
Illustration Nose Fitting Towing

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C32 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

32-03 Nose Wheel Hubcap


Applicable to: A320

32-03 Quantity installed


NOSE WHEEL HUBCAP 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-001
One may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE WHEEL HUBCAP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C32 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

32-04 Nose Fitting Towing


Applicable to: A320

32-04 Quantity installed


NOSE FITTING TOWING 1
(m) Refer to AMM 32-21-00-040-001
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE FITTING TOWING


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C32 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-33 LIGHTS
CDL-33-01 Wing/Engine Scan light Cover 3LX, 4LX
Wing/Engine Scan Light Cover 3LX, 4LX
Illustration Wing/Engine Scan light Cover 3LX, 4LX
CDL-33-02 Taxi Light Lamp 8LR
Taxi Light Lamp 8LR
Illustration Taxi Light Lamp 8LR
CDL-33-03 Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA
Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA
Illustration Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA
CDL-33-04 Upper 7LV and Lower 6LV Anti-Collision (Beacon) Light Cover
Upper 7LV and Lower 6LV Anti-collision (Beacon) Light Cover
Illustration Upper and Lower Anti-Collision ( Beacon) Light Cover
CDL-33-05 Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY
Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY
Illustration Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY
CDL-33-07 Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB
Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB
Illustration Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB
CDL-33-08 Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2
Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2
Illustration Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2
CDL-33-09 Takeoff Light Lamp 7LR
Takeoff light lamp 7LR
Illustration Takeoff Light Lamp 7LR

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-01 Wing/Engine Scan Light Cover 3LX, 4LX


Applicable to: A320

33-01 Quantity installed


WING/ENGINE SCAN LIGHT COVER 3LX, 4LX 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-49-00-040-001
One may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: If non transparent high speed tape is used, the affected light must be deactivated
(Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Wing Scan light).

ILLUSTRATION WING/ENGINE SCAN LIGHT COVER 3LX, 4LX


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-02 Taxi Light Lamp 8LR


Applicable to: A320

33-02 Quantity installed


TAXI LIGHT LAMP 8LR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 33-46-00-040-001
May be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Taxi and Takeoff light).

ILLUSTRATION TAXI LIGHT LAMP 8LR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-03 Rear Navigation Light Lens 15LA


Applicable to: A320

33-03 Quantity installed


REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT LENS 15LA 1
(m) Refer to AMM 33-41-00-040-002
May be missing for 5 flight cycles provided visual inspection is performed before each flight to
check that there is no structural buckling.

ILLUSTRATION REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT LENS 15LA


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-04 Upper 7LV and Lower 6LV Anti-collision (Beacon) Light Cover
Applicable to: A320

33-04 Quantity installed


UPPER 7LV AND LOWER 6LV ANTI-COLLISION (BEACON) 2
LIGHT COVER
(m) Refer to AMM 33-48-00-040-001
All may be missing provided the lamp is covered with high speed tape and affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Beacon light).
• Performance:
If upper and lower light covers are missing, the following performance penalties are
applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 80 kg (177 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 90 kg (199 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.22 %.

ILLUSTRATION UPPER AND LOWER ANTI-COLLISION ( BEACON) LIGHT COVER


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-05 Logo Light Lens (Cover) 3LY, 4LY


Applicable to: A320

33-05 Quantity installed


LOGO LIGHT LENS (COVER) 3LY, 4LY 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-47-00-040-001
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: If non transparent high speed tape is used, the affected light must be deactivated.
(Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Logo light).

ILLUSTRATION LOGO LIGHT LENS (COVER) 3LY, 4LY


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 6
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-07 Landing Light Lens 7LB, 8LB


Applicable to: A320

33-07 Quantity installed


LANDING LIGHT LENS 7LB, 8LB 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-42-00-040-001
One may be missing provided the associated light is retracted and deactivated and the hole is
covered with high speed tape (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Landing light).

ILLUSTRATION LANDING LIGHT LENS 7LB, 8LB


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 7
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-08 Turn OFF Light Lamp 3LC1, 3LC2


Applicable to: A320

33-08 Quantity installed


TURN OFF LIGHT LAMP 3LC1, 3LC2 2
(m) Refer to AMM 33-43-00-040-002
All may be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Runway Turnoff light).

ILLUSTRATION TURN OFF LIGHT LAMP 3LC1, 3LC2


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 8
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

33-09 Takeoff light lamp 7LR


Applicable to: A320

33-09 Quantity installed


TAKEOFF LIGHT LAMP 7LR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 33-46-00-040-002
May be missing provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected light is
deactivated (Refer to MEL/MI-33-40 Taxi and Takeoff light).

ILLUSTRATION TAKEOFF LIGHT LAMP 7LR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C33 - 9
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-49 APU
CDL-49-01 APU Overpressure Release Door
APU Overpressure Release Door
Illustration APU Overpressure Release Door

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C49 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

49-01 APU Overpressure Release Door


Applicable to: A320

49-01 Quantity installed


APU OVERPRESSURE RELEASE DOOR 1
May be missing provided APU is not used in flight and on ground.
• Limitations:
Flights for which APU is mandatory are not allowed.

ILLUSTRATION APU OVERPRESSURE RELEASE DOOR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C49 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-51 STRUCTURE
CDL-51-01 Radome Conductive Strip
Radome conductive strip
Illustration Radome Conductive Strip
CDL-51-02 Passenger Door Scuff Plate
Passenger Door Scuff Plate
Illustration Passenger Door Scuff Plate
CDL-51-03 Bulk Cargo Door Scuff Plate
Bulk Cargo Door Scuff Plate
Illustration Bulk Cargo Door Scuff Plate
CDL-51-04 Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311 AL
Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311 AL
Illustration Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311AL

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-01 Radome conductive strip


Applicable to: A320

51-01 Quantity installed


RADOME CONDUCTIVE STRIP 8
One may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION RADOME CONDUCTIVE STRIP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-02 Passenger Door Scuff Plate


Applicable to: A320

51-02 Quantity installed


PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE –
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-03 Bulk Cargo Door Scuff Plate


Applicable to: A320

51-03 Quantity installed


BULK CARGO DOOR SCUFF PLATE 1
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION BULK CARGO DOOR SCUFF PLATE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

51-04 Fairing Aft Safety Stay Point 311 AL


Applicable to: A320

51-04 Quantity installed


FAIRING AFT SAFETY STAY POINT 311 AL 1
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION FAIRING AFT SAFETY STAY POINT 311AL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C51 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-52 DOORS
CDL-52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door
Toilet Servicing And Drainage Door 172 AR
Illustration Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door
CDL-52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
Access Door To Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
Illustration Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
CDL-52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage
Access Door To Potable Water Filling And Drainage 133 AL - 171 AL - 192 NB
Illustration Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage
CDL-52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on Ground 195 BB - 196 BB
Access Door To Opening Control Of Landing Gear Doors On Ground 195 BB - 196 BB
Illustration Access door to opening control of landing gear doors on ground 195 BB - 196 BB
CDL-52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB
Access Door To Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB
Illustration Access door to air conditionning ground supply 191 CB
CDL-52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door
Forward Jacking Point Access Door
Illustration Forward jacking point access door
CDL-52-07 External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL
External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL
Illustration External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL
CDL-52-08 Access Door of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR
Access Door Of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR
Illustration Access Door of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR
CDL-52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)
Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)
CDL-52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)
Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)
CDL-52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)
Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)
CDL-52-12 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear up)
Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear up)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742)
CDL-52-13 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (flight with gear up)
Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (flight with gear up)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743)
CDL-52-14 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear down)
Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (Flight with gear down)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742)
CDL-52-15 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (Flight with gear down)
Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (Flight with gear down)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743)
CDL-52-16 Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744) (Flight with gear down)
Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744) (Flight with gear down)
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744)
CDL-52-17 Bulk Door Outer Handle
Bulk Door Outer Handle
Illustration Bulk Door Outer Handle

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-52-18 Main Landing Gear Door : Seal on Secondary Hinged Fairing


Main Landing Gear Door : Seal On Secondary Hinged Fairing
Illustration Main Landing Gear Door : Seal on Secondary Hinged Fairing
CDL-52-19 Pax Door Upper Cover Plate
Pax Door Upper Cover Plate
Illustration Pax Door Upper Cover Plate
CDL-52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB
Access Door To HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB
Illustration Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB
CDL-52-21 Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB
Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB
Illustration Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB
CDL-52-22 Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR
Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR
Illustration Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR
CDL-52-23 Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR
Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR
Illustration Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-01 Toilet Servicing And Drainage Door 172 AR


Applicable to: A320

52-01 Quantity installed


TOILET SERVICING AND DRAINAGE DOOR 172 AR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-42-00-040-002
May be missing.
Note: 1. Toilet system is inoperative on ground.
2. May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB -
197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors
on Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb).

ILLUSTRATION TOILET SERVICING AND DRAINAGE DOOR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-02 Access Door To Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB


Applicable to: A320

52-02 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO HYDRAULIC GROUND CONNECTORS 3
197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB
One may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb).

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO HYDRAULIC GROUND CONNECTORS 197 CB - 197 EB - 198 CB


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-03 Access Door To Potable Water Filling And Drainage 133 AL - 171 AL - 192 NB
Applicable to: A320

52-03 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO POTABLE WATER FILLING AND DRAINAGE 133 AL 3
- 171 AL - 192 NB
One may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB – 197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO POTABLE WATER FILLING AND DRAINAGE
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-04 Access Door To Opening Control Of Landing Gear Doors On Ground 195 BB - 196 BB
Applicable to: A320

52-04 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO OPENING CONTROL OF LANDING 2
GEAR DOORS ON GROUND 195 BB - 196 BB
One may be missing for five flight cycles.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB – 197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
• Limitations:
Flight in forecasted thunderstorm condition is not allowed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach performance limiting weights are reduced by 63 kg (139 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 72 kg (159 lb).
ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO OPENING CONTROL OF
LANDING GEAR DOORS ON GROUND 195 BB - 196 BB
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 6
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-05 Access Door To Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB


Applicable to: A320

52-05 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO AIR CONDITIONING GROUND SUPPLY 191 CB 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB – 197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO AIR CONDITIONNING GROUND SUPPLY 191 CB


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 7
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door


Applicable to: A320

52-06 Quantity installed


FORWARD JACKING POINT ACCESS DOOR 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB – 197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on
Ground 195 BB - 196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-20 (Refer to 52-20 Access Door to HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB).
ILLUSTRATION FORWARD JACKING POINT ACCESS DOOR
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 8
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-07 External Power Ground Connection Access Door Assy 121 AL


Applicable to: A320

52-07 Quantity installed


EXTERNAL POWER GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR ASSY 121 AL 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-42-00-040-003
May be missing for five flight cycles provided the hole is covered with high speed tape and that
a visual inspection is performed before each flight.
• Limitations:
Flight in forecasted thunderstorm condition is not allowed.

ILLUSTRATION EXTERNAL POWER GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR ASSY 121 AL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 9
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-08 Access Door Of Cargo Opening System 134 AR - 154 AR


Applicable to: A320

52-08 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR OF CARGO OPENING SYSTEM 134 AR – 154 AR 2
All may be missing.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 79 kg (175 lb)
per missing access door
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 108 kg (239 lb) per missing access door
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.27 % per missing access door.

ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR OF CARGO OPENING SYSTEM 134 AR - 154 AR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 10
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main Door (713, 714)


Applicable to: A320

52-09 Quantity installed


NOSE LANDING GEAR MAIN DOOR (713, 714) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-22-00-040-001
May be missing provided both main doors (713, 714) are removed and both aft doors (715,
716) (Refer to 52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)) are removed.
Note: May be combined with MCDL item 52-11 (Refer to 52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712))
• Limitations:
Passengers transportation is not allowed.
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
Maximum speed: 220 kt IAS/ M 0.5
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 918 kg (2 024 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 000 kg (2 205 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 2 %.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR MAIN DOOR (713, 714)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 11
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)


Applicable to: A320

52-10 Quantity installed


NOSE LANDING GEAR AFT DOOR (715, 716) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-22-00-040-002
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL item 52-11 (Refer to 52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712))
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 79 kg (175 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 100 kg (221 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.25 %.
When combined with CDL item 52-09 (Refer to 52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main Door
(713, 714)), the performance penalties published in 52-09 are applicable.

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR AFT DOOR (715, 716)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 12
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-11 Nose Landing Gear Leg Door (712)


Applicable to: A320

52-11 Quantity installed


NOSE LANDING GEAR LEG DOOR (712) 1
(m) Refer to AMM 32-22-00-040-003
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items 52-09 (Refer to 52-09 Nose Landing Gear Main
Door (713, 714)) and 52-10 (Refer to 52-10 Nose Landing Gear Aft Door (715, 716)).
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR LEG DOOR (712)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 13
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-12 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (flight with gear up)
Applicable to: A320

52-12 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR UP) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-005
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Passengers transportation is not allowed.
Flight in forecasted icing conditions is not allowed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 394 kg (869 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 540 kg (1 191 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.22 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 14
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-13 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (flight with gear up)
Applicable to: A320

52-13 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR UP) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-005
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Passengers transportation is not allowed.
Flight in forecasted icing conditions is not allowed.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 111 kg (245 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 126 kg (278 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.28 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 15
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-14 Main Landing Gear Door (732, 742) (Flight with gear down)
Applicable to: A320

52-14 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-001
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 394 kg (869 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 450 kg (993 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.00 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (732, 742)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 16
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-15 Main Landing Gear Door (733, 743) (Flight with gear down)
Applicable to: A320

52-15 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-001
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 111 kg(245 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 200 kg (441 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.30 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (733, 743)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 17
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-16 Main Landing Gear Door (734, 744) (Flight with gear down)
Applicable to: A320

52-16 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (734, 744) (FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN) 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-001
One may be missing.
• Limitations:
Flight with landing gear down is required.
Refer to APP-LGDN-GEN General
• Performance:
Note: Reference performance for penalties computations are performance with landing gear down.
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 623 kg (1 374 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 700 kg (1 544 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.50 %.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR (734, 744)


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 18
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-17 Bulk Door Outer Handle


Applicable to: A320

52-17 Quantity installed


BULK DOOR OUTER HANDLE 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-33-00-040-002
May be missing.

ILLUSTRATION BULK DOOR OUTER HANDLE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 19
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-18 Main Landing Gear Door : Seal On Secondary Hinged Fairing


Applicable to: A320

52-18 Quantity installed


MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR : SEAL ON SECONDARY HINGED FAIRING 6
All may be missing.
• Performance:
If three or more seals are missing, the following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 24 kg (53 lb)
per missing seal
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 27 kg (60 lb) per missing seal
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.07 % per missing seal.

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR : SEAL ON SECONDARY HINGED FAIRING


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 20
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-19 Pax Door Upper Cover Plate


Applicable to: A320

52-19 Quantity installed


PAX DOOR UPPER COVER PLATE 4
All may be missing.
Note: The affected door must be considered as inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-52-10
Cabin Passenger Door).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 66 kg (146 lb)
per missing plate
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 90 kg (199 lb) per missing plate
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.23 % per missing plate.

ILLUSTRATION PAX DOOR UPPER COVER PLATE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 21
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-20 Access Door To HP Air Ground Connector 191 DB


Applicable to: A320

52-20 Quantity installed


ACCESS DOOR TO HP AIR GROUND CONNECTOR 191 DB 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with CDL items:
‐ 52-01 (Refer to 52-01 Toilet Servicing and Drainage Door )
‐ 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Access Door to Hydraulic Ground Connectors 197 CB – 197 EB - 198 CB)
‐ 52-03 (Refer to 52-03 Access Door to Potable Water Filling and Drainage)
‐ 52-04 (Refer to 52-04 Access Door to Opening Control of Landing Gear Doors on Ground 195 BB -
196 BB)
‐ 52-05 (Refer to 52-05 Access Door to Air Conditioning Ground Supply 191 CB)
‐ 52-06 (Refer to 52-06 Forward Jacking Point Access Door).
ILLUSTRATION ACCESS DOOR TO HP AIR GROUND CONNECTOR 191 DB
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 22
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-21 Blue Hydraulic Access Door 197 FB


Applicable to: A320

52-21 Quantity installed


BLUE HYDRAULIC ACCESS DOOR 197 FB 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-41-00-040-001
May be missing.
ILLUSTRATION BLUE HYDRAULIC ACCESS DOOR 197 FB
Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 23
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-22 Forward Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 825 AR


Applicable to: A320

52-22 Quantity installed


FORWARD CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 825 AR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-31-00-040-004
May be missing provided all latching hooks are checked latched and locked before each flight.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 234 kg (516 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 266 kg (587 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.64 %.

ILLUSTRATION FORWARD CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 825 AR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 24
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

52-23 Aft Cargo Door Access Cover Panel 826 AR


Applicable to: A320

52-23 Quantity installed


AFT CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 826 AR 1
(m) Refer to AMM 52-32-00-040-004
May be missing provided all latching hooks are checked latched and locked before each flight.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 190 kg (419 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 216 kg (477 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.53 %.

ILLUSTRATION AFT CARGO DOOR ACCESS COVER PANEL 826 AR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C52 - 25
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-53 FUSELAGE
CDL-53-01 Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane
Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane
Illustration Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane
CDL-53-03 Root Fillet Fairing
Root Fillet Fairing
Illustration Root Fillet Fairing

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C53 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

53-01 Belly Fairing Vent Louver Vane


Applicable to: A320

53-01 Quantity installed


BELLY FAIRING VENT LOUVER VANE –
(m) Refer to AMM 53-35-00-040-002
Three may be missing per vent louver.
Note: Vane with a crack length higher than 50 % must be removed before next flight.

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING VENT LOUVER VANE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C53 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

53-03 Root Fillet Fairing


Applicable to: A320

53-03 Quantity installed


ROOT FILLET FAIRING 2
(m) Refer to AMM 53-35-00-040-001
All may be missing.
Note: Must not be combined with MCDL item 54-01 (Refer to 54-01 Nacelle Strake)
or MCDL item 54-03 (Refer to 54-03 Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR).
• Performance:
The following performance penalty is applicable:
‐ Takeoff performance limiting weight is reduced by 170 kg (375 lb).
Note: The above performance penalty is not applicable if the flight crew can check V2
greater than 1.15 VS1G.

ILLUSTRATION ROOT FILLET FAIRING


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C53 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-54 NACELLE / PYLON


CDL-54-01 Nacelle Strake
Nacelle Strake
Illustration Nacelle Strake
CDL-54-03 Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
Illustration Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR
CDL-54-04 Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR
Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR
Illustration Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR
CDL-54-05 Pylon Fairing Seal
Pylon Fairing seal
Illustration Pylon Fairing Seal
CDL-54-06 Aerodynamic Seal
Aerodynamic Seal
Illustration Aerodynamic Seal

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-01 Nacelle Strake


Applicable to: A320

54-01 Quantity installed


NACELLE STRAKE 2
All may be missing.
Note: Must not be combined with CDL item 53-03 (Refer to 53-03 Root Fillet Fairing).
• Procedures:
Approach speed: VLS + 5 kt.
Landing distance: multiply by 1.08.
• Performance:
The following performance penalty is applicable:
‐ Takeoff performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 320 kg (2 911 lb).
Note: The performance penalties are not applicable if the flight crew can check V2
greater than 1.16 VS1G.

ILLUSTRATION NACELLE STRAKE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-03 Pylon Pressure Relief Door 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR


Applicable to: A320

54-03 Quantity installed


PYLON PRESSURE RELIEF DOOR 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR 4
(m) Refer to AMM 54-52-00-040-001
All may be missing for 5 flight cycles only.
Note: 1. If one door is missing on a pylon, the other door on the same pylon must be removed.
2. Must not be combined with CDL item 53-03 (Refer to 53-03 Root Fillet Fairing).
• Limitations:
Maximum cruise speed: M 0.78.
• Procedures:
Approach speed: VLS + 4 kt.
Landing distance: multiply by 1.07.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff performance limiting weight is reduced by 1 320 kg (2 911 lb)
Note: The above performance penalty is not applicable if the flight crew can check
V2 greater than 1.16 VS1G.
‐ If two or more doors are missing, en route performance limiting weight is reduced by
40 kg (89 lb) per missing door
‐ If three or more doors are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.09 % per missing door.

ILLUSTRATION PYLON PRESSURE RELIEF DOOR 413(423) BL - 414(424) BR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-04 Pylon Access Door 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR


Applicable to: A320

54-04 Quantity installed


PYLON ACCESS DOOR 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR –
All may be missing for 5 flight cycles provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
• Limitations:
Flight in forecasted thunderstorm conditions is not allowed.

ILLUSTRATION PYLON ACCESS DOOR 415(425) AL - 415(425) AR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-05 Pylon Fairing seal


Applicable to: A320

54-05 Quantity installed


PYLON FAIRING SEAL 4
One may be missing per pylon.

ILLUSTRATION PYLON FAIRING SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

54-06 Aerodynamic Seal


Applicable to: A320

54-06 Quantity installed


AERODYNAMIC SEAL 2
(m) Refer to AMM 54-53-00-040-001
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION AERODYNAMIC SEAL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C54 - 6
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-57 WINGS
CDL-57-01 Wing Tip Fence
Wing Tip Fence
Illustration Wing Tip Fence
CDL-57-02 Belly Fairing Sliding Panel
Belly Fairing Sliding Panel
Illustration Belly Fairing Sliding Panel
CDL-57-03 Outboard Flaps Rubbing Strip
Outboard Flap Rubbing Strip Items 10, 15, 20, 40
Illustration Outboard Flap Rubbing Strip
CDL-57-04 Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip
Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip items 1, 5, 10, 30
Illustration Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-01 Wing Tip Fence


Applicable to: A320
a)
57-01 Quantity installed
WING TIP FENCE 2
(m) Refer to AMM 57-31-00-040-001
One lower part of a wing tip fence may be missing provided the broken part is removed and
holes are covered.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 3 608 kg (7 955 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 378 kg (834 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.88 %.
– or –
b)
57-01 Quantity installed
WING TIP FENCE 2
(m) Refer to AMM 57-31-00-040-001
One complete wing tip fence may be missing provided exposed interior structure is covered,
protective material is inspected before each flight and replaced if necessary.
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 8 118 kg (17 898 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 756 kg (1 667 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 1.69 %.

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

ILLUSTRATION WING TIP FENCE


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-02 Belly Fairing Sliding Panel


Applicable to: A320

57-02 Quantity installed


BELLY FAIRING SLIDING PANEL 2
All may be missing.
• Performance:
If two panels are missing, the following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 96 kg (212 lb)
‐ En route performance limiting weight is reduced by 108 kg (238 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.28 %.

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING SLIDING PANEL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 4
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING SLIDING PANEL


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 5
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-03 Outboard Flap Rubbing Strip Items 10, 15, 20, 40


Applicable to: A320

57-03 Quantity installed


OUTBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP ITEMS 10, 15, 20, 40 12
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION OUTBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 6
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

57-04 Inboard Flap Rubbing Strip items 1, 5, 10, 30


Applicable to: A320

57-04 Quantity installed


INBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP ITEMS 1, 5, 10, 30 8
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION INBOARD FLAP RUBBING STRIP


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C57 - 7
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-71 POWER PLANT


CDL-71-09 Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod
Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod
Illustration Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C71 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

71-09 Fan Cowl Hold Open Rod


Applicable to: A320

71-09 Quantity installed


FAN COWL HOLD OPEN ROD 8
(m) Refer to AMM 71-13-00-010-011
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL HOLD OPEN ROD


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C71 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

CDL-78 EXHAUST
CDL-78-01 Duct Opening Actuator
Duct Opening Actuator
Illustration Duct Opening Actuator
CDL-78-03 Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
Illustration Thrust Reverser Blocker Door
CDL-78-04 Lockout Pin
Lockout Pin
Illustration Lockout Pin

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 1
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

78-01 Duct Opening Actuator


Applicable to: A320

78-01 Quantity installed


DUCT OPENING ACTUATOR 4
All may be missing.

ILLUSTRATION DUCT OPENING ACTUATOR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 2
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

78-03 Thrust Reverser Blocker Door


Applicable to: A320

78-03 Quantity installed


THRUST REVERSER BLOCKER DOOR 20
(m) Refer to AMM 78-32-00-040-011
One may be missing provided the associated linkage is removed.
Note: The associated thrust reverser must be deactivated (Refer to MMEL/MI-78-30 Thrust
Reverser).
• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and approach climb performance limiting weights are reduced by 249 kg (549 lb)
‐ Enroute performance limiting weight is reduced by 166 kg (366 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.36 %.

ILLUSTRATION THRUST REVERSER BLOCKER DOOR


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 3
A320 Issue 3
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

78-04 Lockout Pin


Applicable to: A320

78-04 Quantity installed


LOCKOUT PIN 4
(m) Refer to AMM 78-32-00-040-010
All may be missing from stowage position provided the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: Without lockout pin, the associated thrust reverser cannot be deactivated.

ILLUSTRATION LOCKOUT PIN


Applicable to: A320

Issued Date: 14 Feb 2012 Doc. Ref. ZA-ME-M-003A


Revision Number: 00 Control Page: C78 - 4

You might also like